B20 Residential Project

Residential Project
B20
Revision
Contents
B20 RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS.............................................................................................................4

Equipment Schedules...................................................................................................................300
Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 2 of 300

NES - Introduction
This document has been compiled using NES, which the copyright belongs to AMTECH Group.
The content incorporates that of the National Engineering Specification (NES).

NOTES FOR TENDERERS
Dependant on the nature of the works specified within this document, the specification shall contain some
or all of the items below:
1. PRELIMINARIES
The Preliminary clauses (‘A’ sections) included are those that relate to the Engineering Works in particular
and must be read in conjunction with the "Preliminaries" of the "Main Contract".
2. SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
The system specifications are sub-divided into four parts:-
Part 1 System objectives:

The system objectives are clauses giving details of design information, system performance and
description, together with lists of the system schematics and drawings.
Part 2 Selection schedules for the reference specifications:

These selection schedules specify items in the system that is contained in the Reference Specifications (Y
group). Required Y group clauses are invoked by reference.
Part 3 Clauses specific to the system:

These specification clauses are specific to the system concerned and in general make no reference to the
Y group clauses.
BS Appendix
The BS Appendix contains a list of all the British and European Standards referred to in the particular
system specification.
3. APPENDICES
The appendices shall consist of some or all of the following:-
Tender Summary
A pricing schedule for the system specifications.
Equipment Schedules
Schedules for the equipment specified within the document.
Reference Specifications (Clauses from the Y Group).

All the reference specifications relevant to all the systems for the job. Required clauses are invoked in Part
2 (Selection schedules for the reference specifications) for each system.
4. NON-SPECIFICATION CLAUSES
User created, non NES, clauses may appear within the specification.

B20 RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS
100.000 GENERAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS
100.100 PROJECT PARTICULARS
100.101 THE PROJECT:

 Particulars of the project as a whole are
 given in Main Contract Preliminaries, Section
 given in
 available for inspection at
100.102 THE EMPLOYER:
100.103 THE PURCHASER:
100.104 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR:

 The term Contract Administrator (CA) is used throughout this specification and his duties will be carried
out by
 The Architect
 The Project Manager
100.105 PROJECT MANAGER:
100.106 THE ARCHITECT:
100.107 QUANTITY SURVEYOR:
100.108 BUILDING SERVICES COST CONSULTANT:
100.109 MECHANICAL SERVICES CONSULTING ENGINEER:
100.110 ELECTRICAL SERVICES CONSULTING ENGINEER:
100.111 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER:
100.112 PLANNING SUPERVISOR:
100.113 STATUTORY AUTHORITIES:

 Building Control

 Fire Officer
 Environmental Health
 Drainage
100.114 UTILITY SERVICE PROVIDERS:

 Water Supply
 Supplier
 Supplier reference
 Manage the provision of a new-metered water supply to the site by the supply authority.
 Negotiate with the authority for the provision of a new-metered water supply to the site.
 Gas Supply
 Supplier
 Manage the provision of a new-metered gas supply to the site by the supply authority.
 Negotiate with the authority for the provision of a new-metered gas supply to the site.
 Electricity Supply
 Supplier
 Manage the provision of a new-metered electricity supply to the site by the supply authority.
 Negotiate with the authority for the provision of a new-metered electricity supply to the site.
 Telephone Service
100.200 DEFINITIONS
100.201 GENERAL:
 Where used in the documentation the following definitions shall apply and shall be interpreted as such:
 Works: All services shown on the drawings and described in the specification shall be deemed to be
included in the contract.
 Drawings: The tender drawings.
 Elsewhere: Detailed or specified elsewhere in other clauses, sections, shown on the drawings or
contained in the specification or conditions of contract.
 Services: means the inclusion of one or more system.
 System: All equipment, accessories, controls, supports and ancillary items, including supply,
installation, connection, testing, commissioning and setting to work necessary for that section of the
Works to function.
 Design process: All the activities necessary to convert design input into design output
 Review: Give notice and submit details to the CA for his comment and review, which shall be granted
in writing only. In the event of the CA not accepting that submitted, resubmit alternative details for review
or modify that submitted in accordance with the CA comments. Review of any submittal by the CA shall
not mean that the CA is responsible for the correctness of the submittal or its suitability for purpose and
does not relieve any contract responsibilities.
 Competent person: A person, by reason of theoretical and practical training or actual experience or
both, is competent to perform the task or function or assume the responsibility in question and is
authorised to perform such a task or function.
 Duct: An enclosed space specifically intended for the distribution of services, with direct access for
personnel.
 Trench: A covered horizontal service space in the floor or ground with access from above.
 Cavity: A space enclosed within the elements of a building within which services are installed, e.g. the
space between ceiling and floor above. See Building Regulations.

 Service Areas: Includes areas within a building with limited finishes such as loading bays, car parks
etc.
 Concealed Services: Includes installations within ducts, trenches or cavities.
 Exposed Services: Includes installations outdoors or unprotected within service or occupied areas.
 Terminal Units: Terminal units such as radiators, convectors, fan coil units, induction units, variable or
constant volume air boxes and other like equipment.
 Ancillaries: All specified fittings, accessories, inserts, test points, bracketing, terminal equipment
connected to and installed in the engineering services system.
 CIBSE: The Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers
 BSRIA: The Building Services Research and Information Association
 IET: The Institution of Engineering and Technology
 IOP: Institute of Plumbing
 LPC: Loss Prevention Council
 HSE: Health and Safety Executive
100.202 DEFINITIONS OF TECHNICAL TERMS:

 The definitions of technical terms associated with the engineering services installations are those
included the latest edition of:
 CIBSE - Guides; Commissioning Codes; Technical Memoranda; Building Energy Codes; Lighting
Guides; Application Manuals;
 IOP - Plumbing Guide
 BSRIA - Technical Publications
 Loss Prevention Council - EN 12845 - includes current technical bulletins to Mar 04">Rules for
Automatic Sprinkler Installations
 BS 7671 Requirements for Electrical Installations (IET Wiring Regulations)
 British Standards, including Codes of Practice.
 Statutory Acts.
 NHS Estates -
100.300 TENDERING INSTRUCTIONS
100.301 GENERAL:
 This section outlines the tendering procedures and requirements.
100.302 SCOPE:
 These conditions are supplementary to those stated in the invitation to tender and on the Form and
Tender and Agreement.
100.303 TENDER DOCUMENTS:

 The tender documents consist of the following:
 Invitation to tender.
 Form of tender.
 Project health and safety plan.
 Specification for the Works.
 Set of tender drawings for the Works.
 Pricing schedule for the Works.
 Declaration of non-collusion.
 Contract programme.

 Warranty.
 Draft log book.
100.304 PRIVACY OF INFORMATION:

 The information contained in the tender documentation shall be treated as private and confidential.
100.305 CHECKING DOCUMENTS:

 Check the tender documentation for obvious errors and omissions. Should any such errors or omissions
be discovered inform the office issuing the documents immediately in writing in order that a correction may
be issued before the date for submission of the tender.
100.306 TENDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

 Acknowledge receipt of the tender documentation and confirm submission of a tender in accordance
with the instructions to tender.
100.307 PERIOD OF VALIDITY:

 Tenders must remain open for consideration (unless previously withdrawn) for a period from the date
fixed for submission of tenders of not less than
 The date for possession/commencement is
100.308 TENDER PROCEDURE:

 Tendering procedure is in accordance with the principles of
100.309 ACCEPTANCE OF INSTRUCTIONS:

 The submission of a tender will denote the acceptance of an undertaking to comply with all the clauses
contained in the tender documentation unless items of non-compliance are identified as part of the tender
submission.
100.310 ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER:

 The Employer and his representatives
 Offer no guarantee that the lowest, or any tender, will be recommended for acceptance or accepted.
 Will not be responsible for any cost incurred in the preparation of any tender.
100.311 INSPECTION OF SUPPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS:

 Supplementary documents relating to the contract are available for inspection prior to the submission of
the tender.
 No adjustment shall be made in the tender sum or claim for additional monies or an extension of time
allowed due to failure to inspect the above documents and to make due allowance for the information
contained therein.
100.312 SITE VISIT:

 Before tendering, ascertain the nature of the site, access thereto and all local conditions and restrictions
likely to affect the execution of the Contract Works.
 Inspect any existing installations relevant to the works and study any relevant existing records.

 No claims will be allowed after submission of a tender for lack of information or other reasons which
could have been resolved by such a visit to the site.
 Arrangements for visiting the site must be made with prior agreement through:
 The office issuing the tender documentation.
100.313 RETURN OF DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS:

 The complete tender documentation is to be returned to the office of issue when requested should the
Tenderer not be successful in their bid.
100.314 ALTERATIONS TO TENDER DOCUMENTS:

 No alterations or erasures to the text of any part of the tender documentation shall be permitted.
 Any tender containing such alterations or erasures may be rejected.
100.315 TENDER ERRORS:

 Errors in the priced subcontract specification will be dealt with in accordance with the `Code of
Procedure for Single Stage Selective Tendering' .
 Alternative 1.
 Alternative 2.
 (The word 'specification' being substituted for 'bills of quantities').
 In the event of a Tenderer discovering a genuine error in their tender after it has been deposited,
attention in writing may be drawn to the error and an amendment submitted. The amendment may be
accepted if deposited on or before the time fixed for receipt of tenders.
 No adjustment shall be permitted to the sum inserted in the form of tender after the date and time fixed
for receipt of tenders.
100.316 UNQUALIFIED TENDERS:

 Other than as part of an alternative offer as described elsewhere, no account will be taken of any
qualification or special conditions that a Tenderer may impose on their tender.
 Any tender containing such additional conditions may be rejected.
100.317 ALTERNATIVES:
 Alternative equipment, specialists or methods of carrying out the works in addition to those described in
the tender documents may be submitted. Alternative offers shall be indicated on the appropriate document
and include:
 Details of the alternative equipment, specialist or method proposed.
 Full technical data for each such alternative together with details of any consequential amendments to
the design and/or other parts of the works.
 A detailed breakdown of any omissions or additions to the basic tender sum indicated on the
appropriate document.
 Include for all necessary measures to ensure alternative manufacturer's equipment and the total
installation is equivalent to that specified.
 The Tenderer shall include the costs necessary for re-sizing and reselection of associated equipment
(including pipework, ductwork and cable sizes) resulting from the proposed alternative together with all
resulting design and coordination.
 Alternative offers will only be considered if accompanied by a compliant tender.
 No alternatives will be permitted.
100.318 EXCLUSIONS:

 If any part(s) of the Works cannot be tendered as defined in the tender documents, the CA must be
informed as soon as possible, defining the relevant part(s) and stating the reasons for the inability to
tender.
100.319 INTERPRETATION OF THE TENDER DOCUMENTATION:

 Should there be any doubt about the precise meaning of any item for any reason whatsoever, the
tenderer must inform the office of issue of the tender documents in writing in order that the correct
meaning may be given.
 Any clarification of the meaning or intent shall be issued in writing only and no other means of
communication shall be valid. All Tenderers will be notified of any such explanation.
 No liability will be admitted, nor claim allowed, in respect of errors in a tender due to mistakes that
should have been rectified in the manner described above.
100.320 PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS:

 Allow for the procurement of materials and equipment from suppliers at such a time, and in such a
manner as may be necessary to allow for the completion of the Works in accordance with the contract
programme.
 Clearly state in the tender submission any foreseen difficulties with delivery periods for selected
equipment or proposed alternatives.
 No additional costs resulting from non-compliance will be accepted.
100.321 SUBLETTING:
 Where it is proposed to sublet any portion(s) of the Works a schedule must be submitted with the tender
.
 The schedule should define such portion(s) and give for each the details of the proposed company.
100.350 TENDER SUBMISSION
100.351 GENERAL:
 This section details the particular the tender submission requirements.
100.352 RETURN OF TENDER:

 The tender documentation is to be returned to:
 The tender documentation is to reach the return address not later than:
 Date
 Time
100.353 TENDER SUBMISSION DELIVERABLES:

 To be compliant the tender submission must include the following deliverables as detailed elsewhere:
 A tender pricing schedule completed in full.
 A Bill of Quantities completed in full.
 Method statements.
 Outline programme.
 Form of tender.
 Declaration of non-collusion

100.354 TENDER STAGE METHOD STATEMENTS:
 Method statements must be submitted:
 With the Tender.
 Within weeks of the Tender return date.
 Before the execution of the Contract.
 When requested by the CA.
 Provide the following method statements in addition to those stated elsewhere:
 Health and safety statement to include:
 Management procedures.
 Any significant and unavoidable risks that might arise as a result of executing the Works.
 An outline of the health and safety procedures to be undertaken to safeguard the operatives and of
any person who may be affected by the Works.
 A copy of the company's health and safety policy document including risk assessment procedures
 Accident records for the last five years
 Details of any Health and Safety Executive enforcement action
 Details of staff responsible for health and safety on this project with details of their qualifications and
duties.
 Management procedures to be adopted for the project.
 Managing and resourcing of design duties and responsibilities including design capability.
 Commissioning and testing procedures and management.
 Quality control management and procedures.
 The method statement must:
 Indicate the quality control programme
 Demonstrate compliance with the contract in regard to materials and workmanship.
 Demonstrate the establishment of standards by means of sample installation and submission of
samples prior to installation.
 Statement outlining the management team, stating the definition of each person's role, and the
commitment to the project.
 Include the curriculum vitae and references for each of the key personnel that will be used on the
project.
 A line management diagram starting at the site supervisors and rising through the management
levels.
 Details shall be provided for both site and office based teams staff.
 The Tenderer, at his discretion and at the same time, can submit method statements for other parts of
the Works.
100.355 PROGRAMME:
 Submit with the tender a programme indicating the sequence and timing of the principal parts of the
works including periods for planning, design, procurement, installation and commissioning.
100.356 MAINTENANCE CONTRACT:

 Provide a maintenance contract for twelve months, from the date of Practical Completion, as detailed
elsewhere
100.357 PROPOSALS FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT:

 Submit with the Tender a supplementary proposal for an annual maintenance contract as detailed
elsewhere.
100.370 PRICING AND COSTS

100.371 GENERAL:
 This section details particular requirements for the pricing of the tender documentation and cost
procedures during the contract.
100.372 BASIS OF CONTRACT:

 The contract shall be
 on a lump sum basis and accordingly shall not be subject to re-measurement.
 on a lump sum based on the specifications and drawings.
 fluctuating price
 the base month is to be
 the non-adjustable element and labour/material weighting shall be specified by the Tenderer.
100.373 TENDER PRICING DOCUMENT:

 Alterations and qualifications to the specification must not be made without the written consent of the
CA. Tenders containing such alterations or qualifications may be rejected.
 Costs relating to items in the specification that are not priced will be deemed to have been included
elsewhere in the tender.
 The Tenderer shall complete all sections of the tender pricing document in full.
 Items described in the pricing document are abbreviated for the purpose of the schedule. The Tenderer
is to make full allowance for all works associated with the installation of a particular element.
 Items entered in the pricing document shall be deemed to include all costs involved in carrying out the
Works.
 Where required the Tenderer must identify separately the cost of all items specifically described under
preliminaries.
 Provisional items will be adjusted at the final agreed rates when information is issued in respect of these
items.
100.374 SUBMISSION OF PRICED CONTRACT SPECIFICATION:

 The priced contract specification must be submitted
 with the Tender.
 within one week of request.
100.375 SCHEDULE OF RATES:

 A schedule of rates must be submitted
 With the tender.
 Within one week of request.
 The schedule of rates must include rates for all significant items of work.
 Rates to include Contractor's cash discount.
 Rates to exclude Contractor's cash discount.
 A quantified schedule of rates accepted by the CA shall only constitute part of the contract in the
following respects:
 The descriptions of the works and the rates and prices contained therein shall be used for the purpose
of adjusting variations
 The quantities contained therein shall be used to facilitate the preparation and the checking of interim
applications for payment
 The provisional and prime cost sums contained therein shall be subject to adjustment in accordance
with the rules and procedures contained in the contract conditions.

100.376 ERRORS:
 Errors in the priced subcontract specification will be dealt with in accordance with the 'Code of
Procedure for Single Stage Selective Tendering' .
 Alternative 1.
 Alternative 2.
(The word 'specification' being substituted for 'bills of quantities')
100.377 PROVISIONAL SUMS:

 Include in the contract price the provisional sums detailed in
 the forms of tender
 Any part or the whole of these sums unexpended will be deducted from the final amount due.
100.378 PRIME COST SUMS:

 The term Prime Cost Sum shall mean the nett cost paid for an item or items of equipment or material or
work executed.
 The Tenderer shall indicate the percentage addition required for any profit and costs for handling,
ordering and Main Contractor's discount, etc., in addition to P C Sum in
 the forms of tender
 Where prime cost sums are included these shall be at the disposal of the CA who shall give written
instructions for their expenditure and the CA shall have the power to nominate persons or firms to execute
work or supply goods against such sums.
 All prime cost sums shall be adjusted by the CA in the final account, the work undertaken or goods
supplied against such sums being charged on the basis of the net accounts of the installers or suppliers,
plus the percentage addition stated in the tender to cover profit.
100.379 OVERTIME AND ALLOWANCES:

 Include for all necessary overtime and other expenses in the contract price that may be necessary in
order to complete the Works in compliance with the contract programme.
 Payment will be made for the extra cost of overtime only if a prior written CA instruction to work such
overtime has been issued together with agreement to accept the costs involved.
100.380 SUBMISSION OF FINAL ACCOUNT:

 Submit a draft final account to the CA using the contract procedures for checking purposes together
with all the necessary supporting documents.
 Immediately after the practical completion of the contract Works.
 Prepare the valuation of variations, omissions and provisional work forming part of the Works and where
appropriate in accordance with principles defined in this sub-clause.
 The basis for the determination of such valuation shall be the Quantified Schedule of Rates prepared
and submitted at the time of tender and accepted by the CA.
 All valuations as aforesaid prepared shall be submitted using the contract procedures to the CA for
approval.
100.381 INSTRUCTIONS AND VARIATIONS:

 All instructions shall be issued in writing and confirmed in a similar manner.
 Submit the cost of each variation showing the quantities and rates applicable for all materials, etc
employed in accordance with the agreed contract schedule of rates. Submit to the CA
 Within 10 working days of the receipt of written instructions.

 Within working days of the receipt of written instructions.
 No work will be certified for payment until all the necessary information is provided.
100.382 DAYWORKS:
 Where authority is given for work to be executed on a daywork basis, original vouchers giving the full
particulars of hours worked, names of craftsmen and labourers, description of work executed and
materials and plant used, must be forwarded to the CA.
 Submit to the CA using contract procedures not later than the end of the week following that in which
the work has been executed.
 The daywork sheets shall be numbered in sequence, and all sheets are to be signed by the
 Agent/foreman responsible.
 Site representative of the CA.
 Such signatures are only to be taken as certifying that the time, materials and plant are correct, and
shall not be held to justify a claim that the work shall be so charged or that it cannot be measured and
priced according to the terms of the contract.
 The value of work accepted by the CA to be paid on a daywork basis shall be calculated in the manner
and in accordance with the rates quoted in the daywork schedule.
 Dayworks shall be allowed only in the case of works that cannot be measured and valued.
100.383 DAYWORK PERCENTAGES:

 For method of completing daywork percentages on page 3 of Form NSC/T Part 2.
 Include Provisional Sums for dayworks within the province of the following:
 Include against each sum, daywork percentages required for the operation of Conditions NSC/S
clauses 4.6.4 and 4.13.3.
 RICS/Building Employers Confederation:
 Prime cost of labour:
 The sum of
 Add for percentage adjustment: %
 Prime cost of materials:
 The sum of
 Prime cost of plant:
 The sum of
 RICS/Electrical Contractors' Association:
 The sum of
 The sum of
 The sum of
 RICS/Electrical Contractors' Association of Scotland
 The sum of
 The sum of

 The sum of
 RICS/Heating and Ventilating Contractors' Association:
 The sum of
 The sum of
 The sum of
100.400 CONTRACT CONDITIONS
100.401 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT:

 The conditions of the Main Contract are
100.402 CONDITIONS OF SUB-CONTRACT:

 The conditions of Sub-Contract applicable to the engineering services are
 The Sub-Contract to be entered into between the Main Contractor and the Sub-Contractor shall be
100.403 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

 The following order of precedence shall apply to the interpretation of the various documents that
together constitute the conditions of
 Contract
 Sub-contract
 The order of precedence shall be:
1.
2.
3.
 4.
100.404 INSURANCES:
 Under the terms and conditions of the Main Contract the Contractor is required to secure certain policies
of insurance, the benefits of which extend to the Sub-Contractor, either partly or in whole. Examine these
policies and obtain such supplementary cover as shall be necessary.
 The successful Tenderer will be required to insure and indemnify the Main Contractor against such
obligations in respect of the Sub-Contract as those for which the Main Contractor is liable and must
produce insurance policies on demand.
100.405 EMPLOYER/SUB-CONTRACTOR FORM OF AGREEMENT:

 The Sub-Contractor will be required to enter into an Employer/Sub-Contractor Form of Agreement.
The agreement shall be
 The Agreement shall be signed under seal prior to commencing work on-site.

 The Sub-Contractor will not, on this contract, be required to enter into an Employer/Sub-Contractor
Form of Agreement.
100.406 ADDITIONAL DETAILS:

 Additional details relevant to the contract
100.420 PARTICULAR CONDITIONS
100.421 GENERAL:
 This section details particular conditions and requirements for the project.
100.422 INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS:

 Instructions, drawings, or other information required to be provided by the CA will be provided in due
time upon written request provided always that such information is not requested unreasonably distant
from nor unreasonably close to the date upon which it is necessary.
 Provide written request to the CA in good time for any information required.
100.423 PROVIDE EVERYTHING NECESSARY:

 Provide everything necessary for the proper execution and completion of the contract works to the true
intent and meaning of the contract documents.
 Details of construction or materials which have not been referred to in the contract documents but the
necessity for which my reasonably be implied or inferred from the said documents or which are usually or
essential to the completion of the Works, shall be installed with no additional cost.
100.424 SUPPLY OF INFORMATION:

 The CA will provide supplementary information from time to time as may be necessary to enable the
completion of the Works in accordance with the contract conditions. Allow for such progressive release of
further information by the CA during the course of executing the Works.
 In order to facilitate the orderly and timely production of all further information that shall be considered
necessary, submit to the CA for approval a programme indicating the progressive release of such
information to enable the completion of the Works in accordance with the contract conditions.
100.425 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES:

 Allow for co-coordinating the contract works with the works of other trades and installations which may
be on-site during the period of the contract.
100.426 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHERS:

 Ensure that the contract works integrates with that of others and that full co-operation is maintained
during the execution of the Works with that of others.
 Co-operate with the Contractor, other subcontractors, suppliers, local authorities and statutory
undertakings in the execution of the Works.
 In the event of any extra costs being caused by failure to programme and arrange the execution of the
Works so that it fully integrates with that of others, the installer of the Works may be liable for any
additional costs thereby incurred.
 In particular, the following works carried out by others will require close and careful liaison and co-
operation.

100.427 NOTICE OF OPERATIONS:
 Work that requires interruption or interference with the operation of any existing services or buildings
shall not be commenced without prior written permission of the CA.
100.428 NOISE AND NUISANCE:

 Ensure that the contract works are undertaken with as little noise as possible.
 Ensure no nuisance by noisy working is caused to
 the Employer.
 occupants of premises next to the site boundary.
 Take all necessary precautions to prevent nuisance from smoke, rubbish and other causes.
 Fit all compressors, percussion tools and vehicles with effective silencers of a type recommended by
the manufacturer's of the equipment.
100.429 SUPPRESSORS:
 Ensure all internal combustion engines used in the execution of the contract works are fitted with
efficient suppressors in the ignition system in accordance with the recommendations of British Standards
so as to prevent electrical interference to radio or television receiving equipment in the vicinity.
 All temporary electrical installations, such as motors or the like, shall be prevented from creating such
interference and shall be fitted with suppressor equipment in accordance with British Standards and to the
satisfaction of the CA.
100.430 PROGRAMME:
 Provide a detailed programme(s) clearly illustrating how the overall programme
 Will be achieved within the contract period.
 Demonstrate compliance with the Main Contract programme.
 Provide the detailed programme.
 Within one month of the award of the contract.
 Due allowance is to be made in the programme(s) for, but not limited to, the following:
 The latest dates for release of final information required from the CA.
 Required method statements.
 Ordering dates and manufacturing periods. The proposed delivery to site for each item of major plant to
be clearly defined.
 The period required for the production, approval and issue of:
 builder's work information
 co-ordination drawings
 installation drawings
 shop drawings.
 Allow adequate time for the examination and approval by the CA. Actual activities of production,
adjustment, resubmission and review must be identified
 Installation periods for each system
 Work resulting from instructions issued in respect to the expenditure of provisional sums.
 Concurrent work by other trades.
 Any temporary works necessary for the completion of the engineering services installations.
 Period required for operating the systems, load simulation tests and final adjustment.
 Environmental load testing.
 Period for instructing the Employer training.
 Pre-commissioning, commissioning and performance testing of the engineering services installations.

 The period required and latest dates for the production, approval and issue of record drawings and
operating and maintenance instruction manuals.
 Provide programme information as
 simple bar chart type.
 critical path network.
 Provide a separate and detailed commissioning programme for agreement with the CA. Make due
allowance for the following.
 Commissioning, demonstration and instruction procedures.
 Provision of written notice before each (or series of) test, inspection, commissioning or demonstration
procedures are to be carried out, not less than
 Demonstration to the CA that test instruments and equipment are accurate.
100.431 PROGRESS:
 At regular intervals as agreed with the CA provide progress reports during the execution of the contract
works in addition to any other similar information required by the contract conditions.
 The reports shall include:
 particulars of materials and equipment on-site, or installed
 site labour employed
 progress of the works
 Record progress of the Works weekly on a copy of the programme.
 Mark up for inspection and record purposes a set of the latest drawings as the works progress. The
progress drawings shall be available for inspection by the CA at any time.
100.432 ORDERING SCHEDULE:

 Prepare an ordering schedule for submission to the CA that shall indicate the following data:
 Item of material or plant
 Manufacturer
 Date of order and reference number
 Acknowledgement of order and reference
 Delivery period quoted
 Date required on-site
 Allowable programme float
 Date delivered to site
 Update and modify and submit the ordering schedule on a regular basis as agreed with the CA.
 Indicate on the schedule any possible problems and when delivery to site has been achieved.
100.433 CONTINUITY OF THE WORKS:

 No undertaking is given that the works will necessarily be able to proceed continuously.
 No claim will be allowed for discontinuity of work due to the necessity to conform to the contract
programme.
100.434 DRYING OUT:

 Make due allowance in the sequence of the work to provide heat for drying out. This activity shall not
relieve any responsibilities to hand over the installation in good order.
 The interim period from the time of commencement of use for drying out to the handover shall not be
considered as constituting any part of the defect liability period.
100.435 WORKING HOURS:

 Working hours shall be
100.436 ACCESS TO THE SITE:

 Access to the site shall be
100.437 METHOD AND SEQUENCE OF WORK:
100.438 USE OF THE SITE:
100.439 WORKING AREA:
100.440 POLICE REGULATIONS:

 Ascertain and comply with any Police regulations or requirements as may affect the contract works.
100.441 USE OR DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS:

 Remove from the site any rubbish and debris arising out of the execution of the contract works
 on a daily basis.
 Clear all rubbish and any debris arising out of the execution of the contract works to a central area
where others will remove it from the site
 on a daily basis.
 Do not discharge any oil, noxious liquids or gases and all water discharged shall be reasonably free
from impurities.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue 'Was 02': Credits are awarded for the implementation of a
SWMP Projects under £100,000 value need only to comply with Appendix A: Was 02 in the Domestic
Refurbishment manual. Projects over £300,000 must also meet or exceed resource efficiency benchmarks
and produce a pre- refurbishment audit to gain credits.
 Exemplary credits are available for implementing a more comprehensive SWMP than required by the
standard criteria, and waste resource efficiency benchmarks are exceeded.
100.442 STORAGE:
 Weatherproof, safe and secure storage shall be provided for all materials and equipment.
 All materials and equipment and materials shall be offloaded, stored and transported in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
 All electrical equipment and components shall be kept dry and free from dust.
 Plug, cap or seal open ends on all ductwork, tubes, conduit, trunking and associated equipment whilst in
storage and during transportation to site.
 Provide racks to prevent distortion of pipes, conduit and similar materials.
100.443 PROTECTION AND PACKAGING:

 All plant, equipment, materials and prefabricated elements of the Works shall be properly packaged and
protected against damage during delivery, storage and until fully, finally and properly installed and set to
work.
 Submit to the CA a method statement on protection proposals for both stored and installed plant,
equipment and materials.
 Protection shall also include adverse effects of environmental conditions prevalent in the stored and
installed location.

 Any plant or equipment subject to incorrect storage or inadequate protection will be deemed
unacceptable for incorporation into the works and new plant or equipment will be required as a
replacement.
 Damaged plant, equipment and materials or that suffering from deterioration shall be replaced prior to
handover.
 All plant, equipment and materials shall be protected against ingress of water and dust, formation of
condensation, extremes and rapid changes of temperature, building works and operations of others.
 All open ends of pipes, ducts, conduit, and trunking etc shall be capped except when being worked
upon.
 After removal of any temporary protection paint parts liable to corrosion.
 Filter media shall only be installed when the plant items concerned are commissioned and tested.
 Install items such as grilles, diffusers, light fittings, switches, electrical accessories etc as near to
practical completion as practicable.
100.444 CONFIDENTIALITY:
 No information related to the contract works shall be given to the press or other media without the
written permission of the CA or Employer.
100.445 PHOTOGRAPHS:
 Provide progress colour photographs of the contract works. The frequency, location, and photograph
size shall be agreed with the CA. All photographs shall be dated and location stated. The number of
prints of all photographs to be submitted to the CA shall be
 No unauthorised photographs of the site or the Works or any part thereof shall be taken except with the
permission in writing of the CA.
 Photographs shall not be published or otherwise circulated without the permission of the CA.
 Provide photographs of all areas in which the Works are to be installed prior to the commencement of
the contract works. All photographs are to be numerically identified and cross-referenced to marked up
plans showing the position, direction and field of view for the respective photograph.
 Photographs shall record the condition of:
 Existing services.
 Ceilings.
 Carpets.
 Wall finishes.
 Fixed equipment.
 Submit photographs to the CA within weeks of commencement of the contract.
100.446 MATERIALS USED:

 No acoustic insulation or thermal insulation or sound attenuation materials shall be manufactured with
any form of animal hair.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment 'Mat 03'
 Any new insulation in external walls, ground floors, roofs and building services is assessed as a
minimum requirement.
 First four credits - embodied impact of new insulation - assessed using the Mat3 calculator based on
the insulation index. This is calculated from the Green Guide rating and thermal conductivity of the
insulation material.
 Second four credits - responsible sourcing of a minimum of 80% of insulation Product Certification
that complies with the BREEAM definition of responsible sourcing include BRE Global BES6001
standard, CSA Chain of Custody, FSC and PEFC.
 All eight credits can be awarded where no new insulation is specified and the dwelling achieves a
minimum of 2.5 credits in Issue Ene 02 - Energy efficiency rating of 70 or better.

 All materials supplied shall be a type that will not support bacteria.
 Deleterious materials shall not be utilised on any part of the Works. Deleterious materials include but
not limited to:
 halon/CFC's
 asbestos or products containing asbestos
 urea formaldehyde or materials which may release formaldehyde
 materials comprised in whole or part of man-made and/or naturally occurring mineral fibres which
have a diameter of 3 microns or less and a length of 200 microns or less or which contain fibres not
sealed or otherwise not stabilised to ensure that fibre migration is prevented
 lead where the metal or its corrosion products may be directly ingested, inhaled or absorbed
 any other substances generally known to be deleterious at the time of installation
 All jointing materials shall be of a type approved by the respective authority.
 Warrant that deleterious materials are not incorporated in the Works.
 Up to 25 credits available for the embodied impact (Green Guide ratings) and the thermal
performance of (for retained elements only); roofs, external walls, windows and upper and ground floors.
 All timber must be sourced in accordance with the UK Government's Timber Procurement Policy. More
information is available at www.cpet.org.uk. This issue is assessed using the Mat 2 calculator - up to 12
credits are available depending on the responsible sourcing tier levels of the applicable new materials.
Product Certification that complies with the BREEAM definition of responsible sourcing include BRE
Global BES6001 standard, CSA Chain of Custody, FSC, PEFC and certified environmental management
systems.
100.447 ADVERTISING:
 No form of advertising will be allowed on any part of the site or the Works without written CA approval.
100.448 PATENT RIGHTS:

 Indemnify against all claims, costs or expenses in connection with any patented, copy righted or
protected articles supplied and used on or in connection with the Works.
 Any payments or royalties payable in one sum or by instalments shall be included in the contract price
and paid to whom so ever they may become due.
 In the event of any claim being made in connection with such patented or protected articles, conduct
any negotiations or litigation in connection with such claim at own expense.
100.449 BENEFICIAL USE OF INSTALLATIONS:

 Systems shall not be used before practical completion without prior approval of the CA.
 Systems used before practical completion not for the benefit of the Employer must have all defective
consumable elements replaced by new including:
 lamps and tubes
 filters
 Replacement of consumable elements shall be not more than days prior to practical completion.
 If instructed by the CA operate the installations or any part of them prior to practical completion,
provided that such operation is practicable and does not prejudice the responsibilities and obligations
under the contract.
 All costs arising from the use of such installations will be reimbursed at rates or where no such rates are
applicable at reasonable rates agreed with the CA before commencing operation of the installations.
100.450 DEFECTS LIABILITY:

 Liability for making good defects in the Works shall be for a period of months from the date of issue of
the certificate of practical completion for the installations.
 If it is necessary to replace or renew any portion of the contract works as part of liability for defects, the
defects liability period in respect of that portion of the contract Works shall be deemed to commence from
the date of such replacement or renewal.
 The CA may require that new tests be carried out to demonstrate that the plant is continuing to work
satisfactorily if the replacement or renewal may affect the efficiency of the Works or any portions thereof.
 In the remedying of defects in the contract Works take all necessary precautions to minimise the risk of
damage to the buildings, the decorations, the fittings and the equipment.
 In the event of such damage occurring bear the cost of replacement or making good, subject to the
proviso of being granted the benefit of any settlement in respect of such damage accepted by the insurers
under the insurance policies taken out in accordance with the requirements of the contract.
 Agree with the CA a programme for the carrying out and the completion of any work not finally finished
at the time of the contract Works being offered for acceptance and which does not prejudice the issue of a
practical completion certificate. This work may be requested to be executed out of normal hours and no
additional costs will be accepted for this action.
 Prior to practical completion submit a method statement for the approval of the CA outlining how the
defects which arise during the defects liability period will be rectified to ensure that disruption to the use of
the building is kept to a practical minimum.
 No additional costs will be accepted for undertaking works executed out of normal hours.
100.451 RIGHT OF ACCESS DURING DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD:

 Right of access will not be unreasonably withheld, at all reasonable working hours and at own risk and
expense, to any part of the contract works for the purpose of inspecting the working of the installations or
to the records of the working and the performance thereof.
 Subject to CA approval, that shall not be unreasonably withheld, undertake any tests considered
necessary at own risk and expense.
 During the defects liability period and all necessary remedial works and/or rectification of defective
materials and equipment liaise closely with the Employer's staff. All such work shall be carried out in such
a manner as to avoid or minimise shut-down time and inconvenience to the Employer.
100.452 RATIONALISATION OF COMPONENTS:

 Similar items of apparatus and equipment shall be made and provided by the same manufacturer where
practicable and corresponding parts of all apparatus and equipment shall be interchangeable to reduce
the need for different attention and spares.
100.453 SUPPLY OF COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE:

 Obtain on behalf of the end user all appropriate licences, permissions, copyright waivers, rights of use
and the like from the owners of the software rights. Ensure that the end user is properly registered with the
software supplier for support and appropriate updating. Ensure that application software is written in
compliance with BS 7649.
100.454 FIRE PRECAUTIONS:

 Take all reasonable fire precautions in respect of stores, workshops and other installations. Where it is
necessary to use any naked flame or welding equipment in executing the contract works and where
combustible materials are in use, adequate protection shall be given to other adjacent materials and
personnel. Suitable fire extinguishers shall be readily available at the position where such work is
proceeding.

100.455 INTERFERENCE WITH TRAFFIC:
 Maximum facilities for access and transit shall be provided in all works that may interfere with the traffic
on the roads, paths and footways. Should any part of the Works be executed in such a way as to cause
unnecessary obstruction to traffic with neglect to remove or remedy the same forthwith when called upon
to do so, then any obstruction shall be removed and the costs recovered.
100.456 DAMAGE TO STRUCTURE:

 Exercise due care and attention in carrying out the contract works and be fully responsible for any
damage caused to the structure or building finishes.
 Obtain permission from the CA before any holes are cut in floors, walls or steelwork, etc.
100.457 METHOD STATEMENTS:

 Submit method statements to the CA prior to commencement of the contract works for the following
work activities
 Each item of work
100.458 INSPECTION BEFORE CONCEALMENT:

 Whenever work requiring inspection or testing is subsequently to be concealed give the following the
notice to the CA so that inspections may be made or tests witnessed before concealment
100.459 EQUIPMENT GUARANTEES:

 Plant and equipment guarantees shall commence at the date of practical completion and run for a
minimum of 12 months after this date.
 Any costs associated with this requirement shall be included in the contract price.
100.460 SITE MODIFICATIONS:

 Site modifications to assemblies shall not be made without written approval of the CA.
 Where site modifications to assemblies are authorised undertake in accordance with manufacturer's
certified drawings and instructions.
 Ensure that all modifications undertaken comply with the relevant standards and all test certification
obtained.
100.461 DIMENSIONS:
 Where installations are dependent upon site dimensions ensure that these are available before
proceeding with the Works.
 Dimensions should not be scaled from drawings.
 Where dimensions are indicated on drawings check these on-site, as appropriate, to ensure building
construction tolerances and manufacturing tolerances can be accommodated.
 Equipment should not be ordered or manufactured using dimensions indicated on the Tender drawings.
100.480 QUALITY
100.481 QUALITY CONTROL:

 Prepare and submit to the CA a method statement to indicate fully the quality control programme for the
contract works.
 Time scale

 Within weeks of contract appointment (no)
100.482 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS:

 All materials, articles and workmanship shall be of the best quality and execution as detailed in the
specification and drawings.
 All equipment and materials to be installed shall be new unless otherwise indicated.
 All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations.
 All materials considered by the CA to be unsound or not in accordance with the specification shall
immediately be removed and properly replaced to the satisfaction of the CA at no additional cost. All work
carried out imperfectly or with faulty materials must be immediately removed and properly replaced to the
satisfaction of the CA at no additional cost.
 The manufactured articles specified shall serve as a quality standard.
 Where manufactured items are not specified by name submit with the tender all necessary details of
proposed articles. The CA shall approve these articles before their use is permitted.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue 'Hea 03' Compliant design stage commitment that the VOC
content of the relevant specified product types will comply with the standards specified within the criteria.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue 'Hea 03' Compliant for post- refurbishment, it is required that
for each relevant product, a formal letter from or copies of the manufacturer's literature confirming
 The standard(s) against which the product is tested.
 The VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) emissions achieved.
 The VOC emissions meet the required level..
100.483 DEFECTS:
 Agree with the CA a system of recording defects that should include
 A reference to identify the defect
 Description of the defect
 Remedial works proposed
 Agreement to remedial works proposed
 Confirmation of defect clearance
100.500 ORGANISATION AND DESIGN MANAGEMENT
100.501 SITE STAFF:

 Refer to the Main Contract preliminaries.
 Employ a competent full-time site based project manager/engineer and supporting team dedicated full
time to the project and not involved in the installation of the Works who shall have full authority to act in
connection with the contract works.
 Staff of sufficient number and competence in the opinion of the CA, shall be provided as necessary for
design, drawing and technical information production, programming and administration to ensure efficient
and satisfactory execution of the contract works.
 Provide all necessary superintendence during the execution of the contract works. The said staff shall
be in attendance on-site during the whole time that work is in progress.
 Employ on the site suitable qualified engineering staff to be in charge of the contract works from
commencement to completion. The said staff shall be in attendance on-site during the whole time that
work is in progress.
 Responsibility for all drawings and technical information production shall be undertaken by a nominated
engineer
 Curriculum Vitae shall be submitted with the tender for

 all key staff
 Any change made to the appointment of staff during the contract works shall be agreed with the CA with
maximum notice being provided.
 If the CA is of the opinion that any member of the site staff has been guilty of a serious breach of his
duties, he may by notice require that person to be replaced within weeks of the notification.
100.502 DESIGN COSTS:

 The costs for undertaking the design activities and production of information during the design stage
shall be stated in the tender.
 A letter of intent for the award of the contract will be issued by the Employer to allow immediate
commencement of the contract design stage activities.
 Should the contract works not ultimately proceed nor the design be completed due to unforeseeable
circumstances then
 the design cost or proportion thereof to equate to the work completed, shall be paid by the Employer
100.503 DESIGN MANAGEMENT:

 Employ a design manager throughout the design process who shall have the full authority to make
decisions. The design manager shall be suitably qualified to the satisfaction of the CA.
 The design manager shall
 attend all design team meetings as required
 be a participating member of the overall team during the development of the design
 Once construction has commenced the design manager shall be involved until such time as all the
production information has been completed and the Works are generally under construction.
 Appoint the appropriate staff and necessary skills to undertake the design activities to the satisfaction of
the CA.
 Submit with the tender curriculum vitae of all key design staff.
 Any change made to the appointment of design staff shall be agreed with the CA with maximum notice
being provided.
 Throughout the design stage be actively involved with the Employer's design team
 Undertake and prepare any such design information required by other design team members to enable
their element of the work to be detailed.
 During the design and production information stages the CA will monitor by such means considered
necessary the performance in the development of design and in the production of the detailed design and
co-ordination drawings.
 Should any part of the design not meet the required standard of the CA then modify and re-issue such
work to the required standard at no additional cost or delay to the programme.
 On completion of the contract design stage activities and prior to commencing the production
information submit to the CA a statement of compliance that the design of the systems will meet the
specification design and performance intent.
 Submit a statement to the CA signed by a "competent person" prior to commencement of works on-site
that the systems can be properly prepared and commissioned and agrees with the intent of the design.
100.504 DESIGN WARRANTY:

 The successful tenderer will be required to complete a form of warranty in favour of the Employer prior
to the commencement of the design stage.
100.510 SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS
100.511 GENERAL:

 This section outlines the requirements and procedures for submittals to the CA.
100.512 SUBMITTALS:
 Prior to any orders being placed the CA shall review all drawings and manufacturer's details.
 Submittals shall be in a clear, definable and easily read format with the specified technical details,
notes, performance data and calculations where applicable all in the English language.
 Where drawings are to be examined the manufacturer's details shown on the drawings must have been
previously approved.
 Include all costs for attending meetings associated with the submittal review procedure. Meetings will be
held at .
 Agree with the CA where samples of materials offered for review are to be sent.
 Issue progressively drawings, calculations and submittals as agreed in advance with the CA for review.
 All correspondence related to the examination and review procedure shall be directed through the office
of the .
 The timescale for review or comment or otherwise on all submittals shall be
100.513 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS:

 Provide a schedule of all proposed drawings and submittals required for comment. The schedule shall
be provided
 Indicate as a minimum the following information on the schedule:
 Drawing number and revision number
 Drawing title and service
 Scale
 Latest date required on-site and/or for manufacturing purposes
 Date required for final comment
 Date for submission for comment
 Date of commencement of drawing production
 The schedule shall be updated as necessary on a regular basis at intervals agreed with the CA during
the contract period.
 The programme for production of drawings and other submittals should include the necessary time for:
 Submission
 Examination
 Alterations and re-submission in the event of the initial submission not being accepted
 Final issue
 Allow adequate time in the programme in order not to cause delays.
 The full extent of all submittals shall be indicated in the schedule.
 Group submittals for a particular part of the building or building engineering service as agreed with the
CA.
100.514 CALCULATIONS:
 All calculations must be presented in a logical format and prepared to a recognised and agreed format
and be suitably indexed.
 All software programs used in the preparation of designs shall be agreed with the CA prior to
commencement of design activities. The use of unverified software must be declared and the initial
outputs justified by full and complete hand calculations.
 Calculations that are preliminary in nature, i.e. do not form part of the final submittal, are to be
referenced independently and clearly indicated 'Preliminary'.
 State the methodology, formulae, design criteria, assumptions and all design margins used in the
calculations.

 Where necessary calculation sheets shall be accompanied by an annotated layout drawing identifying
terminals, fittings and the particular sections of ductwork or pipework.
 Each calculation sheet, drawing or schedule shall clearly identify the originator, date of production,
checker (who signs or initials) and date of check.
 The timescale for review or comment or otherwise on all submittals shall be
100.515 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE DETAILS:

 Details of the equipment selected for inclusion into the Works shall include the following information:
 Plant item description, reference identification and serial number.
 Electrical input rating - kVA, Volts, Phase.
 Operating mode - duty, standby, generator etc.
 Starting characteristics - starter type, current, starts/hour and starting time.
 Performance characteristics - (full load current and power factor).
 Noise level.
 Weight.
 The format of the information shall be as agreed with the CA.
100.516 PREPARATION OF DRAWINGS:

 Agree with the CA a document numbering system prior to preparing any documents.
 All drawings shall be prepared using a computer aided draughting system and the software used to
produce drawings shall be approved prior to commencement of drawing production.
 Each service shall be represented by a separate layer/overlay, for subsequent easy modification.
 Prior to commencement of drawing production agree the sequence of layers, pen colours and sizes.
 The medium for transfer of information shall be
 AutoCAD drawing files shall be
 DWG
 DXF
 Drawing plots shall be "A" size to British Standard, with an agreed logo/title block.
 The standard drawing size is to be
 A1
 A0
 Scales used on drawings shall be
 selected to convey clearly the proposals
100.517 REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS:

 Submittals will be examined for
 compliance in principle with the design intent
 Such examination shall not relieve any responsibilities and obligations under the contract.
 Examination of any submittal by the CA shall not mean that the CA is responsible for the correctness of
the drawing or submittal or its suitability for purpose. These responsibilities shall remain as defined
elsewhere and as the contract.
 Allow adequate time in the programme for submittals with due allowance for incorporation of comments
and resubmission in order not to cause delays.
 Each package shall contain all drawings, design calculations, support information, manufacturer's
literature, etc necessary to facilitate examination by the CA.
 Revised items on drawings shall be clearly indicated and annotated with a revision number/letter.
 Submittals will be returned indicating "A", "B" or "C" action.
 "A" action
 Examined no comments
 Examined for construction purposes

 "B" action
 Examined subject to minor amendments
 Examined subject to incorporation of comments indicated
 For construction provided that work is in compliance with comments made
 "C" action
 Examined subject to major amendments
 Rejected with or without comments
 In this case the drawings shall be re-submitted after correction or with further information added.
 Drawings and submittals with "B" or "C" action, shall be adjusted/revised for comments immediately and
re-submitted to the CA within days or earlier if site progress dictates.
 Where drawings are revised and updated during the construction stage these shall be issued to the CA
for examination of the revision only, the revision being clearly marked.
 Builder's work information and installation drawings shall not be examined in detail but shall be
examined by the CA for general suitability.
 Record drawings are to be prepared as the contract works progress and shall be examined in the same
manner as for other submittals.
 The timescale for review or comment or otherwise of record drawings shall be
100.518 MISTAKES IN SUBMITTALS:

 Examination and/or issue on a CA instruction of submittals shall not be deemed to remove any duties,
obligations and responsibilities under the contract.
 Be responsible for any error, discrepancy or omission in any submittal, presentation or drawing
prepared or where others have prepared these for submittal.
 The said indemnity shall be subject to the proviso that such error, discrepancy or omission is not due to
any inaccurate data, drawing or information provided by the employer or by the CA on his behalf.
100.519 SAMPLES:
 Provide free of charge samples of material and workmanship proposed to be used in the Works.
 Samples shall include all alternative finishes available if required.
 In the case of articles of special construction:
 drawings may be temporarily substituted for the samples
 drawings when approved will be retained until the articles concerned are supplied, as a sample
 The samples submitted and approved, shall remain the property of the Employer until the completion of
the contract.
 Approval of the CA shall be obtained before equipment is placed on order
 The CA will undertake to approve samples within weeks from receipt.
 Samples to be submitted:
 Include all alternative finishes available for the following samples:
100.520 FORM AND NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS TO BE PROVIDED:

 All submittals shall be issued to the
 CA
 Provide drawn information in the following forms:
 Initial copies for comment
 print form
 copy negative form
 CAD format
 comply with BS EN ISO 13567-1
 Final copies for distribution

 print form
 copy negative form
 CAD format
 Provide copies of drawn information as follows:
 Sketch drawings
 Initial copies for comment (no)
 Final copies for design team (no)
 Schematic drawings
 Detailed design drawings
 Co-ordination drawings
 Installation drawings
 Installation wiring drawings
 Shop drawings
 Manufacturer's drawings
 Manufacturer's certified drawings
 Builder's work information
 Controls logic diagrams
 Switchgear, starter and control instrumentation panel drawings
 As-installed drawings
 Site record copy in print form (no)
100.521 REVISIONS TO DRAWINGS:

 Where revisions take place either under the authority of a CA instruction, or by written agreement with
the CA or when revised architectural, structural or services information is issued, all drawings shall be
modified accordingly and shall be re-issued for construction purposes subject to examination by the CA.
 The issue of revised drawings shall be in accordance with and with regard to the agreed programme for
construction and where time is available re-issues shall be grouped together, as agreed with the CA.

100.530 OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
100.531 GENERAL:
 This section details the specific obligations, duties and responsibilities undertaken as part of the
contract works.
100.532 OBLIGATIONS:
 Undertake responsibility for all works defined in the work sections and shown on the drawings, and in
particular the following:
 Complete the design development
 Undertake the detailed design
 Undertake the responsibility for resolving final spatial co-ordination
 Check the provisions for, and adequacy of builder's work information previously issued prior to the
award of the contract
 Co-ordinating the engineering services, with each other and with the building structure and fabric
 Undertake the role of lead co-ordinator and agree principles of co-ordination with all parties concerned.
Incorporate details provided by others into the:
 design development
 installation information
 Provide the following drawings as defined elsewhere:
 Detailed design
 Co-ordination
 Installation
 Manufacturing
 Manufacturer's certified
 Shop drawings
 Installation wiring drawings
 Provide builders work details based on the installation, manufacturing and shop drawings.
 Negotiate with public and other authorities for provision of necessary incoming services.
 Obtaining final approvals of any appropriate authority.
 Prepare such reports, calculations and details as required for submission to any appropriate authority
including the coordination of such information by suppliers, specialists, etc needed to be included in any
submission.
 Fully re-evaluate and take full responsibility for all parts of the design and building elements that may be
affected by acceptance of alternative plant selections
 Undertake specific detailed design tasks as defined in this work section
 Undertake all on-site co-ordination with all other trades, disciplines, manufacturer's and suppliers
 Provide:
 suitable accommodation
 workshops
 stores
 clearance on completion
 Supply, deliver to site, unload, store, protect and co-ordinate movement of all plant, equipment and
materials required for the works.
 Including lifting and hoisting.
 Fix and install correctly all plant, equipment and materials and ensuring that all associated works are
correctly executed
 Undertake the fire stopping of all holes associated with the works
 Install fire barriers where a fire rated partition is penetrated

 Inspect all plant, equipment and materials as delivered or where specified at the manufacturer's works
 Inspection and/or tests to be carried out at the works jointly with the CA for equipment as defined
elsewhere
 Include for the travel and other expenses of the CA for the inspection and/or tests carried out at the
works
 Preparation of the operating and maintenance manuals, planned maintenance schedules.
 Appoint a specialist responsible for the preparation of the operating instructions and maintenance
manual
 Preparation of log books in accordance with Building Regulations
 Using CIBSE TM 31 template
 Undertake the testing and commissioning of the works.
 Appoint an independent commissioning specialist responsible for the testing and commissioning of
the works.
 Providing a commissioning report in accordance with Building Regulations.
 Remove the following existing installations:
 All existing services.
 Maintain the following existing services during the duration of the Works including the provision of any
additional work and materials necessary:
 All existing services.
 Survey the existing structure:
 Incorporate survey data into the installation information.
 Include the following information:
 Dimensional data:
 All structural elements.
 Topographical data.
 Survey the existing services installation
 Incorporate the survey data into the installation information.
 Produce record drawings for the complete existing services
 Prior to commencement of the Works
 Prior to commencement of the installation drawings
 Carry out building fabric works comprising
 Air permeability test
 In accordance with Air Tightness Testing and Measurement Association (ATTMA) publication -
Measuring Air Permeability of Building Envelopes.
 Provision of certification stating
 The building air permeability conforms to the requirements of the Building Regulations Part L2,
Conservation of Fuel and Power.
 The thermal performance of the building envelope conforms to the requirements of the Building
Regulations Part L2, Conservation of Fuel and Power.
 The thermal performance of the building envelope conforms to the requirements of the Scottish
Technical Standards, Section 6, Energy.
 The building air permeability conforms to the requirements of the Scottish Technical Standards,
Section 6, Energy.
100.533 DESIGN RESPONSIBILITIES:

 Detailed design responsibilities shall include the activities listed below, in addition to those activities
normally undertaken through the custom and practice of the industry.
 Responsibility of the suitability and correctness of the design or other obligations as defined in the
contract documentation will not be affected by comments of the CA.
 The design responsibilities shall include:
 Check the provisions for, and adequacy of the preliminary builder's work drawings or information
previously issued by others prior to the award of the contract

 Detail the final or supplementary builder's work information based on manufacturer's information.
Provide fully dimensioned drawings.
 Detail all access requirements including access to false ceilings and ducts for maintenance. Provide
fully dimensioned and annotated drawings.
 Location of drain and vent points and pipework gradients.
 Detailed design and locations of brackets and supports.
 Submit details of all types of brackets and supports including fixing details prior to installation.
 Submit load calculations prior to installation.
 Detailed design and location of expansion anchors and guide locations.
 Submit details of all expansion anchors and guides, including fixing details, load and thrust
calculations for comment prior to installation.
 Final valve and damper locations.
 Calculating all pump system resistances based on the final equipment selection and co-ordinated
installation drawings.
 Calculating all final fan system resistances based on the final equipment selection and co-ordinated
installation drawings.
 Calculating system water capacities and quantities of chemical additives
 Design and selection of sound attenuation equipment to satisfy the particular performance
requirements of the specification and the defined spatial allowances.
 Acoustic design or modification of equipment to attain the particular performance requirements of the
specification.
 Final selection of all anti-vibration mountings to suit the particular application of the mounts.
 Detailed design and sizing of refrigerant pipework between items of equipment provided as part of the
works.
 Preparing detailed electrical wiring diagrams of all equipment supplied showing all interconnections
between equipment to enable all necessary wiring to be undertaken.
 Capacity, location, routes and design of electrical conduit systems.
 Including trunking where used in lieu of multi-conduit installation.
 Detailed design of automatic controls systems insofar as it is required to meet with operational and
spatial requirements of the specification. The installer shall be responsible for ensuring the full
compatibility of the plant and equipment with the specified function and for the design and incorporation of
all interfaces (including relays or other devices or modifications to hardware or software)
 Dimensioning of, and final installation details of, automatic control panels to suit the detailed
requirement of the agreed supplier of the controls equipment. The installer shall be responsible for
ensuring that:
 Control panel cable entry/exits are possible in the final location.
 Safe operating and maintenance clearances are provided.
 Final locations of:
 Test points
 Control sensors
 Detectors
 Thermostats
 Gauges
 Sizing of cable terminations for all items of equipment.
 Appropriate for the rating of fuses installed in plug tops for the rating of the connected equipment.
 Design of cable or cable containment terminations on to electrical equipment.
 Dimensioning of and final installation details of electrical switchgear including:
 The cable entry details for the selected location.
 Provision of adequate safe operating and maintenance clearances.
 Detailed design of earthing and bonding requirements for:
 mechanical engineering services
 electrical engineering services
 architectural elements

 structural elements
 Ensuring cable size selections as specified are not invalidated by the selection of alternative routes
during installation or selection of alternative manufacturer's
 Final detailed design of fire alarm system component and cabling requirements to meet with the
particular manufacturer and the engineering specification requirements.
 Detailed design, supply and installation of duct platforms access covers, gratings, and ladders.
100.534 ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT:

 Where the CA has accepted proposed alternative equipment or materials prior to the award of the
contract and which subsequently varies the main works and/or the Works in any way whatsoever, then:
 Be responsible for meeting all the additional costs and technical requirements arising from such a
change
 No claim for additional costs or delay to the completion of the works will be allowed.
 Undertake the redesign of all engineering services and builder's work affected by these equipment
changes at no additional cost or extension or delay to the programme.
 Should any alternative item proposed not carry appropriate certification, ensure independent testing is
carried out to confirm compliance at no additional cost.
100.535 CO-ORDINATION OF SERVICES:

 All aspects of the works require detailed co-ordination to avoid any possible clash or conflict with other
trades and disciplines. Undertake such co-ordination in relation to the works.
 No extra cost or claim will be allowed due to conflict of works or installations, where full liaison with
other trades and disciplines would have prevented such an occurrence.
 When any new, revised or updated architectural, structural or services information is issued by the CA
under the authority of an instruction, examine such information and if necessary modify the works
accordingly to prevent any clashes or abortive work due to such instruction.
 No extra cost or claim will be allowed to cover any clashes or abortive work that result from not
requesting an explanation or seeking clarification in respect of any such revision.
 No extra cost or claim will be allowed due to conflict of works or installations, where full liaison with
other trades and disciplines would have prevented such an occurrence.
100.536 CO-ORDINATION OF SERVICES ON-SITE:

 Allow for co-ordinating the contract works with the works of other trades and installations which may be
on-site during the period of the contract either during or prior to their incorporation into the works.
 Where minor clashes of services occur on-site that were not foreseeable at the design or co-ordination
drawing stage then these clashes or minor co-ordination matters shall be resolved by discussion and
agreement with other trades and disciplines. The CA shall be informed of the action to be taken by an
approved means.
 No instructions will be issued to cover such minor clashes.
100.537 SURVEYS:
 Ascertain the nature of the site and all local conditions and restrictions likely to affect the execution of
the Works.
 Before commencing work, carry out a survey and examination of buildings, structure and engineering
services affected by the works.
 Examine all available drawings of the engineering services and report any discrepancies to the CA.
100.538 SITE DIMENSIONS AND LEVELS:

 Install all engineering services using a laser levelling system wherever possible and co-ordinate the
measurements with all other trades and disciplines to prevent any clashes.
 Obtain all dimensions and levels on-site for the actual setting out of the works.
 As the development advances measure on-site all works by others that may foreseeable affect the
works. These dimensions shall be incorporated into the installation drawings or marked up on revised
drawings if already issued.
 No extra cost or claim will be allowed for any errors arising from inaccurate setting out or failure to
check actual site dimensions.
 Reimbursement will be sought for any abortive expenditure.
100.539 MAINTAINABILITY:
 Demonstrate that all plant and equipment incorporated into the Works can be safely and easily
maintained in full compliance with:
 Health and Safety legislation.
 CDM requirements.
 British Standards.
 Health Technical Memoranda.
 Ensure that adequate space is provided for future replacement of plant or parts and that all access
panels/doors are unobstructed.
100.540 TERMINAL UNIT LOCATIONS:

 The positions of all connection points, accessories, apparatus, equipment and other room terminals
shown on the tender drawings are approximate and for guidance in the preparation of the tender.
 Agree, with the CA, which terminals are subject to final positioning on-site.
 Allow for the movement of all such terminals:
 Up to a radius of m from the positions shown on the drawings.
 Mounting heights indicated in the tender documents are for tender purposes only.
 Confirm mounting heights with the CA before commencing work on-site.
100.541 CO-OPERATE:
 Co-operate with the contractor, other subcontractors, suppliers, local authorities and statutory
undertakings in the execution of their work.
 In particular, the following works carried out by others will require close and careful liaison and co-
operation.
100.542 STATUTORY AUTHORITIES:

 Orders for the incoming utility services shall be
 included in this contract
 undertaken by
 Liaise with the Statutory Authorities and provide any test notices required to ensure final connections
are made in accordance with the requirements of the programme.
100.560 LOCAL AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS
100.561 GENERAL:
 This section details the requirements for compliance with Local Authority By-laws.

100.562 STATUTORY AUTHORITY APPROVALS:
 Make full and formal submissions to Building Control/District Surveyor at the earliest opportunity to
ensure the approval of the Statutory Authorities for the proposed installation works.
 Notify the District Surveyor, Building Control Officer and Fire Officer directly in respect of all tests and
demonstrations relevant to life safety installations, and include for all necessary attendance,
documentation, etc., to ensure full Statutory Authority approval of the installation.
 Include for all fees and charges legally required under such Act of Parliament, Regulations or By-Laws
in respect of the Works.
100.563 AUTHORITY NOTICES:

 Documents requiring the Employer's signature shall be forwarded to the CA in time to meet the contract
works programme in order for the necessary test and supply arrangements to be made.
 No additional costs or extension to programme shall be allowed due to reconnections, revisits etc by
supply authorities or failure to programme the works.
100.564 BYE-LAWS, NOTICES, ETC:

 Observe and comply with the requirements of all Statutes and Bye-Laws.
 Serve notices on the Authorities having control of the road surfaces before the same are broken up and
likewise serve notices on the owners of sewers, drains, water, gas or other mains, electric cables,
tramways and other services which may in any way be affected by the execution of the Works.
 Inform all necessary parties when work necessitates such notices to be given.
100.580 HEALTH AND SAFETY
100.581 GENERAL:
 Refer to the Main Contract Preliminaries for the requirements of safety, health and welfare.
 Conform to all safety rules, regulations and codes of practice.
 Check that facilities provided by others fulfill the obligations and advise accordingly.
 Provide all necessary first aid facilities.
 Appoint a "competent person" on the site to manage health and safety during construction.
 Ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that all persons employed on, or visiting, the site are
adequately informed, instructed, trained, supervised and equipped such that they are able to carry out
their duties safely.
 Ensure that safety helmets and other necessary protective clothing are available to site visitors.
 All safety helmets and protective clothing must comply with the latest British Standards.
 Ensure that only authorised persons are allowed into any construction area.
 Ascertain the accuracy and sufficiency of information provided by the Employer or the CA to ensure the
safety of all persons and the Works.
 Wherever possible labour saving lifting devices shall be used and materials sized to allow easy manual
lifting.
100.582 CDM REGULATIONS:

 The management of health and safety is to be undertaken in conformity with the requirements of the
Construction (Design and Management) Regulations and the corresponding Approved Code of Practice.
 Comply with the requirements of the CDM Regulations by
 Compiling risk assessments
 Preparing method statements

 Providing information on the contract works that might affect the health and safety of any person
 Providing all necessary input to the Construction Phase Plan
 Providing all necessary input to the health and safety file
 Supply any method statements and comply with all CDM procedures required by the CDM Co-ordinator
and the Principal Contractor.
100.583 PRE-CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE PLAN:

 Pre-Construction Information is included as part of the tender documents.
 The Pre-Construction Information provides information required by the CDM Regulations and highlights
significant risks to health and safety identified during the design stage.
 Produce the Construction Phase Plan in accordance with the requirements of the CDM Regulations
prior to the commencement of works on-site
 The Construction Phase Plan shall not be limited to those particular risks identified in the tender stage
health and safety plan but shall include consideration of all reasonably foreseeable risks
 The Construction Phase Plan must be adequately developed, as far as is reasonably practicable
allowing for any phasing of works, etc., in sufficient time to allow it to be submitted for approval prior to the
commencement of any works on-site.
 In the case of phased works the health and safety plan relating to the work content of any phase must
be adequately developed and submitted for approval prior to the commencement of any work within that
phase of the project.
 Where design activities are undertaken or there is involvement in the design of any elements of the
contract works co-operate with and provide information to the CDM co-ordinator in accordance with the
designer's duties under the CDM regulations.
 Ensure that all sub-contractors are issued with copies of the Construction Phase Plan prior to the
submission of their tenders and that they price for compliance.
 Ensure that all sub-contractors complete appropriate assessments of the risks to health and safety in
respect of their works as required under applicable statutory legislation, including the latest Management
of Health and Safety at Work Regulations and the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
Regulations.
 The Construction Phase Plan shall be reviewed and revised as necessary in line with any information
received or any changes in the requirements of the contract works. Any changes shall be promptly
advised to all relevant parties.
 Ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that all sub-contractors, employees and self employed
persons who are at work on the construction of the project conform with the requirements of the
Construction Phase Plan.
100.584 COSHH REGULATIONS:

 Comply with the latest edition of the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations.
 Provide with the tender an assessment of the risks in undertaking the contract works
 Provide with the tender a method statement on the steps proposed to meet the requirements of the
Regulations
 Undertake COSHH assessments for all activities and substances provided or used on-site to assess
their potential health hazards.
 Copies of all relevant COSHH assessments must be issued to the operatives concerned and strictly
monitored. Particular attention must be given to the use of glues and sealant.
 Where the use of substances falling within the scope of the Regulations forms part of the contract works
notify the CA in writing, together with the additional costs, if any, of use of non-hazardous alternative.
 Ensure during the course of the contract works, and under all circumstances, that all substances falling
within the scope of the Regulations are positively so identified at all times and that they are transported,
handled, stored, used and disposed of in strict accordance with their manufacturer's/supplier's
recommendations.

 Where use of substances falling within the scope of the Regulations are required for the operation and
maintenance of the completed contract works, ensure that
 Suitable facilities are available for the on-site storage of such substances and that all necessary
warning/instruction notices are provided at the point of their storage and use
 Provision of any special protective clothing, eye protection and similar safety equipment for the
operation and maintenance of the Works and in sufficient quantity for
 1 year operation
 Employer's staff have been fully trained in the use, handling, storage, transport and disposal of the
substances concerned prior to handover.
 The type, use and control of the substances have been fully and correctly identified in the operating and
maintenance manuals/health and safety file.
100.585 ASBESTOS:
 No material or goods containing asbestos shall be incorporated in the contract works.
 Be responsible for certifying at practical completion of any section of the contract works that no
asbestos or asbestos related materials have been incorporated or by any sub-contractor employed.
100.586 RISKS TO HEALTH AND SAFETY:

 Submit a statement with the tender describing any significant and unavoidable risks which may arise as
a result of carrying out the contract works and the measures proposed to safeguard the health and safety
of operatives and of any person who may be affected by the contract works.
100.600 THE SITE
100.601 GENERAL:
 This section outlines information on the site.
100.602 SITE LOCATION:

 The site is located at
100.603 DESCRIPTION OF THE SITE:

 The nature and condition of the site/building(s) cannot be fully and certainly ascertained before opening
up.
 The following risks are or may be present
 The employer or the CA do not guarantee the accuracy and sufficiency of this information:
 Undertake responsibility to obtain any information required to ensure the safety of all persons and the
Works.
 compiling risk assessments for the contract works.
 providing information on the contract works which might affect the health or safety of any person.
 providing appropriate input to the Construction Phase Plan and health and safety file for the works.
100.605 ADDITIONAL DETAILS:

100.606 RESPONSIBLE CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES - DOMESTIC REFURBISHMENT:
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Scheme Issue 'Man 02' - Written confirmation of registration with the
Considerate Constructors Scheme to be done no later than the commencement of refurbishment works
OR completion of the BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment checklist A-4 as appropriate.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Scheme Issue 'Man 02' Considerate Constructors Scheme auditor
required to carry out site audit.
 One credit is awarded for a Considerate Constructors Scheme score between 24 and 31.5.
 Two credits are awarded for a Considerate Constructors Scheme score of 32 and 35.5.
 An innovation credit is available for Considerate Constructors Scheme scores over 36.
100.607 RESPONSIBLE SOURCING OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS - DOMESTIC

REFURBISHMENT:
 BREEAM Domestic Scheme Issue 'Man 03' - Construction site impacts - there is a 'chain of custody'
(CoC) defined by tracking wood from the certified forest to the finished product.
100.608 ECOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS - REFURBISHMENT:

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue 'Man 05'
 Protection for nesting birds can be taken into account from the following guidance by RSPB
www.rspb.org.uk/advice/helpingbirds.
 Protection for bats to the following guidance http://www.bats.org.uk/pages/existing_buildings.html
100.650 EXISTING SERVICES
100.651 GENERAL:
 This section provides information on existing services.
100.652 EXISTING MAINS/SERVICES:

 Existing mains/engineering services comprise
 Existing services shall not be interfered with, nor interrupted in any way without the prior written
permission of the CA.
 Be responsible for any damage entailed and make good any such damage to the satisfaction of the CA
at no extra cost.
100.653 DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES:

 The nature and condition of the existing services cannot be fully and certainly ascertained before
opening up.
 The following risks are or may be present
 The Employer or the CA do not guarantee the accuracy and sufficiency of this information.
 Undertake responsibility to obtain any information required to ensure the safety of all persons and the
Works.
 compiling risk assessments for the contract works.
 providing information on the contract works which might affect the health or safety of any person.
 providing appropriate input to the Construction Phase Plan and health and safety file for the works.

100.655 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING SERVICES:
 Fully maintain all existing services to existing premises during the progress of the Works.
 Fully maintain the following services to existing premises during the progress of the Works.
 Gas
 Water
 Electricity
 Telephones
 Soil and Waste
 Rainwater
 Fire Alarms
 Provide to the CA prior to commencement of the contract works
 a method statement outlining the method and procedures to be used for the maintenance of the
existing services
 a planned maintenance programme for the existing services
 details of permit to work procedures
 Provide any additional work and materials necessary to maintain these services at all times during the
duration of the contract works.
 Any existing services disturbed by the Works are to be reinstated fully in accordance with the standards
of quality defined in the specification and to the satisfaction of the CA.
 Make all connections to existing services
 out of normal working hours.
 during normal hours
100.656 REMOVAL OF EXISTING SERVICES:

 The following existing mains/engineering services shall be removed
 The approval of the CA shall be sought prior to the removal of any existing services.
 Provide to the CA prior to commencement of the contract works
 a method statement outlining the method and procedures to be used for the removal of the existing
services including health and safety procedures
 details of permit to work procedures
 programme for removal of existing services
 details of temporary works to be provided
100.700 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS
100.701 GENERAL:
 This section outlines the extent of the works and provides a description in a brief manner of the scope of
each of the building services installations.
100.702 SCOPE OF WORKS:

 The engineering services included in the Works and covered by this contract comprise:
 Mechanical services.
 Public health services.
 Electrical services.
 Automatic controls.
 Building management system.
 Lift installations.

100.703 EXTENT OF THE WORKS:
 The extent of the Works is as follows:
 Mechanical services
 Incoming gas supply.
 Central refrigeration.
 Central boiler plant.
 Air conditioning.
 Ventilation and exhaust.
 Heating distribution.
 Cooling distribution.
 Heat rejection plant and condenser water.
 Thermal insulation.
 Water treatment.
 Acoustic and vibration control
 Automatic controls.
 Building management system.
 Fuel oil storage and distribution.
 LPG/Gas storage and distribution.
 Kitchen equipment.
 Cold stores.
 Generator exhausts.
 Dry risers.
 Wet risers.
 Fire main and fire hose reels.
 Fire extinguishers.
 Fire sprinkler installation.
 Spares and tools.
 Compressed air services.
 Medical gas services.
 Testing and commissioning.
 Record documentation.
 Public health services
 Incoming mains water supply
 Hot water service
 Cold water service
 Mains water service
 Thermal insulation
 Water treatment
 External irrigation systems.
 External drainage and storm water disposal
 External water mains
 Soil, wastes and drainage
 Storm water drainage
 Sanitary fittings
 Drinking water coolers
 Sanitary waste disposal units
 Fountains and pool supplies
 Spares and tools
 Testing and commissioning
 Record documentation

 Electrical services
 Incoming electrical supplies.
 Transformers.
 High voltage distribution and switch-gear.
 Low voltage distribution and switch-gear.
 Sub-mains distribution.
 Power installation.
 Lighting installation.
 Emergency lighting.
 Security systems.
 Public address systems.
 Intercom systems.
 Telephone systems.
 Data systems.
 Fire alarm systems.
 Lightning protection.
 Earthing and bonding.
 Mechanical services field wiring.
 Spares and tools.
 Testing and commissioning.
 Record documentation.
100.704 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS:

 The following clauses describe in a brief manner the extent of the engineering services.
100.705 LOCATION OF PLANTROOMS:

 The location of major plantrooms and respective major equipment contained therein.
100.720 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA AND STANDARDS
100.721 GENERAL:
 This section outlines the general design criteria and definitions applicable to the engineering services
forming the contract Works.
100.722 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA:

 The criteria listed in the following clauses apply to all work sections included in the contract unless
specified otherwise.
 The design of the engineering services is based on the criteria and design data stated in the following
clauses
 Changes or amendments shall be by prior written notice from the CA.
100.723 OUTSIDE CONDITIONS:

 Ambient conditions for the design of all thermal loads and selection of equipment:
 Winter
 Summer
 For the design and selection of heat rejection equipment:
 Summer

 An external ambient of ° C shall be taken for the design of frost coils.
100.724 INSIDE CONDITIONS:
100.725 BUILDING THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE VALUES:

 The thermal transmittance values for the calculation of thermal loads
 External wall W/m² °C
 External glazing W/m² °C
 Roof W/m² °C
 Floor in contact with ground W/m² °C
 Intermediate floor W/m² °C
 Internal partition wall W/m² °C
100.726 AIR INFILTRATION:

 The rates of air infiltration used in sizing equipment
 The air change calculation accounts for room and ceiling voids.
100.727 PLANT OPERATING CONDITIONS:

 Ensure all plant items are suitable for operation in the environment in which they are to be located.
 Ensure all plant, motors, starters and ancillary equipment etc. are suitable for operation at full capacity
under the following conditions
 Height above sea level not exceeding 1000m.
 Air cooling at an average temperature over 24 hours not exceeding 35°C dry bulb.
 Maximum conditions of 40°C dry bulb and 50 per cent relative humidity.
 Supply voltage approximately sinusoidal.
 Ensure all plant, motors, starters and ancillary equipment etc. are suitable for operation at full capacity
in the following conditions
 Height above sea level (m)
 Maximum ambient temperature
 Average (°C)
 Peak (°C)
 Minimum ambient temperature
 Average (°C)
 Lowest (°C)
 Atmospheric dust condition, as defined in BS ISO 5011,(mg/m 3)
 Provide equipment for operation in the following areas
 with the environment as specified below
 Internal
 Temperature 0 to 40°C
 Temperature (°C)
 Humidity (% rh)
 External
 Temperature -20 to 50°C
 Temperature (°C)
 Humidity (% rh)
 Provide sun shielding
 Protect equipment to BS EN 60529
 IP 54

 IP 65
100.728 ELECTRICAL WIRING:

 Where systems are specified as being maintained under fire conditions ensure wiring selected is
suitable for the temperatures to be encountered.
100.729 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS:

 The characteristics of the electrical supply or supplies:
 Nominal voltage(s)
 Nature of the current and frequency
 Prospective short-circuit current at the origin of the installation
 Earth fault loop impedance (Ze) of that part of the system external to the installation
 The suitability for the requirements of the installation, including the maximum demand
 Type and rating of the over-current protective device acting at the origin of the installation
 Confirm with the Supply Authority before ordering any equipment dependent upon voltage or frequency.
 Ensure all electrical equipment supplied and installed is suitable for the power supply indicated.
100.730 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS:

 Unless stated otherwise the Works shall comply with the appropriate British Standard (BS) or Code of
Practice (CP) and where no BS or CP is applicable comply with
 the Agrement Certificate for the particular item.
 CIBSE recommendations and guides to current practice.
 IEE Regulations and IET guidance.
 Ensure all equipment and systems are designed and installed in accordance with the relevant standards
and that operational compatibility exists between the systems and any other system installed in the same
location.
 All product and materials shall have product conformity certification (eg BSI Kitemark, BSI Safety Mark
or CARES scheme) or product approval (eg British Board or Agrement Certificate)
 All products must have the recognised 'CE' mark attached.
 Provide certificates of compliance with British Standards, BSI Certification Schemes, and/or other
Quality Assurance Schemes
 when requested by the CA.
 In the absence of specific design, performance or installation standards being stated seek the
instructions of the CA prior to commencement of the Works and with adequate time so as not to cause
delay.
 When new editions, versions and amendments are published during the construction, seek the
instructions of the CA with respect to any modifications or changes necessary.
 References to BSI documents shall be to the versions and amendments listed in the British Standards
Catalogue and in subsequent issues of BSI News up to
 one month prior to the tender issue date.
 The tender shall be based on the standards and regulations current
 one month prior to the issue date of the tender.
100.731 METRIC AND IMPERIAL CONVERSIONS:

 Some dimensions and units in metric have been converted from imperial units and approximated to the
nearest practical dimension, i.e. 12" has been converted to 300 mm.
 Metric sizes have been used for both metric and imperial components.
 Where only imperial components are available the imperial size has been converted to the metric
equivalent size.

 Due allowance shall be made for metric and imperial conversions.
100.732 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY:

 Ensure all equipment and systems are installed to provide electromagnetic compatibility within the
system and with any other systems installed in the same area.
 Ensure all systems and buildings are assessed for protection to, and that such protection meets the
requirements of BS EN 62305.
 Ensure all equipment meets the requirements of the appropriate electromagnetic compatibility standard.
 Standard
 Particular equipment
 Industrial, Scientific and Medical
 BS EN 61000-6-4.
 BS EN 55011.
 Household electrical appliances, portable tools and similar apparatus.
 BS EN 55014.
 Fluorescent lamps and Luminaires
 BS EN 55015.
 Information technology equipment
 BS EN 55022.
 Mains signalling
 BS EN 50065.
 Broadcast receivers and associated equipment
 BS EN 55013 and BS EN 55020.
 Industrial process measurement and control
 BS EN 60801.
 Other equipment to generic standards
 Emissions
 Domestic, commercial and light industrial
 BS EN 61000-6-3.
 Heavy industrial
 BS EN 61000-6-4
 Immunity
 Domestic, commercial and light industrial
 BS EN 61000-6-1
 BS EN 55014-2
 Heavy industrial
 BS EN 61000-6-2.
 Particular environments
 BS EN 61000
 Ensure all apparatus covered by the Wireless Telegraphy Act meets regulations issued by Ofcom.
 Ensure all equipment and systems meet the requirements of BS 6701 and BS EN 41003.
 Ensure that all cable installations meet the minimum separation in BS 7671 and BS EN 50174.
100.733 PRESSURE DIRECTIVE:

 All pressure equipment and assemblies with a maximum allowable pressure greater than 0.5 bar shall
comply with the European Community (EU) Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EEC. Pressure
equipment shall include vessels, piping, safety accessories and pressure accessories. Assemblies shall
mean several pieces of pressure equipment assembled to form an integrated, functional whole.
 Pressure equipment shall be marked as a minimum with:
 Unique identification of the manufacturer

 Unique identification of model and serial number
 The year of manufacture
 Maximum/minimum allowable pressure limits
 CE marking
 Provide a declaration of conformity for all pressure equipment.
 Submit copies to the CA prior to installation into the Works.
 Provide copies as part of the record documentation.
 Equipment must be:
 Designed for adequate strength taking into account internal/external pressure, ambient and
operational temperatures, static pressure and mass of contents in operating and test conditions,
corrosion and erosion, fatigue, etc.
 Provided with means to ensure safe handling and operation and of examination, draining and venting.
 Provided with protection against exceeding the allowable limits of pressure.
 Where necessary, pressure equipment must be designed and fitted with suitable accessories to meet
damage-limitation requirements in the event of external fire.
 Ensure all components or sub-assemblies in their finished assembly are used within their safe operating
range and correctly installed and tested.
 Ensure that adequate instructions are provided by the manufacture for the safe installation, testing and
operation.
 Instructions shall be provided to ensure for the safe maintenance and operation of the equipment when
in operation.
 Pressure equipment and assemblies below the specified pressure / volume thresholds must:
 Be safe.
 Be designed and manufactured according to sound engineering practice.
100.734 ATEX DIRECTIVE:

 All equipment and protective systems used in potentially explosive atmospheres shall comply with the
ATEX Directive 94/9/EC of the European Parliament and the Council.
 Equipment meeting the requirements of the Directive shall have the CE symbol clearly affixed to
indicate compliance
 All equipment, protective systems and components must bear the specific marking of explosion
protection as required by the ATEX directive 94/9/EC in addition to the CE marking.
100.735 FACILITIES FOR REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT:

 De-coupling facilities shall be provided for all services connections to equipment and plant and be
located adjacent to the equipment such that any removable section, cover or the complete unit can be
readily removed or withdrawn without the removal or disturbance to large sections of adjacent services.
 Ensure isolation and drain down of any item of equipment without isolating large sections of the
remaining system.
100.736 SOFTWARE:
 Obtain on behalf of the end user all appropriate licences, permissions, copyright waivers, rights of use
and the like from the owners of the software rights. Ensure that the end user is properly registered with the
software supplier for support and appropriate updating. Ensure that application software is written in
compliance with BS 7649.
100.737 EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY:

 Provide an EU Declaration of Conformity prior to delivery to site.
 As requested by the CA

 For all equipment.
 For the following equipment:
 The declaration shall state the following as a minimum:
 The manufacturer or his authorised representative.
 Description of equipment.
 The harmonised standard(s) that have been applied.
 The signatory who has been empowered to enter into commitments on behalf of the manufacturer.
 The last two digits of the year in which the CE marking was affixed.
 Where only a Declaration of Incorporation for component parts of the assembly can be provided advise
all aspects to be considered to enable others to provide a Declaration of Conformity.
100.738 SOUND TESTING:

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Hea 02: Credits are awarded for bringing the dwelling up to
and beyond national regulations.
 Where testing is not feasible and not required by the Building Control Body, a suitably qualified
acoustician should provide recommendations for the specifications of existing separating walls and floors.
100.739 DISABILITY PROVISIONS:

BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Hea 04: All credits assessed against the accessibility template
checklist (Appendix A:Hea 04). The checklist must be completed by an access expert or a suitably
qualified member of the design team
 First credit - achieving minimum accessibility.
 Second credit - achieving advanced accessibility.
 Exemplary credit - achieving a level of accessibility equivalent to lifetime homes and Part M compliance.
100.740 ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING:

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Ene 01
 Up to 6 credits for the improvement to the dwellings Energy Efficiency Rating. This issue is assessed
using the BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Energy calculator and SAP or RdSAP/EPC - credit
allocation is based on exceeding EER improvement benchmarks, from the baseline EER.
 Up to 4 credits available for the Energy Efficiency Rating post refurbishment.
 One exemplary credit available for a post refurbishment EER greater than 90 with 2 credits available for
a post refurbishment EER of equal to or greater than 100
100.741 PRIMARY ENERGY DEMAND - DOMESTIC REFURBISHMENT:

 Up to 7 credits can be awarded where as a result of refurbishment the dwelling meets the Primary
Energy Demand targets.
 A copy of the design stage Energy Performance Certificate report, SAP 2012 or SAP April 2012
worksheets (or EPC report) post refurbishment to confirm the dwelling/s Primary Energy Demand.
 A copy of the output from the BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Energy Calculator.
100.750 BUILDERS WORK
100.751 BUILDER'S WORK PROVIDED:

 Where structural and/or architectural facilities or provisions, for engineering services are already
indicated check that these are correct, satisfactory and adequate for the purpose and confirm same in
writing to the CA.
 Timescale:
 Within weeks of the award of contract (no)
 Where the preliminary builder's work facilities issued prior to the award of contract are not correct or
insufficient advise the CA immediately and obtain further instructions.
 Where alternative equipment or materials has been offered that the CA has accepted and which
subsequently varies the works in any way whatsoever, then undertake the redesign of the associated
builder's work.
100.752 BUILDER'S WORK RESPONSIBILITIES:

 The requirements for and responsibilities with regard to builder's work items are in addition to that
normally provided as is normal custom and practice in the building industry.
 Confirm and amplify any information provided by the CA.
 Provide builder's work information, appropriate to the stage of design development. Revise, supplement
and/or issue final information, drawings/details for the actual requirements of the contract works.
 Provide fully dimensioned drawings showing both size and position of builder's work making due
reference to the structural engineering and architectural final dimensioned detailed drawings.
 As approved by the CA Mark out on-site, all cut holes and chases required, any pockets cast in
concrete, any inserts, any built in sleeves or similar items.
 All builders work information shall be provided to comply with the programme and include sufficient
time for the necessary approvals.
 All materials provided for fixing by others are to be included in the contract works cost and supplied in
accordance with the programme.
100.753 SCOPE OF BUILDER'S WORK:

 Builder's work is
 excluded from the contract works.
 included in the contract works.
 All builder's work to be carried out by
 Builder's work excludes drilling and/or plugging walls, floors, ceilings etc., for fixings for services and
such work is included in the contract works.
 Provide the following as necessary for the complete installation
 all supporting steelwork
 brackets, clamps and fixings
 Pipe, duct and cable sleeves through walls, floors, slabs etc.
 Supply all sleeves and hand-over to others for fixing
 Making good around sleeves to provide correct fire barrier shall be by
 Puddle flanges
 Supply all puddle flanges and hand-over to others for fixing
 Pipe and duct penetrations through the building envelope
 Carry out final weatherproof flashing over pipe or duct angle flange
 On ducts through roofs the provision and fixing of timber or metal up-stands will be by others
 Sanitary fittings
 Terminate waste and water connections complete with stop -cocks and isolation valves at a maximum
distance from any fitting of (mm)
 Supply sanitary fittings and hand to others for fixing.
 Undertake water and waste final connections to all sanitary fittings
 Fire dampers
 Supply fire damper frame

 Hand to others for fixing
 Undertake fixing as part of contract works
 Supply and install fire damper
 Making good around damper frame to provide correct fire barrier shall be
 Duct and louvre connections to walls
 Supply and installation of timber or angle iron frame and making good
 By others
 Included in the contract works
 Supply and install all louvres
 External louvres.
 Agree fixing details with all parties prior to ordering louvres
 Supply and fix louvres
 Supply and hand over louvres for fixing by others
 Concrete bases and plinths
 Provide all necessary dimensions and details for work by others.
 Preparation of bases to required tolerances for equipment with pockets for holding down
 Supply and install holding down bolts
 Where equipment fixings are drilled into bases, undertake drilling and "making good" after installation.
 Making good around holding down bolts after installation
 By others.
 Inertia pads and inertia block bases
 Where neoprene inertia materials are to be provided in concrete bases supply and hand over
materials to others for correct fixing and final construction of base.
 Hand over framework for inertia block bases (including holding down bolts and AV mounts) for others
to fix and fill the inertia block with concrete and make good.
 Include filling the inertia block with concrete and making good.
 Steelwork bases
 Supply and hand over steelwork bases, plinths, channel support steels for fixing and weatherproofing
by others.
 Supply and install steelwork bases, plinths, channel support steels for fixing and weatherproofing by
others.
 Secondary steelwork for support
 Provide suitable secondary steelwork for permanent fixing by others onto the main building steelwork
frame or concrete frame required for the support of engineering services
 Provide suitable secondary steelwork and undertake permanent fixing for the support of engineering
services
 Preparation of holes and making good around fixing shall be by others for cast in fixings.
 Anchor points and guides
 Supply and hand over to others for fixing permanently to the building structure
 Ceiling grilles and diffusers
 Supply diffuser or grilles to others for fixing to tiles or ceiling support frame as applicable.
 Cut tiles where appropriate and fix ceiling grilles or diffusers to tiles or ceiling support frame as
applicable.
 Undertake final connection of diffuser or grille to ductwork spigot
 Wall or floor grilles or diffusers

 Supply and fix grille or diffuser
 On floor grilles not fixed to a timber frame undertake the final fixing of the grille to match up to final
floor finish.
 Preparation of holes or slots, fixing of timber frames and making good around frames for grilles or
diffusers
 By others
 Roof or wall fixed fans
 Supply fixing frames, boxes or curbs (other than timber curb up-stands) and hand over to others to
prepare hole, fix, weatherproof and make good
 Undertake final fixing of fans
 Anti-vibration mountings
 Install Anti-vibration mountings
 Undertake direct drilling fixings if applicable.
100.754 MARKING OUT OF BUILDER'S WORK HOLES ON-SITE:

 If approved by the CA, mark on-site actual locations of minor non-structural holes through walls,
partitions, floors etc and also chases in non fair-faced walls, etc for conduits, pipes and the like in
preference to providing drawings of such builder's work requirements. The CA is to be given the
opportunity to inspect prior to work being carried out.
 The CA shall inspect all marking out on-site prior to work commencing.
 Establish a method of working with the CA to ensure the works may proceed without hindrance.
 The maximum size for a non-structural hole for marking on-site shall be
100.755 BUILDER'S WORK INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED:

 All builder's work drawings shall be fully dimensioned.
 Builder's work drawings to be provided shall be as follows:
 Details of all bases for plant formed in concrete, brickwork or blockwork
 to a scale of not less than
 Details of all attendant builders work, holes, chases, etc for conduits, cables and trunking etc and any
item where access for a function of the installation is required
 Details of all types of purpose made brackets for supporting service or plant/equipment
 Details of all accesses into ceilings, ducts, etc
 Details of all special fixings, inserts, brackets, anchors, suspensions, supports etc
 Details of all sleeves, puddle flanges, access chambers
 Submit all necessary load and thrust calculations with drawings/details.
100.756 STRUCTURAL STEELWORK:

 No steelwork shall be cut, drilled or welded without written approval from the CA.
 The cutting and drilling of structural steelwork shall be agreed with the CA prior to the commencement
of the work and shall require application in writing with all necessary drawings/details.
 Fixings to steelwork shall be
 the approved clamp type

 All fixings shall be of the correct size and type for the fixing load applied and the type shall be approved
prior to commencement of the works.
100.757 PRE-CAST CONCRETE:

 Holes may not be cut in precast concrete without written approval from the CA.
 Under no circumstances will holes be cut in pre-stressed concrete.
100.780 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING
100.781 DEFINITIONS:
Where used in the documentation the following definitions shall apply and shall be interpreted as such:
 Commissioning: The advancement of an installation from the stage of static completion to working order
to the specified requirements
 Testing: The measurement and recording of specified quantifiable characteristics of an installation or
parts thereof and includes off site testing.
 Setting to work: The process of setting a static system in motion
 Regulation: The process of adjusting the rates of fluid flow in a distribution system to achieve specified
values
 Environmental testing: The measurement and recording of internal environmental conditions
 System proving: the measuring, recording, evaluating and reporting on the seasonal performance of the
systems against their design values
 System demonstration: Demonstrating the capability of the installation to achieve and maintain the
specified performance criteria
 Fine-tuning: The adjustment of the system where usage and system proving has shown such a need
and includes the re-assessment of design values and control set points to achieve the required system
performance.
100.782 PROGRAMME:
Prepare comprehensive programmes for the pre-commissioning checks, setting to work, testing,
commissioning, system proving and environmental testing of the contract works.
Timescale:
 Within weeks of contract appointment (no)
 Review and update the commissioning programme at agreed intervals and if necessary revise and
amend the programme to suit the progress of the contract works.
 Due account shall be taken of any phasing requirements.
100.783 COMMISSIONING SPECIALIST:

 Employ an independent company who specialises in testing and commissioning of building services to
undertake the following:
 All commissioning and testing activities associated with the contract works
 Supervision of works testing
 Submit with the tender details of the independent company to be employed.
 The commissioning specialist shall be a member of The Commissioning Specialists Association (CSA).
100.784 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING:

 When the contract works or parts thereof are ready for testing and commissioning notify the CA in
writing.

 All necessary facilities shall be provided to enable tests to be witnessed and inspections carried out
including all necessary instruments and recorders to monitor systems during commissioning system
proving and environmental testing.
 Provide information where access is required into ceiling voids, service risers etc and ensure these
points are not closed up until the commissioning and testing is complete.
 Where commissioning, testing, balancing, adjustment, is undertaken in an area of the building taken
over and occupied by the Employer, then take all necessary precautions against and be responsible for
any damage caused whilst working in such areas for that purpose.
 Prior to witnessing and inspection by the CA the contract works shall be fully tested, commissioned and
be fully operational
 Where portions of the work are required to be commissioned and tested separately, then upon final
completion, demonstrate to the CA that all the several portions are capable of proper simultaneous
operation in accordance with the requirements of the specification.
 If testing demonstrates that the plant and equipment is not properly installed and/or not functioning
correctly carry out such remedial measures and adjustments as may be necessary and repeat the
commissioning and testing procedure to the satisfaction of the CA.
 Complete all tests before any paint, cladding or similar materials are applied or before services are
concealed.
 Ensure all requirements such as cleanliness, protection from harmful external and internal elements are
provided prior to commencement of commissioning
 Undertake to:
 Commission, test, regulate and set to work the installations that form the contract works.
 Prepare comprehensive programmes, commissioning plans, schedules and method statements and
procedures supported by risk assessments for the pre-commissioning checks, setting to work,
commissioning, system proving and environmental testing of the contract works.
 Comply with the requirements of the Building Regulations (Approved Document Part L2) for the
inspection and commissioning of the building services systems. Prepare all necessary submittals
including commissioning plans and reports. Obtain all compliance approvals from the building control
bodies.
 Comply with the requirements of the Scottish Technical Standards (Section 6.7) for the inspection and
commissioning of the building services systems. Prepare all necessary submittals including
commissioning plans and reports. Obtain all compliance approvals from the building control bodies.
 Provide all specialist personnel including manufacturer's representatives and coordinate their
activities, together with providing any attendance required.
 Prior to commencement of the works submit to the CA for approval sample pro-forma for the various
commissioning record and certification documentation.
 Provide reports detailing progress of testing and commissioning activities at intervals agreed with CA.
 Maintain a diary/log of significant commissioning and testing activities.
 Measure and reconcile noise levels at agreed locations to verify compliance with design criteria.
 Submit to the CA all certification documents prior to any system being offered for final acceptance
 Confirm in writing to the CA that each installation has been correctly tested and commissioned and
that the performance requirements can be achieved.
 Ensure all certification is attained and witnessed as necessary for inclusion in the record
documentation.
 Submit a report for every test, demonstration, balance or commissioning activity witnessed, together
with an engineering appraisal on the performance, either on or off-site.
 Co-ordinate and liaise with the Employer's representative.
 Maintain on-site full records of all testing, commissioning and performance testing.
 The extent and proportion of results to be witnessed by the CA will be at the discretion of the CA.
 The CA will
 examine subsequent to setting to work and regulation of the contract works the results of the
commissioning and the documentary records thereof.

 only witness test proceedings to establish a level of confidence in the commissioning results being
presented.
 confirm recorded results
 determine if the specified requirements have been satisfied.
100.785 STATIC TESTING:

Progressive static testing shall include the following tests, but other tests may be required and witnessed:
 Insulation resistance
 Earth fault loop impedance
 Earth continuity
 Pressure testing of hydraulic systems
 Air leakage testing of ductwork systems
 The CA shall be given the opportunity to witness all static tests.
 Advance notice of the tests shall be given to the CA.
 Timescale:
 days prior to test (no)
100.786 PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECKS:

 Ensure all pre-commissioning examinations and tests have been undertaken and that each system,
including components, or item of equipment is complete and in a safe condition prior to start-up.
 All necessary notices shall be displayed.
100.787 FUEL FOR TESTING:

 Fuel for testing and operating the contract works shall be
 covered by a provisional sum
 provided by others
 provided by the Employer
 included within the contract price and due allowance made within the tender
100.788 SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION:

 Subsequent to the completion of all testing and commissioning to the satisfaction of the CA and when
directed operate the plant and demonstrate that the overall systems function correctly in accordance with
the requirements of the specification.
 Fully run and operate the following systems to demonstrate correct function in accordance with the
requirements of the specification:
 The period of operation shall be:
 weeks (no)
 carried out during normal working hours.
 allowed in the programme.
 During this period be responsible for the recording of results and the operation and maintenance of the
plant.
 Provide the following:
 An operational report of the demonstration
 Schedule of the conditions maintained within the space for a period of
 Hours
100.789 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE TESTING:

 Where stated elsewhere plant and equipment shall be tested at the works of the manufacturer or in a
recognised and approved testing facility to demonstrate the performance complies with the stated and
specified duties.
 These tests shall be in addition to works tests as stated elsewhere.
 Performance testing shall demonstrate but not limited to the following:
 Full, partial and minimum load
 Response to load change
 Efficiency
 Noise levels
 The tests shall be conducted to simulate design conditions and all ancillary plant and equipment needed
to support the tests together with all instrumentation shall be provided and included in the contract cost.
 Upon successful completion of the performance tests the plant and equipment shall be thoroughly
cleaned and returned to its new condition and correctly packaged for delivery to site.
 Test certificate records of the tests shall be issued to the CA as stated elsewhere.
100.790 INSPECTION AND TESTS:

 Submit schedules indicating those parts of the contract works for which inspections and tests are
required to substantiate conformity with the specification.
Should any alternative item be proposed that does not carry appropriate certification, ensure independent
testing is carried out at no expense to the contract works to confirm compliance.
 Provide method statements supported by risk assessments detailing the procedures for carrying out on-
site tests.
 Agree in advance with all parties procedures for inspections and tests including periods of notice.
 Where a test indicates non-compliance with the specification submit immediately details of the non-
compliance and details for corrective action.
 Maintain records of all specified inspections and tests performed including third party and works testing.
 Maintain all records on-site for inspection.
100.791 TEST CERTIFICATE AND RECORDS:

 Ensure that test certificates include:
 project title
 details and date of test
 instruments used, serial numbers, calibration dates
 signature of those witnessing test
 installers name
 specific location of the item in the contract works
 The number of copies of each test certificate to be issued to the CA
 (no)
 Time scale:
 within working days of the test (no)
100.792 WORKS TESTING:

 All costs of such tests
 All expenses of the CA to attend inspections and witness tests at the works of the manufacturer or other
location away from the site.
 Number of persons to be included shall be (no)
 Where required provide method statements supported by risk assessments detailing the procedures for
carrying out the tests.
 Notify the CA and all other parties in advance of such tests and provide for approval a programme for
the visit, procedures for inspections and testing to be undertaken.

 Timescale:
 weeks in advance of works tests (no)
 All ancillary plant and equipment needed to support the tests together with all instrumentation shall be
provided and included in the contract price.
 Should the tests indicate non-compliance with the specification submit immediately details of the non-
compliance and proposals for corrective action. No additional costs or extension to the programme will be
allowed for re-testing or other non-compliance corrective action.
 Signed certificates of tests carried out at the manufacturer's works for any items of plant shall be
forwarded to the CA prior to delivery of equipment to site.
 Timescale:
 within working days of the tests (no)
 Attendance by the CA or otherwise during specified inspections or tests will not reduce the obligations
or responsibilities under the contract.
 Carry out all tests required by legislation.
 Upon successful completion of the testing the plant and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and
returned to new condition and correctly packaged for delivery to site.
100.793 ENVIRONMENTAL TESTING:

 Provide a temporary installation of portable recorders to
 record temperature
 record humidity
 simultaneously record temperature and humidity
100.794 ROTATING EQUIPMENT:

 Immediately prior to practical completion adjust, ease and lubricate moving parts as necessary to
ensure easy and efficient operation.
 Ensure that temporary electrical supplies are provided to enable rotating plant items delivered and/or
installed to be run at regular intervals to avoid damage or deterioration.
 If temporary electrical supplies are not available ensure that rotating plant is hand-turned.
100.800 DRAWING DEFINITIONS
100.801 GENERAL:
 This section defines each of the main drawing types and outlines the extent and content of drawn
information.
100.802 THE TENDER DRAWINGS:

 Drawings produced to enable those tendering to interpret the design and to submit a tender for
executing all or any part of the Works as defined elsewhere.
 The tender drawings are
100.803 SKETCH DRAWINGS:

 Line diagrams and layouts indicating basic proposals, location of main items of plant, routes of main
pipes, air ducts and cable runs in such detail as to illustrate the incorporation of the engineering services
within the project as a whole.
100.804 SCHEMATIC DRAWING:

 A line diagram describing the interconnection of components in a system. The main features of a
schematic drawing are as follows.
 A two dimensional layout drawing with divisions to show the distribution of the system between
building levels. Or an isometric style layout indicating the distribution of systems across individual floor
levels. The drawing is not necessarily constructed to scale.
 Includes all functional components which make up the system, i.e. plant items, pumps, fans, valves,
strainers, terminals, electrical switchgear, distribution and components.
 Symbols and line conventions in accordance with
 Label the drawing with appropriate pipe, duct and cable sizes where these are not shown elsewhere.
 Indicate components which have a sensing and control function and show the links between them, eg.
building management systems, fire alarms and HV controls.
 Identify the major components indicated on the schematic drawing so that their whereabouts in
specification and on other drawings can be easily determined.
 Commissioning data - include all data essential to testing and commissioning including:
 volumetric flow rates,
 design total pressure losses at equipment
 locations of dampers
 location of valves and flow measuring stations
 electrical fault levels
 current ratings
 short circuit capacities and tripping times
100.805 DETAILED DESIGN DRAWING:

 A drawing showing the intended locations of plant items and service routes in such detail as to indicate
the design intent. The main features of detailed design drawings should be as follows:
 Plan layouts to a scale of at least 1:100.
 Plant areas to a scale of at least 1:50 and accompanied by cross-sections.
 The drawing will not indicate the precise position of services, but it should be feasible to install the
services within the general routes indicated. It should be possible to produce co-ordination drawings or
installation drawings without major re-routing of the services.
 Represent pipework by single line layouts.
 Represent ductwork by either double or single line layouts as required to ensure that the routes
indicated are feasible.
 Symbols and line conventions in accordance with
 Indicate on the drawing the space available for major service routing in both horizontal and vertical
planes.
100.806 CO-ORDINATION DRAWING:

 A drawing showing the inter-relationship of two or more engineering services and their relation to the
structure and building fabric. The main features of a co-ordination drawing are as follows:
 Plan layouts to a scale of at least 1:50, accompanied by cross-sections to a scale of at least 1:20 for
all congested areas.
 A spatially co-ordinated drawing, i.e. no physical clashes between the system components when
installed at the scaled-off positions shown on the drawing. Provide dimensions in areas where
tolerances are minimal.
 Make allowance for the service at its widest point for spaces between pipe and duct runs. Allow for
insulation, standard fitting dimensions and joint widths on the drawing.
 Make allowance for those plant items specified by the designer and identified in the design
specification.
 Make allowance for installation working space and space to facilitate commissioning and
maintenance.

 Indicate positions of main fixing points and supports where they have significance to the structural
design.
 Arrange the services so that it is possible to demonstrate a feasible sequence of installation.
 Support the drawing with individual services drawings for clarity.
 Plantroom layouts to a scale of at least 1:20, accompanied by cross-sections and elevations to a
scale of at least 1:20.
100.807 INSTALLATION DRAWING:

 A drawing based on the detailed drawing or co-ordination drawing with the primary purpose of defining
that information needed by the tradesmen on-site to install the works. The main features of installation
drawings should be as follows:
 Plan layouts to a scale of at least 1:50, accompanied by cross-sections to a scale of at least 1:20 for
all congested areas.
 A spatially co-ordinated drawing, i.e. no physical clashes between the system components when
installed at the scaled-off positions shown on the drawing.
 Make allowance for inclusion of all supports and fixings necessary to install the works.
 Make allowance for the service at its widest point for spaces between pipe and duct runs. Allow for
insulation, standard fitting dimensions and joint widths on the drawing.
 Make allowance for installation details provided from shop drawings.
 Make allowance for installation working space; space to facilitate commissioning and space to allow
on-going operation and maintenance in accordance with the relevant health and safety requirements.
 Make allowance for plant and equipment including those which are chosen as alternatives to the
designers specified option.
 Provide dimensions where the positioning of services is considered to be important enough not to
leave to the tradesmen on-site.
 Plantroom layouts to a scale of at least 1:20, accompanied by cross-sections and elevations to a
scale of at least 1:20.
100.808 INSTALLATION WIRING DIAGRAM:

 Drawing showing the interconnection of electric components, panels etc in accordance with the design
intent indicated in the schematic drawings and incorporating the details provided on manufacturer's
certified drawings.
 Indicate the following: maximum electrical loading for each supply cable; cable termination facilities; and
cable identification and all terminal numbers.
100.809 SHOP DRAWINGS:

 Drawing prepared by a fabricator or supplier unique to the project, including supplier's drawings for
ductwork, pre-fabricated pipework, sprinkler systems, control and switchgear panels and associated
internal wiring.
100.810 MANUFACTURER'S DRAWING:

 Drawing provided by a manufacturer or supplier to indicate a typical representation of the product,
components or plant items to be supplied for a particular project.
100.811 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED DRAWING:

 Drawing provided by a manufacturer or supplier to indicate details of the product, components or plant
items and which the manufacturer or supplier guarantees the supplied equipment will comply with.

100.812 RECORD DRAWING:
 Drawing showing the building and services installations as installed at the date of practical completion.
The main features of the record drawings should be as follows.
 Provide a record of the locations of all the systems and components installed including pumps, fans,
valves, strainers, terminals, electrical switchgear, distribution and components.
 Use a scale not less than that of the installation drawings.
 Have marked on the drawings the positions of access points for operating and maintenance purposes.
 The drawings should not be dimensioned unless the inclusion of a dimension is considered necessary
for location.
100.813 BUILDER'S WORK DRAWING:

 Design stage
 A drawing to show the provisions required to accommodate the services which significantly affect the
design of the building structure, fabric and external works. Also drawings (and schedules) of work to be
carried out by building trade, and required to be costed at the design stage eg. plant bases.
 Installation stage
 Drawing to show requirements for building works necessary to facilitate the installation of the
engineering services (other than where it is appropriate to mark out on-site).
 Builder's work drawn information to be provided shall include:
 Details of all bases for plant formed in concrete, brickwork or blockwork to a scale of not less than
1:20
 Details of all bases for plant formed in concrete, brickwork or blockwork to a scale of not less than
1:20
 Details of all attendant builders work, holes, chases, etc for conduits, cables and trunking etc and any
item where access for a function of the installation is required to a scale of not less than 1:100
 Details of all purpose made brackets for supporting service or plant/equipment to a scale of not less
than 1:50
 Details of all accesses into ceilings, ducts, etc at a scale of not less than 1:50
 Details of all special fixings, inserts, brackets, anchors, suspensions, supports etc at a scale of not
less than 1:20
 Details of all sleeves, puddle flanges, access chambers at a scale not less than 1:20
100.814 CONTROLS LOGIC DIAGRAMS:

 Diagrams, drawings and/or schematic details of all control components and instruments showing the
layout with each item uniquely identified together with a description of the controls operation and details of
the associated interlocking.
100.815 SWITCHGEAR, STARTER AND CONTROL INSTRUMENTAL PANEL DRAWINGS:

 Drawings showing the construction and internal wiring diagrams of the starters, panels and/or other
devices.
100.816 AS-INSTALLED DRAWINGS:

 Drawings/records retained on-site to record the progress of and any site modifications to the Works
including any changes to software.
100.817 PLANTROOM SCHEDULES AND SCHEMATICS:

 Provide good quality plant and switch room drawings, schedules, schematics and instructions and hang
in the respective plant room or any other appropriate location or where directed by the CA.
 Protect surfaces of such information by

 Pressure lamination
 Framing under glass or other rigid, transparent, cleanable and protective surface
 Hang using suitable fixings and provide backboards if necessary
 A sample shall be submitted for approval to the CA prior to commencing production.
 Schematic drawings of circuit layouts showing:
 Location, identification and duties of equipment
 Location of controls devices
 Circuit layout
 Valve schedules in the form of printed sheets showing the number, type, location, application/service
and symbol, and normal operating position of each valve.
 Control schematics.
 Location of mechanical and electrical plant and equipment items.
 First aid instructions for treatment of persons after electric shock.
 Location of isolating switch for electricity supply.
 Location of main incoming gas valve serving gas meter and isolation point.
 Location of main incoming water main and isolation point.
 Location of sprinkler fire main control valve.
 Emergency operating procedures and telephone numbers for emergency call out service applicable to
any system or item of plant and equipment.
 All other items required under Statutory or other regulations.
100.850 RECORD DOCUMENTATION
100.851 STANDARDS:
 Provide operating and maintenance manuals, system records and full documentation in accordance
with the following standards
 BS EN 50131-1 - Intruder alarm systems.
 BS 5839 - Fire detection and alarms in buildings.
 BS 6701 - Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications cabling.
 BS 7671 - Requirements for electrical installations.(IET Wiring Regulations)
 BS EN 12170 - Heating Systems with a trained operator
 BS EN 12171 - Heating Systems not requiring a trained operator
 BS EN 62305 - Protection against lightning
 Building Regulations (Approved Document Part L2)
 Scottish Technical Standard, Section 6 - Energy.
 Comply with the requirements of the CDM Regulations in providing the appropriate input to the
Construction Phase Plan and health and safety file for the contract works.
100.852 RECORD DOCUMENTS:

 Provide:
 Record drawings and schedules.
 Plant room and switch room drawings, schedules and schematics.
 Operating and maintenance manuals.
 Blank maintenance logs.
 Log books
 in compliance with the Building Regulations (Approved Document Part L2)
 in compliance with Scottish Technical Handbook, Section 6.
 in accordance with CIBSE Technical Memorandum TM 31.
 Ensure record documents clearly record the arrangements of the various sections of the Works as
actually installed and identify and locate all component parts.

 Ensure record documents make it possible to comprehend the extent and purpose of the Works and the
method of operation thereof.
 Ensure record documents set out the extent to which maintenance and servicing is required and how, in
detail, it should be executed.
 Ensure record documents provide sufficient, readily accessible and proper information to enable spares
and replacements to be ordered.
 Correlate record documents so that the terminology and the references used are consistent with those
used in the physical identification of the component parts of the installations.
 Demonstrate as required throughout the execution of the contract works that complete and accurate
records are being maintained and that the record documents are being progressively compiled as the
work on-site proceeds.
 Ensure that building log books contain all the information necessary to comply with the Building
Regulations Part L, Conservation of Fuel and Power.
 Ensure the building log book contains the information outlined in Scottish Technical Handbook, Section
6.8.1.
100.853 RECORD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES:

 Prepare record drawings and schedules based on the As Installed Drawings maintained on-site during
the progress of the contract works.
 The scale of the drawings shall be not less than .
 Each record drawing shall show the following information:
 The name of the contract and, where appropriate, the zone or floor designation.
 Description of drawing, drawing reference and scale.
 Name and address of the installer and the consultant.
 Endorse all such documents
 'Record drawings'
 Where agreed with the CA certain detailed information may be provided in schedule form.
 Where portions of the work are to be concealed, draft copies of record drawings shall be supplied to the
CA before the work is concealed in order to facilitate checking and examination.
 Prepare electrical drawings in accordance with BS EN 61082-1.
 Issue at practical completion the complete approved package of record drawings in the following
numbers and format:
 CAD format on CD disk. Each CD shall be labelled and the CD jewel cases shall be labelled
identifying project title, issue date and index of contents.
 Number of sets of complete record drawings (no)
 'White' prints.
 Number of sets of complete record drawings (no)
 Provide reduced scale copies for inclusion in the operating and maintenance manuals as stated
elsewhere.
 Record drawings and schedules must include, but are not limited to:
 Location, including level if buried, of utility service connections, including those provided by the
appropriate Authority, indicating points of origin and termination, size and material of service, emergency
shut-off isolation locations, pressure and/or other relevant information.
 Disposition and depth of all underground systems.
 Schematic drawings of each system indicating principal items of plant, equipment, zoning, means of
isolation, etc. in sufficient detail to make it possible to comprehend the system operation and the inter-
connections between various systems.
 Details of the principles of application of automatic controls and instrumentation.
 Diagrammatic dimensioned plans and sections of each system or service showing sizes and locations
of all ancillaries, plant, equipment controls, test points, and means of isolation etc. including any items
forming an integral part of the engineering systems provided by others (such as plenum ceilings, builders'
work shafts, chimneys etc.).

 Identification of all terminals/cables etc. by size/type and duty/rating as recorded from the approved
commissioning results.
 Detailed wiring drawings/diagrams/schedules for all systems, including controls, showing origin, route,
cable/conduit size, type, number of conductors, length, termination size and identification, and measured
conductor and earth continuity resistance of each circuit. Ensure routes indicate if cable/conduit is surface
mounted, concealed in wall chase, in floor screed, cast in-situ, above false ceiling etc.
 Details of co-ordination of wiring and connections with cable core identification, notation of fire alarm,
security, control and instrumentation and similar systems provided as part of the Works.
 Details to show inter-connections between the Works and equipment or systems provided by others to
which wiring and connections are carried out as part of the Works.
 Location and identity of each room or space housing plant, machinery or apparatus.
 Dimensioned plans and sections of plantrooms, service subways, trenches, ducts and other congested
areas where in the opinion of the CA smaller scale drawings cannot provide an adequate record. Indicate
the location, identity, size and details of each piece of apparatus.
 The scale of drawings to be
 Manufacturer's drawings of equipment indicating
 general arrangement and assembly of component parts which may require servicing.
 internal wiring diagrams together with sufficient physical arrangement details to locate and identify
component parts.
 Schedules as required to locate, reference and provide details of ratings and duty of all items
incorporated into the Works together with all fixed and variable equipment settings established during
commissioning.
 For each programmable control item
 schedules indicating for each input and output point connected
 full data in respect of that point including reference
 type of input/output
 connected equipment reference
 set values of temperature or pressure etc
 set values of start/stop/speed change times etc
 alarm priority
 control specification reference
 any other such applicable parameters
 Each spare input and output point including reference, type of input/output and space for future entry
of appropriate parameters as listed above.
 Logic flow diagrams for each individual control or monitoring specification and for each building services
engineering system to illustrate the logical basis of the software design.
 Schedules setting out details of all initial values of user-defined variables, text statements for alarm
messages etc.
100.854 PLANT ROOM AND SWITCH ROOM DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES AND SCHEMATICS:
 Provide good quality plant and switch room drawings, schedules, schematics and instructions and hang
in the respective plant room or any other appropriate location or where directed by the CA.
 Protect surfaces of such information by
 Pressure lamination
 Framing under glass or other rigid, transparent, cleanable and protective surface
 Hang using suitable fixings and provide backboards if necessary
 A sample shall be submitted for approval to the CA prior to commencing production.
 Schematic drawings of circuit layouts showing:
 Location, identification and duties of equipment
 Location of controls devices
 Circuit layout

 Valve schedules in the form of printed sheets showing the number, type, location, application/service
and symbol, and normal operating position of each valve.
 Control schematics.
 Location of mechanical and electrical plant and equipment items.
 First aid instructions for treatment of persons after electric shock.
 Location of isolating switch for electricity supply.
 Location of main incoming gas valve serving gas meter and isolation point.
 Location of main incoming water main and isolation point.
 Location of sprinkler fire main control valve.
 Emergency operating procedures and telephone numbers for emergency call out service applicable to
any system or item of plant and equipment.
 Location of metering facilities.
 All other items required under Statutory or other regulations.
 Prepare electrical drawings in accordance with BS EN 61082-1.
100.855 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SPECIALIST:

 Employ a specialist to prepare the operating and maintenance manuals.
 Submit details of the proposed specialist to the CA for approval
 Provide details of the proposed specialist as part of the tender submission
 Employ one of the following specialists to prepare manuals
100.856 PRESENTATION OF THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:

 Agree format and contents with the CA.
 Provide the operating and maintenance manuals in the following form:
 Encase the manuals in A4 size, plastic-covered, loose leaf, four ring binders with hard covers, each
indexed, divided and appropriately cover- titled. Fold drawings larger than A4 and include in the binder
so that they may be unfolded without being detached from the rings.
 Electronic format stored on CD
 Provide copies of the operating and maintenance manual as follows:
 Draft copies for comment (no)
 Final copies for Client use (no)
 Provide a draft copy of the operating and maintenance manual to the CA for comment
 Timescale:
 Weeks before the contract completion date (no)
 The draft copy of the manual shall conform to the final format required by the specification to enable all
relevant comments to be made by the CA.
100.857 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:

 The operating and maintenance manuals must include:
 A full description of each of the systems installed, written to ensure that the employer's staff fully
understand the scope and facilities provided.
 A description of the mode of operation of all systems including services capacity and restrictions.
 Diagrammatic drawings of each system indicating principal items of plant, equipment, valves etc.
 A photo-reduction of all record drawings together with an index. Reduced size of drawings to be
 Legend of all colour-coded services.
 Schedules (system by system) of plant, equipment, valves, etc., stating their locations, duties and
performance figures. Each item must have a unique number cross-referenced to the record and
diagrammatic drawings and schedules.
 The name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer of every item of plant and equipment
together with catalogue list numbers.

 Manufacturer's technical literature for all items of plant and equipment, assembled specifically for the
project, excluding irrelevant matter and including detailed drawings, electrical circuit details and
operating and maintenance instructions.
 A copy of all test certificates, inspection and test records, commissioning and performance test
records including, but not limited to, electrical circuit tests, corrosion tests, type tests, start and
commissioning tests, for the installations and plant, equipment, valves, etc., used in the installations.
 A copy of all manufacturer's guarantees or warranties, together with maintenance agreements offered
by subcontractors and manufacturer's.
 Copies of insurance and inspecting authority certificates and reports.
 Starting up, operating and shutting down instructions for all equipment and systems installed.
 Control sequences for all systems installed.
 Schedules of all fixed and variable equipment settings established during commissioning.
 Procedures for seasonal change-overs and/or precautions necessary for the care of apparatus
subject to seasonal disuse.
 Detailed recommendations for the preventative maintenance frequency and procedures which should
be adopted by the Employer to ensure the most efficient operation of the systems.
 Details of lubrication for lubricated items including schedules of lubricant type, frequency, etc.
 Details of regular tests to be carried out (e.g. water analysis for pseudonomas.)
 Details of procedures to maintain plant in safe working conditions.
 Details of the disposal requirements for all items in the works.
 A list of normal consumable items.
 A list of recommended spares to be kept in stock by the employer, being those items subject to wear
or deterioration and which may involve the Employer in extended deliveries when replacements are
required at some future date.
 A list of any special tools needed for maintenance cross-referenced to the particular item for which
required.
 Procedures for fault finding.
 Emergency procedures, including telephone numbers for emergency services.
 Hospital operational policy.
 Back-up copies of any system software.
 Documentation of the procedures for updating and/or modifying software operating systems and
control programmes.
 Instructions for the creation of control procedure routines and graphic diagrams.
 Details of the software revision for all programs provided.
 Two back-up copies of all software items, as commissioned.
 Copies of relevant HSE/CIBSE/IET Guidance notes etc.
 Contractual and legal information including but not limited to
 details of local and public authority consents
 details of design team, consultants, installation contractors and associated subcontractors
 start date for installation, date of practical completion and expiry date for the defects liability period
 details of warranties for plant and systems including expiry dates, addresses and telephone numbers.
100.858 PROVISION OF INFORMATION:

 Co-operate with the specialist firm in the compilation of the manuals and provide them with copies of the
following:
 Diagrammatic drawings of each system indicating principal items of plant, equipment, valves etc.
 Record drawings, together with an index.
 Plant room and switch room drawings, schedules and schematics, together with an index.
 Legend for all colour-coded services.
 Schedules (system by system) of plant, equipment, valves etc, stating their locations within the
building, duties and performance figures.

 All Test Certificates, Inspection and Test Records, Commissioning and Performance Test Records
(including, but not limited to, electrical circuit tests, corrosion tests, type tests, start and commissioning
tests) for the installations and plant, equipment, valves, etc., used in the installations.
 All manufacturer's guarantees or warranties.
 Copies of insurance and inspecting Authority certificates and reports.
 Schedules of all fixed and variable equipment settings established during commissioning.
 Back-up copies of any system software.
 Two back-up copies of all software items, as commissioned.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Man 01: The items of equipment requiring basic user
instructions for a home users guide, on equipment or controls are
 Boilers
 Air source heat pumps
 Ground source heat pumps
 Mechanical ventilation with heat recovery
 Solar hot water
 PV
 CHP
 Smart meters
 Water meters
100.900 COMPLETION AND HANDOVER
100.901 GENERAL:
 This section details the requirements and procedures for completion and handover.
100.902 HANDOVER REQUIREMENTS:

 As a pre-requisite to Practical Completion in respect of the contract works or part thereof, demonstrate
to the satisfaction of the CA that:
 All the contract works are complete.
 With the exception of minor snags or limited defects as agreed with the CA that could be reasonably
completed within an agreed programme without causing disruption to the Employer's use of the
building or part thereof.
 All spares, keys, tools and other consumables as stated elsewhere have been supplied and handed
over to the Employer.
 The instruction of the Employer's staff in the use and correct operation of the installation has been
completed satisfactorily. In particular, safety devices and controls demonstration.
 All commissioning and testing completed
 including the issue of a final commissioning report signed by an approved competent person
 A complete demonstration of the contract works with fully functional operational controls tested has
been undertaken in the presence and to the satisfaction of the CA.
 All necessary certification by the Employer's insurers has been completed.
 All approved record documentation including record drawings, operation and maintenance manuals,
etc is issued
 All information required for the health and safety file is issued to the satisfaction of the Planning
Supervisor.
 All necessary Statutory Authority approvals have been undertaken and written confirmation
established
 Completion and issue of log books in accordance with Building Regulations.
 in accordance with CIBSE TM 31 Building Log Book Toolkit (standard templates)
 Air permeability test certificate in accordance with Building Regulations.

 Should adequate record documentation not be available Practical Completion will not be granted.
100.903 READING OF METERS:

 Record readings of all water, gas, and electricity meters immediately on completion of the Works and
forward to the CA.
100.904 RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS:

 Before Practical Completion submit to the CA a schedule of spare parts as stated elsewhere and
recommend any that should be obtained and kept in stock by the Employer for maintenance of the
installations included in the Works.
 Time scale
 weeks before (no)
 State against each item the manufacturer's current price, including packaging and delivery to site.
Identify those items that are additional to those specified for inclusion as stated elsewhere.
100.905 INITIAL SUPPLY OF ADDITIONAL SPARE PARTS:

 Submit to the CA a quotation, priced in detail, for the initial supply to the Employer of the additional
spare parts identified elsewhere and including for:
 Checking that each spare part is suitable for the replacement of the corresponding part supplied with
the item of plant or equipment.
 Checking receipt, marking and numbering in accordance with the schedule of spare parts.
 Referencing to the plant and equipment list in the operation and maintenance manual.
 Painting, greasing, etc. and packing to prevent deterioration during storage.
 Time scale
 within weeks of request (no)
100.906 RECOMMENDED TOOLS:

 Prior to Practical Completion submit to the CA a schedule of tools and portable instruments as stated
elsewhere and recommend any that should be obtained and kept in stock by the Employer for
maintenance of the installations included in the Works.
 Time scale
 weeks before Practical Completion (no)
 State against each item the manufacturer's current price, including packaging and delivery to site.
Identify those items that are additional to those specified for inclusion as stated elsewhere.
 Submit to the CA a quotation, priced in detail, for the initial supply to the Employer of the additional tools
identified under the clause headed 'recommended tools'.
 Include for the following.
 Checking that each item is suitable for the intended application.
 Checking receipt, marking and identifying.
 Referencing, where appropriate, to the plant and equipment list in the Operation and Maintenance
Manual.
 Protecting, greasing, etc. and packing to prevent deterioration.
 Providing a suitable means of storing and securing same.
 Time scale
 Within number of weeks of request
100.907 SUPPLY OF TOOLS:

 Provide all tools, keys and portable instruments as detailed elsewhere prior to practical completion and
additional items if so instructed by the CA.
 Time scale
 Weeks before Practical Completion (no)
100.908 INSPECTION BY EMPLOYER'S INSURERS:

 Where indicated elsewhere installations, equipment, plant or materials are to be inspected by a
representative acting for the Employer's insurers.
 The installations, equipment, plant or materials shall satisfy the insurance company's requirements in all
respects.
 Inform the CA when the installation or equipment is ready for examination
 Provide a programme for the inspection and certification by the Employer's insurers.
 All necessary information shall be provided to enable the insurers to approve the design before
manufacture.
 Arrange for the attendance of the insurance company's representative at agreed stages of manufacturer
and installation.
 All necessary attendance, access and facilities for inspecting and testing as is required shall be
provided.
 Certification shall have been received from the insurers before equipment or installations subject to
inspection and certification will be accepted on behalf of the Employer.
 The order with the insurance company
 will be placed by the Employer
 All insurance company charges will be
 paid for by the employer
 included in the contract price
 all other costs associated with such inspections shall be included in the contract price.
100.909 TRAINING OF EMPLOYER'S STAFF:

 Prior to Practical Completion explain and demonstrate the purpose, function and operation of the
installations including all items and procedures listed in the operation and maintenance manual
 to the Employer's maintenance staff.
 to the operational staff.
 Submit to the CA for approval a detailed programme for the training of the Employer's staff.
 Time scale
 Weeks before commencement of training (no)
 Employ the services of relevant specialists and suppliers for the purpose of training and instruction.
 Provide each person with a comprehensive set of teaching notes and diagrams.
 Be responsible for the correct operation and maintenance of the installation during such periods of
instruction.
 All costs associated with the instruction of the Employer's personnel and required attendance following
practical completion shall be included in the contract price.
 Following practical completion and occupation be available for a period as agreed with the CA to assist
the Employer's personnel in the operation of the various systems together with the
 controls specialist
 commissioning specialist
 Training
 Number of persons to be included for training is
 Include for not less than indicated number of operating days for this purpose and demonstrate the
safe day to day running and maintenance of all systems, plant and equipment.
 Provide training for the operation of the controls, monitoring or BMS installations as follows.
 Carry out initial training at the works of the controls supplier.

 Include hands on experience of equipment and software similar to the installation.
 Include instruction on the procedures for testing and routine inspection of sensors and actuators to
enable the operator to assess the nature of faults and extent of remedial action required.
 Provide all appropriate reference and training manuals.
 Complete initial instruction prior to commissioning of the installed system.
 Provide site instruction on the installed system.
 Include for training operating staff (no)
 Include for not less than indicated number of operating days for this purpose and demonstrate the safe
day to day running and maintenance of all systems, plant and equipment.
100.950 MAINTENANCE
100.951 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING SERVICES:

 Fully maintain the following existing services during the progress of the contract works
 Include in the contract price all costs to maintain the existing services at all times during the duration of
the contract works.
 Submit with the tender a method statement outlining how the maintenance works is to be undertaken
including any necessary specialist maintenance.
 Prior to commencement of the contract works submit a method statement to the CA outlining how the
existing services are to be maintained including all planned and preventative maintenance measures.
 Provide any additional work and materials necessary to maintain these services at all times during the
duration of the contract works.
 Make all connections to existing services
 out of normal working hours
 Existing services disturbed or damaged during the contract works are to be reinstated
 Submit to the CA a method statement outlining the method and procedures for the remedial and
reinstatement works
 Any shut down of existing services to undertake remedial and reinstatement works shall be to an
agreed procedure
 Reinstate fully in accordance with the standards of quality as defined in the specification and to the
satisfaction of the CA.
100.952 PROPOSALS FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT:

 Submit with the tender a supplementary proposal for an annual maintenance contract for the following:
 Submit within one week of request a supplementary proposal for an annual maintenance contract for
the following:
 Submit before the execution of the contract works a supplementary proposal for an annual maintenance
contract for the following:
 The proposal should include for
 Planned preventative maintenance to maintain the installations in efficient working order including
routine checks, adjustments, lubrication and replacement of consumable spares, etc
 Preparation of work schedules and recording activities
 Providing breakdown and emergency cover
 Planning and undertaking shut-downs for maintenance works
 Employing of all necessary specialist maintenance
 Attendance on and supervision of specialist maintenance
 Carrying out all necessary safety checks
 Carrying out system proving of the works to include the measuring, recording, evaluating and
reporting on the seasonal performance of the systems against their design values

 Water sampling including laboratory analysis and monitoring of heating, chilled, domestic water
systems
 Liaison with the employer
 The proposal should set out the terms of the offer, the work to be carried out, the guarantees of
performance and the price of the first 12 months after Practical Completion of the contract works or
section thereof.
The proposal will not necessarily be considered as part of the tender for the contract works and the
Employer does not undertake to accept it.
100.953 PROVISION FOR 12 MONTHS MAINTENANCE:

 Submit with the tender a cost for providing a 12 months maintenance contract from the date of Practical
Completion for
 all installations forming the contract works.
 Provide a maintenance contract for twelve months, from the date of Practical Completion, for
 all installations forming the contract works.
 The maintenance works shall be in accordance with
 the recommendations set out in the appropriate standard.
 The maintenance works shall include
 Planned preventative maintenance to maintain the installations in efficient working order including
routine checks, adjustments, lubrication and replacement of consumable spares, etc
 Preparation of work schedules and recording activities
 Providing breakdown and emergency cover
 Planning and undertaking shut-downs for maintenance works
 Employing of all necessary specialist maintenance
 Attendance on and supervision of specialist maintenance
 Carrying out all necessary safety checks
 Carrying out system proving of the works to include the measuring, recording, evaluating and reporting
on the seasonal performance of the systems against their design values
 Water sampling including laboratory analysis and monitoring of heating, chilled, domestic water systems
 Liaison with the employer
 Emergency maintenance response times shall be
 Ensure that the maintenance recommendations set out in the appropriate standard can be achieved and
are appropriate for the installations. Advise with the tender submission
 Submit with the tender a method statement outlining how the maintenance works is to be undertaken
including any necessary specialist maintenance.
 Prior to Practical Completion submit to the CA a detailed planned preventative maintenance programme
for the works.
 Time scale
 Within weeks of Practical Completion (no)

200.000 RAINWATER AND FOUL DRAINAGE ABOVE GROUND
200.100 SYSTEM DETAILS
200.110 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
200.120 DESIGN PARAMETERS:

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue 'Wat 02'
 One credit - provision of a BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment compliant rainwater collection system
that meets the size requirements as stated in the Technical Manual.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue 'Pol 02'
 First credit - where the refurbishment will have a neutral impact on surface water from the site
 New hard standing areas must be permeable.
 Where extensions of buildings onto permeable surfaces or impermeable surfaces that drains onto a
permeable surface, the additional run-off for rainfall depths up to 5mm caused by the extension must
be managed on-site using appropriate Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS).
 Second credit - basic level of reducing run-off from site. All run-off from the roof for rainfall depths up
to 5mm are managed on-site using source control methods (i.e infiltration, soakaways etc).
 Third credit - advanced level of reducing run-off from site including an allowance for climate change
 An appropriately qualified professional should be used to design the drainage strategy for the site.
 The peak rate of run-off for the 1 in 100 year event has been reduced by 75% from the pre-
refurbishment site.
 The total volume of run-off discharged into watercourses and sewers for a 1 in 100 year event of 6
hour duration has been reduced by 75%.
 Exemplary credits - eliminating all run-off from site and including an allowance for climate change.
200.130 SYSTEM DRAWINGS:

 Drawings as schedule reference A11-Drawings
200.200 DRAINAGE PIPELINES AND FITTINGS
200.201 PIPES AND FITTINGS - UNPLASTICIZED PVC TO BS 4514:

 Type
 Duty as schedule reference T60-Air cooled chillers [...............]
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Or approved equivalent.
 Kitemark certified
 Material - UPVC to BS 4514
 Finish
 Black
 Grey
 White
 Jointing
 Solvent welded
 Push fit

200.202 PIPES AND FITTINGS - PLASTICS TO BS 5255:
 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material - Plastics to BS 5255
 ABS
 MUPVC
 PP
 PE
 Finish
 Black
 Grey
 White
 Jointing
 Solvent welded
 Push fit
200.203 PIPES AND FITTINGS - CAST GREY OR DUCTILE IRON:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Pipe material
 Cast grey or ductile iron to BS 416-1
 Finish
 Jointing
 Spigot/socket caulked joints
 Cast grey or ductile iron to BS EN 877
 Finish
 Jointing
 Flexible joint couplings to BS EN 877
200.204 PIPES AND FITTINGS - COPPER:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Kitemark certified.
 Pipe material - Copper to BS EN 1057.
 Jointing - Copper or copper alloy fittings to BS EN 1254
 Capillary
 Compression fittings type A non-manipulative
 Compression fittings type B manipulative
200.205 PIPEWORK ACCESSORIES:

 Type
 Application

 Pipe rings and clips
 Select type according to the application and material compatibility.
 Pipe supports
200.206 PIPE SLEEVES/FIRE COLLARS:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Supply intumescent sleeves where pipes pass through floors for fire separation.
200.300 DRAINAGE ACCESSORIES
200.301 FLOOR OUTLETS:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer and reference
 Material
 Body
 Grating
 Luting or membrane flange
200.302 CAST IRON TRAPS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard.
 BS 416-1.
 BS EN 877.
 Seal depth (mm)
200.303 STAINLESS STEEL TRAPS:

 Type
 Application
 Details
200.304 PLASTICS TUBULAR TRAPS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard - BS EN 274-1, BS EN 274-2, BS EN 274-3.
 Use

 For sanitary appliances excluding baths.
 For baths, including overflow assembly.
 For baths, excluding overflow assembly.
 Material
 Polypropylene.
 Pattern
 P.
 S.
 Seal depth (mm)
200.305 COPPER TUBULAR TRAPS:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Copper alloy.
 Chromium plated.
 Unplated.
 Pattern
 P.
 S.
 Seal depth (mm)
200.306 COPPER BOTTLE TRAPS:

 Type
 Application
 Material.
 Copper alloy for sanitary appliances, excluding baths and sinks.
 Copper alloy cast for sanitary appliances excluding baths.
 Finish
 Unplated.
 Seal depth (mm)
200.307 PLASTICS BOTTLE TRAPS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 274-1, BS EN 274-2, BS EN 274-3 - for sanitary appliances excluding baths.
 Material
 Polypropylene.
 Seal depth (mm)

200.308 CAST IRON FITTINGS:
 Type
 Application
 Urinal connectors.
 Socket reducers.
200.309 COPPER ALLOY OVAL ACCESS PIECE:

 Type
 Application
Ensure inner face conforms to internal surface shape of pipes.
200.310 GRATINGS/CHANNELS:
 Type
 Application
 Materials
 Gratings
 Channels
200.311 DOMICAL GRATINGS:

 Type
 Application
 Material
200.312 COVER PLATES:

 Type
 Application
 Type.
 Hinged.
 Snap on.
 Material
 Rolled steel.
 Rolled steel - chromium plated.
 Plastics.
200.313 PLASTICS WC PAN CONNECTOR:

 Type
 Application

 For horizontal outlet and shrouded pans.
 BS 5627 for pans to BS EN 33, or BS EN 997
 Test flush volumes to Table 2.
200.314 VENT COWL:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Galvanized steel wire.
 Galvanized steel wire, plastic coated.
 Copper wire.
 Plastics.
200.315 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES:

 Type
 Application
 BBA certificate.
 Material
200.400 DRAINAGE WORKMANSHIP
200.401 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA:

 Install pipework fittings and accessories to ensure that
 appliances drain quickly, quietly and completely at all times without nuisance or risk to health.
 discharge is conveyed without crossflow, backfall, leakage or blockage.
 air from drainage system does not enter building.
 pressure fluctuations in pipework do not vary by more than plus or minus 38mm water gauge and
traps retain a water seal of not less than 25mm.
 system can be adequately tested, cleaned and maintained.
200.402 PIPE ROUTES:

 Ensure pipe routes are shortest practicable, with as few bends as possible and no bends in wet portion
of soil stacks, unless indicated otherwise on drawings.
200.403 COATED PIPES:

 Make good damaged coatings and cut ends, or recoat, as recommended by manufacturer.
200.404 INSTALLATION GENERALLY:

 Install pipes, fittings and accessories in accordance with BS EN 12056 and manufacturer's
recommendations. Obtain all components for each type of pipework from the same manufacturer, unless
otherwise indicated.

 Inspect components carefully before fixing and reject any which are defective.
 Ensure cut ends of pipes to be clean and square with burrs removed.
 Allow for thermal and building movement when jointing and fixing.
 Form junctions using fittings intended for the purpose, ensuring that jointing material does not project
into bore of pipes, fittings and appliances.
 Fix pipes at centres not greater than those specified in BS 8000-13. Provide additional supports as
necessary at junctions and changes in direction. Fix every length of soil vent pipe at, or close below the
socket collar.
 Use plated, sheradized, galvanized or nonferrous fastenings, suitable for the purpose and background,
and compatible with the material being fixed or fixed to.
 Avoid contact between dissimilar metals and other materials which would result in electrolytic corrosion.
 In convenient locations, provide access covers and cleaning eyes as necessary and in accordance with
Local Authority requirements to permit adequate testing and cleaning of pipework.
 Prevent entry of foreign matter into any part of system by sealing openings during construction. Fit all
access covers and cleaning eyes as work proceeds.
200.405 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PIPES OF DIFFERENT MATERIALS:

 Plastic
 Connect plastics pipework to pipework of other materials using approved connectors and methods in
accordance with plastics pipework manufacturer's recommendations, to form a watertight joint.
 Cast iron
 Connect cast iron pipework to clay/concrete sockets with bitumenized yarn and 1:3 cement:sand
mortar, neatly finished, to form a watertight joint.
 Connect cast iron pipework to clay pipework using supersleeve adapters.
 Copper
 Connect copper pipework to clay/concrete sockets using a caulking bush (brazed on), bitumenized
yarn and 1:3 cement:sand mortar, neatly finished, to form a watertight joint.
 Connect copper pipework to cast iron sockets using a caulking bush (brazed on), bitumenized yarn
and an approved caulking compound, neatly finished, to form a watertight joint.
 Connect copper pipework to cast iron using purpose made copper to iron connectors.
200.406 WASTES:
 Bed in waterproof jointing compound and fix with resilient washer between appliance and backnut.
200.407 WASTE CONNECTORS:

 Join to traps as manufacturer's recommendations.
200.408 WC PANS:
 Plastic
 Connect to soil pipe spigots with plastic connectors in accordance with connector manufacturer's
recommendations.
 Cast iron
 Connect to soil pipe connectors with WC jointing compound.
200.409 ACCESS POINTS:

 Provide rodding and access points at all changes of direction to enable whole system to be maintained.
 Provide square door type access points as indicated on drawings at foot of all soil and ventilation pipes.
 Where practicable, locate access points and horizontal anti-syphon pipes above fitment flood level.

 In general make WC connections to drain points and soil pipes via flexible connectors.
200.410 PRESSURE TESTING - SOIL, WASTE, VENTILATION, AND ANTI-SYPHON PIPEWORK:

 Test section by section as the work proceeds and subsequently on completion with all sanitary fittings
fixed and working. Submit systems to two separate tests, Air test and Hydraulic Performance test in
accordance with BS EN 12056.
200.500 RAINWATER PIPEWORK/GUTTERS
200.501 CAST IRON GUTTERS AND FITTINGS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard - BS 460.
 Profile
 Half-round.
 Half-round beaded.
 Deep half-round beaded.
 Ogee, common.
 Notts.
 Moulded.
 Box.
 Boundary.
 Colour
 Ends
 Type A sockets.
 Type B sockets.
 Method of jointing - use jointing material and bolt together.
 Method of fixing
 Fix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations using:-
 fascia type galvanized mild steel brackets with mushroom head galvanized screws to fascia.
 rafter type galvanized mild steel brackets with mushroom head galvanized screws to rafter.
 fascia type cast iron brackets with mushroom head galvanized screws to fascia.
 rafter type cast iron brackets with mushroom head galvanized screws to rafter.
 Supply with earth continuity clips.
200.502 UNPLASTICIZED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE GUTTERS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard- BS EN 607.
 Profile
 Colour
 Grey.
 Black.
 Method of jointing - joint in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
 Method of fixing

 Brackets to BS EN 1462, size and profile to match guttering, fixed at not more than 900mm centres,
via pre-drilled mounting holes(min. dia 5mm).
 fascia brackets
 heavy duty.
 light duty.
 rafter brackets
 heavy duty.
 light duty.
200.503 ROOF OUTLETS:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Cast iron to BS 416-1.
 Cast iron to BS EN 877.
 Galvanized spun steel.
 Copper alloy.
 Plastic.
 Gratings
 Flat.
 Domical.
200.504 BALCONY OUTLETS:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Cast iron.
 Copper alloy.
 Plastics.
200.505 DOMICAL GRATING:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Galvanized steel to manufacturer's standard.
 Brass to manufacturer's standard.
 Plastic, removable.
200.506 RAINWATER HEADS:

 Type
 Application

 Details
200.507 COPPER ALLOY OVAL ACCESS COVERS:

 Type
 Application
Inner face of cover to conform to internal surface shape of pipe.
200.508 JOINTING MATERIALS FOR RAINWATER PIPEWORK:

 Type
 Application
 Materials
 Best virgin lead.
 Refined lead.
 Lead wool.
 Hempen spun yarn.
 Tarred yarn.
 Leadless jointing compound.
 Plumbers metal.
 Flux
 Tallow to BS 3919, for use while making wiped joints.
200.509 ELASTOMERIC JOINTING RINGS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 681-1
 BS EN 681-2
 Lubricant
Supply lubricant for pipework and guttering jointed with elastomeric joint rings.
200.510 FIXINGS FOR RAINWATER PIPES:

 Type
 Application
 Use
 holderbats for fixing cast iron pipes.
 tacks for fixing lead pipes.
200.511 RAINWATER PIPEWORK ACCESSORIES:

 Type

 Application
 Pipe rings and clips
 Pipe supports
200.600 RAINWATER GUTTERS AND FITTINGS WORKMANSHIP
200.601 INSTALLATION GENERALLY:

 Install in accordance with BS 8000-13 and manufacturer's recommendations to ensure complete
discharge of rainwater from building without leaking.
 Handle, store and securely fix all products and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
 Obtain all components for each type of pipework and guttering from same manufacturer, unless
otherwise indicated.
 Inspect components before fixing and reject any which are defective. Ensure cut ends are clean and
square with burrs removed.
 Where not indicated otherwise use plated, sherardized, galvanized or non-ferrous fastenings, suitable
for purpose and background, and compatible with material being fixed.
 Allow for thermal and building movement when fixing and jointing.
200.602 BEFORE COMMENCING WORK:

 Before commencing work ensure that below ground drainage is ready to receive rainwater or that the
discharge can be dispersed by approved means to prevent damage or disfigurement of the building fabric.
 Ensure any specific painting of surfaces which will be concealed or otherwise inaccessible, is
completed.
200.603 GUTTERS:
 Set out to a true line and even gradient to ensure no ponding or backfall. Position high points of gutters
as close as practical to roof and low points not more than 50mm below roof.
 Position outlets to align with connections to below ground drainage, unless otherwise indicated on
drawings.
 Overlap joints in direction of fall and seal as specified to make watertight.
 Ensure that roofing underlay is dressed into gutter.
200.604 GUTTER BRACKETS:

 Fix securely at specified centres and at all joints in gutters, with additional brackets near angles and
outlets.
200.605 SEALING JOINTS IN GUTTERS:

 Spread jointing compound evenly over surface of socket.
 Tighten fixings to squeeze out some compound, but do not over-compress. Remove surplus squeezed
out compound and neatly clean off.
200.606 RAINWATER HEADS AND OUTLET PIPES FROM GUTTERS:

 Fix suitable domical cages.

200.607 CONNECTION TO EXISTING GUTTERS:
 Provide and fix all necessary and proper fittings for the purpose of connecting to existing gutters. Make
good and leave the work in a watertight condition.
200.608 GUTTER TEST:

 Block all outlets, fill gutters to overflow level and closely inspect for leakage.
200.609 STORAGE - PIPES, GUTTERS AND FITTINGS:

 Store pipes, gutters and fittings under cover and clear of the ground.
200.610 STACKING PIPES AND GUTTERS:

 Stack pipes and gutters on level surface. Do not rest pipes on their sockets. Securely stake end pipes in
bottom row to prevent collapse of stack. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.
200.611 STORAGE - ELASTOMERIC JOINTING RINGS:

 Store elastomeric jointing rings in their delivery bags or protective containers. Do not expose to sunlight.
200.612 MAKING GOOD:

 Make good damage to coatings or recoat.
200.613 ACCESS POINTS:

 Provide rodding and access points at all changes of direction to enable whole system to be maintained.
 Provide square door type access points as indicated on drawings at foot of all rainwater stacks.
 Fit covers, caps, etc. as work proceeds to prevent ingress of dirt and building materials.
200.614 RAINWATER OUTLETS:

 Fix a grating or cage to restrict entry of solids to system.
200.615 ROOF OUTLETS:

 Ensure that outlets are securely fixed before connecting pipework.
 Ensure junctions between outlets and pipework can accommodate all movement in roof decking and
pipework.
200.616 FOOT OF PIPE STACKS:

 Fix cast iron rest bends supported on brick-work or concrete bases where indicated on drawings.
200.617 CAULKED LEAD JOINTS:

 Ensure that materials are tightly caulked into jointing space to eliminate all cavities. Finish off lead joint
to a neat fillet at mouth of socket.

300.000 HOT AND COLD WATER

 BS EN 806-2, BS EN 806-3 and complimentary guidance in BS 8558, CIBSE Public Health Engineering
Guide G, CIBSE TM13, HSE Approved Code of Practice & Guidance L8 (The Control of Legionella
Bacteria in Water Systems), the requirements of the Water Supply (Water Fittings) Regulations 1999.
 Comply with appropriate WRAS guidance.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue 'Wat 01'
 Terminal fittings meet the consumption standards as detailed in Table 20 of the BREEAM Domestic
Refurbishment Technical Manual OR
 Provide a copy of the Wat 1 calculator shoeing the whole dwelling internal potable water use, per
dwelling type. Other information required is drawings describing the location, details and type of
appliances/fittings that use water in the dwelling/s, including any specific water reduction equipment.
300.130 CONTROL REQUIREMENTS:

 Schedule reference A11-Drawings
300.200 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
300.201 MECHANICAL PLANT SCHEDULE:

 Schedule reference S12-Mechanical Plant
 Schedule reference S11-Elec water htrs
 Schedule reference S11-Gas water htrs
 Schedule reference Y11-Valves
 Schedule reference Y20-Pumps
 Schedule reference Y21-Water tanks
 Location
300.202 BOILER SERVING HOT WATER AND LTHW:

 Included in 400.000 Low Temperature Hot Water Heating.
300.203 BOILER/CIRCULATOR:
 Type
 Application
 Or approved equivalent
 Supply and install
 Gas fired boiler/circulator
 With balanced flue.

 Provide flueguard.
 Standards
 BS EN 297.
 BS 5546.
 BS EN 15069.
 Rated output (kW)
 Floor mounted
 Wall mounted
 Casing finish
 White vitreous enamel
 Circulation pump
 Comply with BS EN 16297-1 and BS EN 16297-3 for general requirements and procedures for testing
and calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) for circulators integrated into products.
 Provide electronically controlled permanent magnet type motor.
 Glandless circulator Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) [...............]
 [...............]
 Incorporating
 Fume pipe connection to flue, diameter:
 as boiler/circulator outlet
 Integral pre-wired controls
 Standard
 Automatic electrical burner control systems to BS EN 60730-2-5.
 Boiler/circulator temperature thermostat.
 Temperature control devices to BS EN 14597.
 Timer
 Time switches to BS EN 60730-2-7.
 Features
 Installation
 Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for the installation of boiler/circulator.
 Install gas boiler/circulator in accordance with BS 5546.
 Locate boiler/circulator with adequate surrounding space for service and maintenance.
300.204 HWS SECONDARY CIRCULATING PUMP:

 Type
 Application
 Duty as schedule reference Y20-Pumps
 Duty
 Flow rate (l/s)
 Resistance (kPa)
and calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) for circulators.
 Provide electronically controlled permanent magnet type motor
 [...............]
 Electrical supply to BS EN 60038
 Single phase.
 Materials
 Bronze.
 Connections

 Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1.
 Flanged to BS EN 1092-3, PN to suit system working pressure.
 Installation
 Comply with manufacturer's recommendations regarding application and installation of pumps.
 Locate pump with adequate space around it for service and maintenance.
 Accessories
 Casing thermal insulation
 [...............]
300.205 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER(S):

 Type
 Application
 Gas fired instantaneous water heater to BS EN 26.
 Assessment of performance of hot water delivery to BS EN 13203-1 and energy consumption to BS
EN 13203-2.
 Safety gas connection valves for metal hose assemblies to BS EN 15069.
 Electric instantaneous water heater to BS EN 60335-2-35.
 Electric instantaneous shower heater to BS 6340.
 Details
 Number
 Location
 As shown on drawing number
 Service
 Single point.
 Multipoint.
 Water supply
 Mains.
 Cistern located
 Casing finish
 White vitreous enamel.
 Incorporating
 Fume pipe connection to flue, diameter
 as heater outlet.
 Controls
 Accessories
 Installation
Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for the installation of heater.
 Install gas instantaneous water heater in accordance with BS 5546.
 Locate heater with adequate surrounding space for service and maintenance.
300.206 STORAGE WATER HEATER(S):

 Type
 Application

 Gas fired storage water heater to BS EN 89.
 Assessment of performance of hot water delivery to BS EN 13203-1 and energy consumption to BS
EN 13203-2.
 Safety gas connection valves for metal hose assemblies to BS EN 15069.
 Electric storage water heater to BS EN 60335-2-21.
 Details
 Number
 Service
 Single point.
 Multipoint.
 Water supply
 Mains.
 Cistern located
 Casing finish
 Incorporating
 Fume pipe connection to flue, diameter
 as heater outlet.
 Controls
 Accessories
 De-stratification pump to help prevent legionella.
 Installation
 Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for the installation of heater.
 Install gas water storage heater in accordance with BS 5546.
 Locate heater with adequate surrounding space for service and maintenance.
300.207 BOILER/CIRCULATOR FLUE:

 Type
 Application
 As drawing No.
 Flue pipe with all necessary fittings and supports.
 Size (mm)
 Material
 Stainless steel twin wall insulated.
 Cast iron to BS 41.
 Single wall steel to BS EN 1856-2.
 Double wall steel to BS EN 1856-2.
 Fibre cement to BS 835.
 Finish/colour
 Special fittings
 Concentric/coaxial balanced flue pipe supplied by the boiler manufacturer
 Length - standard.
 Extension kit - length (m)

 Flue liner comprising a flexible spirally wound austenitic stainless steel pipe, complete with all
necessary fittings and suitable for a gas fired appliance.
 Installation
 Install appliance flue and flue connection from appliance in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations.
 Minimise the number of joints, do not locate joints in depth of floors. Install with any sockets facing
upwards.
 Fill joints with approved jointing compound to give gas tight seal.
 Ensure that distance between combustible materials and flue is not less than
 Install non vertical runs at not more than 45o from the vertical.
 Existing flue: Clean and check for obstructions. Perform core ball and smoke tests. Notify appropriate
persons before carrying out tests.
300.208 OIL STORAGE TANK:

 Type
 Application
 As drawing no.
 Provide oil storage tank in accordance with BS 799-5.
 Tank type
 Horizontal cylindrical tank with dished or flat ends.
 Vertical cylindrical tank with dished ends.
 Rectangular tank.
 Site welded.
 Capacity
 Dimensions
 Complete with
 Vent pipe
 Size
 Filling pipe with brass cap and chain.
 Size
 Overflow warning pipe
 Service pipe to burner with outlet valve, filter.
 Fire cut off valve with fusible link located over oil burner.
 Oil level indicator
 Dipstick.
 Sight tube.
 Float gauge - cat & mouse.
 Float gauge - dial type.
 Hydrostatic dial type.
 Cradles.
 Installation
 Install oil storage tank in accordance with BS 799-5.
300.209 LPG STORAGE TANK REGULATOR AND SUPPLY LINE:

 Type
 Application
 Installer and reference
 As drawing No.

300.210 CISTERN(S):
 Type
 Application
 Standards
 BS 6700
 BS EN 806-1.
 BS EN 806-2.
 BS EN 806-3.
 BS EN 806-4.
 BS EN 806-5.
 Water Supply (Water Fittings) Regulations
 Water Byelaws Scotland
 Schedule reference Y21-Water tanks
 Moulded plastic to BS 4213 complete with removable cover.
 Use
 Cold water storage for domestic.
 Secondary water heating system.
 Capacity (l)
 Connections
 Positions and sizes on drawing number
 Ball valve
 Float operated diaphragm type to BS 1212-2 with plastic float to BS 2456. Size
 Glass reinforced plastic cisterns to BS EN 13280.
 Use
 Cold water storage for domestic.
 Secondary water heating system.
 Capacity (l)
 Connections
 One piece cistern.
 Rectangular.
 Circular.
 Domestic storage cisterns up to 500 L to BS 7181
 Size
 Material
 Plastics.
 Insulation
300.211 HOT WATER STORAGE CYLINDER(S):

 Type
 Application
 Capacity (l)
 Connections

 Copper direct to BS 1566-1.
 Type reference
 3.
 7.
 8.
 9.
 Copper single feed indirect to BS 1566-2
 SF type reference
 3.
 7.
 8.
 9.
 9E.
 Features
 Combined immersion heater to BS EN 60335-2-73 BEAB approved and thermostat.
 Top entry.
 Side entry.
 Insulating jacket to BS 5615.
 Aluminium protector rod.
 Drain cock.
300.212 HOT WATER STORAGE COMBINATION UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Copper combination unit, domestic service, to BS 3198.
 Direct feed (DIR).
 Double feed indirect (DF)
 with integral primary feed and expansion cistern.
 without integral primary feed and expansion cistern.
 Single feed indirect (SF).
 Hot water capacity
 85 litres.
 115 litres.
 Features
 Insulation jacket to BS 5615.
 Immersion heater to BS EN 60335-2-73 BEAB approved and thermostat to BS EN 60730 and BS EN
14597.
 Gas circulator to BS 5546.
 Safety gas connection valves for metal hoses assemblies to BS EN 15069.
 Float operated valve
 Size
 Type
 Drain cock.
 Installation
 Install gas combination unit in accordance with BS 5546.

300.213 UNVENTED HOT WATER STORAGE UNITS:
 Type
 Application
 Water Authority approved system
 Standard
 BS EN 12897.
 Duty
 Hot water capacity
 BS EN 12897 (up to1000L) (litres)
 Water supply pressure
 BS EN 12897 (between 0.5 bar and 10 bar)
 Maximum operating pressure
 Manufacturer's standard.
 (bar)
 Heating system
 Direct
 Gas.
 Electricity.
 Indirect.
 Construction to BS EN 12897.
 Installation
 Install and commission in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, BS EN 806-4 and
complimentary guidance in BS 8558.
 Install gas unvented water storage heater in accordance with BS 5546.
300.214 SHOWER UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Number off
 Location
 Head arrangement
 Wall mounted in fixed position.
 Wall mounted with flexible hose.
 Head type
 Shower controls
 Mixer valves to BS EN 1286.
 Mixer valves to BS EN 1287
 Mechanical mixing valves to BS EN 1111.
 Combined flow and temperature control.
 Electric instantaneous water heater.
 Water inlet
 Booster pump
 Power supply
 Accessories
300.215 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 1111
 Type 1 - single control.
 Type 2 - dual control.
 Type 3 - single sequential control.
 Type 4 - without flow control device.
 Type 5 - with special control devices.
 BS EN 1287 for low pressure
 BS 7942 for use in care establishments.
 Type a, both flow control and user adjustment of mixed water temperature.
 Type b, flow control and pre-set mixed water temperature.
 Type c, without flow control and with pre-set temperature.
 Install thermostatic mixing valves in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
300.216 MECHANICAL MIXING VALVES:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 1286
 Single control for adjusting flow rate and temperature.
 Other mixing valves with separate control devices for adjusting flow rate and temperature.
300.217 CONTROLS:
 Type
 Provide all controls necessary to meet the control requirements specified in clause 300.130.
 Time switches
 Application
 Type
 Number required
 Location
 Features
 Thermostats
 Application
 Type
 Number required

 Location
 Features
 Programmable
 Features
 Programmers
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Timers and time switches to BS EN 60730-2-7.
300.218 WATER TREATMENT:

 Type
 Water Softener
 Application
 Standards
 BS EN 14743
 BS EN 15161
 Water Filter
 Application
300.219 TOWEL RAILS:

 Ensure towel rails are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 442.
 Type
 Application
 Supply and install heated towel rails
 as schedule reference
 as shown on drawing(s) number(s)
 Heated towel rails
 Size
 Height
 Length
 Tube diameter
 Connect towel rails to
 heating circuit.
 domestic hot water primary circuit.
 domestic hot water secondary circuit.
 Arrangement
 Floor mounted.
 Wall mounted.
 Including radiator panel.
 Finish

 Fit chromium plated wheel valve on flow connection and chromium plated regulating valve on return
connection.
300.220 PRESSURE BOOSTER SETS:

 Type
 Application
Provide pressure booster set complete with duplicate pump, pre-wired control panel and interconnecting
pipework.
 Duty flow rate (l/s)
 Maximum draw (l/min)
 12
 Working head (pa)
300.221 APPROVALS:
 Ensure all water fittings and materials are listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory published
by WRAS.
300.222 WATER METERS:

 Type
 Application
 Install a water meter to the incoming mains supply. Locate the meter to allow for easy access for meter
reading by the building's occupants.
 Number
 Size
 Location
 Standard - BS EN 14154.
 Provide full flow accumulative type water meter with dial indicator to record quantity of water passed.
 Provide isolating valves on either side of each meter, and full-bore valved by-pass installed around
meter assembly.
 Provide flanged connections to BS EN 1092-4 on each meter. Where meters are of smaller bore than
connecting pipework, install flanged reducers.
 Provide facility for remote monitoring.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Scheme Issue 'Wat 03'
 One credit for the existence or installation of an appropriate water meter. The meter should provide a
visible display of mains potable water consumption to the occupants, and be capable of recording and
displaying historic water consumption. Current consumption should be displayed either instantaneously or
at half hourly intervals.
300.223 GAS SUPPLY:

 Application
 Duty
 Volume flow rate (m3/hr)
 Supply pipe size (mm)
 Regulations and standards

 HSE L56 - Safety in the Installation and Use of Gas Systems and Appliances: Gas Safety (Installation
and Use) Regulations1998. ACOP 4th Edition.
 Install gas pipework in buildings in accordance with BS EN 1775
 Gas service IGE/TD/4
 Gas pipework
 Supply and install low pressure gas pipework up to 35mm in domestic premises in accordance with
BS 6891
 Steel to BS EN 10255
 Medium weight
 Heavy weight
 Malleable fittings to BS 143 and 1256
 Corrugated stainless steel to BS 7838
 Copper to BS EN 1057
 Plastics for external pipework:
 BS EN 1555
 Gas Industry Standard GIS/PL2-2:2008. Pipes and fittings for natural gas and suitable
manufactured gas for use at pressures up to 5.5 bar
 Supply and install gas pressure pipework for industrial and commercial premises to IGE/UP/2
 Gas meter
 Location
Install domestic sized gas meters in accordance with BS 6400.
 Meter type.
 Diaphragm.
 Ultrasonic to BS EN 14236
 Smart Meters to PD CEN/TR 16061
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Scheme Issue 'Ene 08'
 One credit - energy display device displays either electricity consumption data or heating fuel
consumption data.
 Two credits - energy display device displays both electricity and primary heating fuel consumption
data.
 Exemplary credit - energy display device that is able to record consumption data
 Gas meter housing
 Location
 Size (mm)
300.224 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY:

 Application
 Incoming power to BS EN 60038
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Electrical installation to be carried out by
 others.
 Requirements
 Provide incoming supply from authority's mains service.
 As 800 clauses Electrical Installation.
 Carry out electrical installation in accordance with BS 7671.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Scheme Issue 'Ene 08'

 One credit - energy display device displays either electricity consumption data or heating fuel
consumption data.
 Two credits - energy display device displays both electricity and primary heating fuel consumption
data.
 Exemplary credit - energy display device that is able to record consumption data.
300.300 DRY RISERS
300.301 STANDARDS:
 Comply with BS 5306-1.
300.302 FIRE AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS:

 Ensure all system components are approved by local Fire Authority and bear Water Authority's stamp of
approval and, where required, that of Fire Authority.
300.304 BONDING:
 Incorporate provision for earth bonding.
300.305 INLET BREECHINGS:

 Type
 Application
 Number required
 Location
 Located 750mm above floor level.
 Standard
 BS 5041-3.
 Components
 Instantaneous inlet couplings to BS 336.
 Protecting cap retained by a chain.
 Non-return valve.
 Drain valve.
 Breeching
 Two-way breeching for 100mm riser.
 Four-way breeching for 150mm riser.
 Inlet box
 Standard
 BS 5041-5, to suit breeching inlet.
 Components
 Wired glazed door with lock.
 Identification.
300.306 LANDING VALVES:

 Type
 Application

 Number required
 Location
 Located 750mm above floor level.
 Standard
 BS 5041-2.
 Connection
 Flanged
 Components
 Instantaneous coupling to BS 336.
 Protecting cap with retaining chain.
 Leather strap and padlock to secure valve in closed position.
 Outlet boxes
 Install landing valves in purpose made outlet boxes.
 Standard
 BS 5041-4.
 Material
 Painted steel.
 Size
 To match valve configuration.
 Components
 Wire glazed door with spring cylinder lock.
300.307 DRAIN VALVES:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
BS 5041-3.
Secure a notice in inlet box to locate system drain valves in accordance with BS 5041-5.
300.310 DRY RISERS - WORKMANSHIP:
300.311 INSTALLATION OF DRY RISERS:

 Install and test dry risers in accordance with BS 5306-1.
 Install, test and commission all fire protection systems to requirements of local Fire Authority.
 Make changes in direction with bends or long radius fittings. Extend rising main progressively as
building works proceed.
300.312 INSTALLATION OF INLET BOXES:

 Install inlet boxes in position indicated on drawings.
300.313 SITING OF LANDING VALVES:

 Provide landing valves in positions indicated on drawings.
 Siting
 Within a ventilated lobby of a lobby approach stairway.
 In a stairway enclosure.

400.000 HEATING

 A variable flow control strategy will be adopted using a pump capable of variable flow control. A
centrifugal pump with variable speed drive will be used to match heat supply to demand.

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Scheme Issue 'Pol 01'
 Credit allocation is tiered and awarded based on the amount of NO x emissions arising from the
operation of space heating and hot water systems.
 NOx emissions from space heating and hot water systems must be 100mg/kWh or lower, or be from a
NOx class 4 boiler, to be able to achieve one credit.
 NOx emissions from space heating and hot water systems must be 70mg/kWh or lower, or be from a
NOx class 5 boiler, to be able to achieve two credits.
 NOx emissions from space heating and how water systems must be 40mg/kWh or lower to be able to
achieve three credits.
 NOTE: Electricity is assumed to have NOx emissions of 1200mg/kWh, unless supplied from
renewables.
400.140 SYSTEM DRAWINGS

400.201 STANDARDS:
 Supply and install forced circulation hot water central heating systems for domestic premises to BS EN
12828, BS EN 12831 and BS EN 14336.
 Code of practice for butane and propane gas burning installations - BS 5482.
 Install gas fires convector heaters, fire/back boilers and decorative fuel effect gas appliances in
accordance with BS 5871.
 Safety gas connection valves for metal hose assemblies in accordance with BS EN 15069.
400.202 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES:

 Schedule reference T32-Mechanical Plant
 Schedule reference T10-Boilers
 Schedule reference Y11-Valves
 Schedule reference Y20-Pumps
 Schedule reference Y46-Grilles-diffusers
 Schedule reference Y22-Heat interface units
 Location

400.203 CONDENSING HOT WATER BOILERS (GAS OR OIL FIRED):
 Type
 Traditional domestic boiler with separate expansion facility (F&E tank) and circulation pump
 System domestic boiler with expansion facility and circulation pump built in to boiler
 Application
 Boiler
 Standard
 Gas fired heating boiler
 BS EN 15502-1.
 BS EN 15502-2-1.
 Oil fired heating boiler
 BS EN 303-4.
 BS EN 15034.
 BS EN 303-6.
 Heat exchanger
 Cast aluminium.
 Sectional cast aluminium.
 Stainless steel.
 Stainless steel tubes with aluminium alloy inner finned surface.
 Copper/stainless steel.
 Casing
 Ensure casing allows easy access for maintenance.
 Casing finish
 Boiler mountings
 Fit boiler mountings in accordance with BS 759-1.
 Fit boiler mountings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
 Fit safety valves in accordance with BS EN ISO 4126-1.
 Quantity
 Limiting dimensions
 Limiting operating weight (kg)
 Duty as schedule reference
 Duty as schedule reference T10-Boilers
 Heating Duty
 Output capacity at design conditions (kW)
 Minimum output (kW)
 Boiler turn down ratio
 Design water return temperature (°C)
 Design water leaving temperature (°C)
 Maximum operating temperature (°C)
 Static head (m)
 Normal operating pressure (barg)
 Hydraulic test pressure (barg)
 Water flow maximum (l/s)
 Water flow minimum (l/s)
 Maximum water pressure drop (kPa)
 SAP 2012 annual efficiency
 Maximum NOx emission at full load output, measured with 0% excess air (mg/kWh)y
 Mains water pressure (barg)
 Domestic hot water flow rate (l/s)

 Domestic hot water temperature rise (K)
 Domestic hot water storage (l)
 Electrical details
 Voltage (V)
 Full load current (A)
 Protection level (IP)
 Limiting noise level (dBA) m from boiler.
 Fuel
 Provide boiler suitable for operating using
 Natural gas.
 Propane (LPG).
 Butane (LPG).
 Kerosene to BS 2869 Class C.
 Bio-liquid/mineral oil blend (OFTEC OPS 24), 30% bio-liquid to BS EN 14214, 70% kerosene to BS
2869.
 Maximum sulphur content by weight (%) [...............]
 Fuel pressure at inlet to burner (mbar)
 Burners
 Burner type
 Modulating premix gas burner.
 Atomising oil forced draught.
 Gas burners
 Supply gas burner matched to boiler.
 Provide gas burners manufactured in accordance with:
 BS EN 676
 BS ISO 22967
 BS EN 12067-2
 Oil burners
 Ensure oil burner is matched to boiler.
 Provide automatic forced draught oil burner manufactured in accordance with BS EN 267.
 Supply boilers with atomising oil burners in accordance with BS EN 303-2, tested in accordance
with BS EN 304.
 Provide oil burners manufactured and installed in accordance with BS 799-2, BS 799-3 and BS 799-
4.
 Burner controls
 Provide burner complete with controls fully wired.
 Standard
 Automatic burner control systems for burners and appliances burning gaseous or liquid fuels to
BS EN 298.
 Multi-functional gas burner control system to BS EN 126.
 Safety and control devices for gas burners to BS EN 13611.
 Control functions in electronics for gas burners to BS EN 14459.
 Automatic shut-off valves for gas burners and gas appliances to BS EN 161.
 Valve-proving systems for burners with valves designed in accordance with BS EN 161 to BS EN
1643.
 Automatic burner control systems for burners and appliances burning gaseous or liquid fuels to
BS EN 298.
 Automatic electrical burner control systems to BS EN 60730-2-5 for household or similar use.
 Automatic electrical controls for temperature sensing to BS EN 60730-2-9 for type 2 devices.
 Ancillaries
 Circulating pump

 Comply with BS EN 16297-1 and BS EN 16297-3 for general requirements and procedures for
testing and calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) for circulators integrated into products.
 Provide electronically controlled permanent magnet type motor or EC motor.
 Condensate pump
 Condensate neutralisation kit and pump
 Expansion vessel for system volume of litres.
 Installation
 Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for the installation of boiler.
 Locate boiler with adequate surrounding space for service and maintenance.
 Gas boilers rated up to 70kW, install in accordance with BS 6798.
 Install oil firing boilers and ancillary equipment generally in accordance with the guidance and
recommendations in BS 5410-1 and BS 5410-2 (depending on installation size).
400.204 CHIMNEYS AND FLUES:

 Type
 Application
 As drawing No.
 Ensure chimney heights comply with Clean Air Act 1993.
 Provide flue with all necessary fittings and supports.
 Size
 Material
 Cast iron to BS 41.
 Single wall steel to BS EN 1856-2.
 Double wall steel to BS EN 1856-2.
 Stainless steel twin wall insulated.
 Concentric/coaxial balanced flue pipe supplied by the boiler manufacturer
 Length - standard.
 Extension kit - length (m)
 Provide insulated chimney to BS EN 1859 and
 BS EN 1856-1. Complete with all necessary fittings.
 Size
 Materials/finish
 Finish/colour
 Special fittings
 Provide and install a flue liner comprising a flexible spirally wound austenitic stainless steel pipe,
complete with all necessary fittings and suitable for a
 Gas fired boiler.
 Oil fired boiler.
 Installation
 Install boiler flue and/or chimney in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
 Install flue to BS EN 1859 in accordance with BS EN 15287-1.
 Minimise the number of joints, do not locate joints in depth of floors. Install with any sockets facing
upwards.
 Fill joints with approved jointing compound to give gas tight seal.
 Ensure that distance between combustible materials and flue is not less than (mm)
 Install non vertical runs at not more than 45o from the vertical.
 Existing flue

 Clean and check for obstructions. Perform core ball and smoke tests. Notify appropriate persons before
carrying out tests.
400.205 GAS SUPPLY:

 Application
 Duty
 Volume flow rate (m3/hr)
 Supply pipe size (mm)
 Regulations and standards
 HSE L56 - Safety in the Installation and Use of Gas Systems and Appliances: Gas Safety (Installation
and Use) Regulations 1998. ACOP 4th Edition.
 Install gas pipework in buildings in accordance with BS EN 1775.
 Gas service IGE/TD/4.
 Gas pipework
 Supply and install low pressure gas pipework up to 35mm in domestic premises in accordance with
BS 6891.
 Steel to BS EN 10255
 Medium weight.
 Heavy weight.
 Malleable fittings to BS 143 and 1256.
 Corrugated stainless steel to BS 7838.
 Copper to BS EN 1057.
 Plastics for external pipework to BS EN 1555.
 Corrugated safety metal hose assemblies in accordance with BS EN 14800.
 Gas meter
 Location
 Install domestic sized gas meters in accordance with BS 6400.
 Meter type
 Diaphragm.
 Ultrasonic to BS EN 14236.
 Smart Meters to PD CEN/TR 16061.
 Gas meter housing
 Location
 Size (mm)
400.206 OIL STORAGE TANK:

 Type
 Application
 As drawing no.
 Provide oil storage tank in accordance with BS 799-5.
 Tank type
 Horizontal cylindrical tank with dished or flat ends.
 Vertical cylindrical tank with dished ends.
 Rectangular tank.
 Site welded.

 Capacity
 Dimensions
 Complete with
 Vent pipe
 Size
 Filling pipe with brass cap and chain.
 Size
 Overflow warning pipe
 Service pipe to burner with outlet valve, filter.
 Fire cut off valve with fusible link located over oil burner.
 Oil level indicator
 Dipstick.
 Sight tube.
 Float gauge - cat & mouse.
 Float gauge - dial type.
 Hydrostatic dial type.
 Cradles.
 Installation - Install oil storage tank in accordance with BS 799-5.
400.207 OIL STORAGE TANKS, THERMOPLASTIC, TO BS EN 13341:

 Type
 Application
 Drawing number
 Duty
 Size
 Arrangement
 Capacity (l)
 Type of oil/fuel
 Tank type
 Blow moulded polyethylene.
 Rotational moulded polyethylene.
 Polyamide 6 by anionic polymerization.
 Construction
 Single skin.
 Bunded.
 Access
 Marking
 Tank to be marked in accordance with BS EN 13341, Section 8.1.
 Accessories
 Drain valves.
 Filling pipes and connections.
 Vent pipes.
 Outlet valves and pipes.
 Oil return pipes.
 Inlet valve box.
 High level alarm.
 Overflow warning pipe.
 Level float switch.

 Fuel monitoring system.
 Telemetry
400.208 LPG STORAGE TANK REGULATOR AND SUPPLY PIPE:

 Type
 Application
 As drawing No.
400.209 CIRCULATING PUMP:

 Type
 Application
 Provide pumps manufactured and tested in accordance with appropriate British Standard.
 With regard to safety requirements, comply with BS EN 809 and BS EN 60335-2-51 where applicable.
 Twin headed pumps to be supplied with matching blanking plate to enable the pump to be operated with
a single head fitted during maintenance or replacement of standby head/impeller.
 Select pump at or near most efficient part of performance curve for duty required.
 Duty as schedule reference Y20-Pumps
 Duty
 Flow rate (l/s)
 Resistance (kPa)
 [...............]
 Comply with EC Regulation 641/2009 and the amendment 622/2012 for glandless circulators.
 Centrifugal circulating pump, electric motor drive.
and calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) for stand-alone circulators.
and calculation of the Energy Efficiency Index (EEI) for circulators integrated into products.
 Provide electronically controlled permanent magnet type motor or EC motor.
 Include EEI of pump on name plate together with an indication of which part of BS EN 16297 was
applied for the determination of the EEI.
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Variable flow control method
 Integral, automatic adjustment of glandless circulator duty point to suit system demand.
 Integral, automatic flow limiting of glandless circulator.
 Connections
 Flanged to BS EN 1092-3, PN to suit system working pressure.
 Provide identical standby pump.
 Controls
 Installation
 Comply with manufacturer's recommendations regarding application and installation of pumps.
 Locate pump with adequate space around it for service and maintenance.
 Accessories
 Casing thermal insulation

 [...............]
400.210 FEED AND EXPANSION CISTERN:

 Type
 Application
 Prefabricated steel to BS 417-2 complete with removable cover.
 Size
 SCM 45.
 SCM 70.
 SCM 90.
 SCM 110.
 SCM 135.
 Grade A.
 Grade B.
 Connections
 As BS 417-2.
 Positions and sizes as drawing no
 Internal protective coating
 Etch primer followed by two coats of bituminous solution complying with type 2 of BS 3416.
 Moulded plastic to BS 4213 complete with removable cover.
 Size
 PC4.
 PC8.
 PC15.
 Shape
 Circular - C.
 Rectangular - R.
 Ball valve
 Float operated diaphragm type to BS 1212 with plastic float to BS 2456. Size
 Glass reinforced plastic cistern to BS EN 13280
 Capacity (l)
 Connections
 Class
 B - for cold non-potable water.
 Cover.
 One piece cistern.
 Rectangular.
400.211 PRESSURISATION PLANT:

 Type
 Application
 Duty
 Static head (Pa)

 Boiler rating (kW)
 Operating temperatures
 Flow (°C)
 Return (°C)
 System water content (litres)
 Operating pressure (bar)
 Single phase.
 Cable size
 Standard
 Supply expansion vessels for sealed hot water heating systems in accordance with BS EN 13831 and
BS 7074-2.
 Supply expansion vessels for unvented hot water supply systems in accordance with BS 7074-2.
 Accessories
 High pressure switch.
 Low pressure switch.
 Air separator.
400.212 CONTROLS:
 Type
 Timeswitches
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Time switches to BS EN 60730-2-7.
 Programmers
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Temperature control devices
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Temperature control devices to BS EN 14597.
 Boiler sequencer
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Optimisers
 Application

 Type
 Features
 Thermostatic radiator valves
 Application
 Pattern
 Angle pattern.
 Straight pattern.
 Angle or straight pattern to suit application.
 Pressure differential control valves
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Motorised valves
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Immersion thermostats
 Application
 Type
 Features
 Room thermostats
 Application
 Type
 Ancillaries
 Humidity sensor
 Application
 Standard - BS EN 60730-2-13.
 Type
 Features
 Frost protection thermostats
 Application
 Type
 Features

400.213 BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 Supplier and reference
 Details
400.214 WATER TREATMENT:

 Type
 Application

 Application
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 others.
 Requirements
 As clauses 800 Electrical Installation.
400.216 GAS FIRED SPACE HEATERS:

 Type
 Application
 Duty
 Heat output (kW)
 Fuel
 Natural gas.
 LPG.
 Standards
 BS EN 14829, Independent gas-fired flueless space heaters for nominal heat input not exceeding
6kW.
 BS EN 449, LPG domestic flueless space heaters for nominal heat input not exceeding 4.2kW.
 BS 5871-1, Gas fires, convector heaters and heating stoves.
 BS 5871-2, Inset live fuel effect gas fires of heat input not exceeding 15kW, and fire/back boilers.
 BS 5871-3, Decorative fuel effect gas appliances of heat input not exceeding 20kW.
 BS 5871-4, Independent gas-fired flueless fires, convector heaters and heating stoves of nominal heat
input not exceeding 6kW.
 BS EN 15069 Safety gas connection valves for metal hose assemblies used for connection of
domestic appliances using gaseous fuel.

 Mounting
 Free standing.
 Wall mounted.
 Casing
 Finish
 Burners
 Non automatic natural draught.
 Automatic natural draught.
 Forced draught.
 Mechanically induced draught.
 Fan
 Axial.
 Centrifugal.
 Flue
 Flueless.
 Balanced flue.
 Controls
 Digital time clock.
 Temperature/time control.
 Master on/off switch.
 Remote.
 Integral.
400.217 HEAT INTERFACE UNITS (HIUS):

 Type
 Direct connection between primary heating system and secondary heating system (with plate heat
exchanger for domestic hot water heating).
 Indirect with plate heat exchangers for both domestic hot water and to provide hydraulic separation of
primary heating system and secondary heating system.
 Application
 Main components as schedule reference Y22-Heat interface units
 Main components
 Primary heat meter.
 Primary flow metering station.
 Primary differential pressure control valve.
 Primary return temperature control valve.
 Central heating plate heat exchanger.
 Central heating circulation pump.
 Central heating expansion vessel.
 Mains cold water meter, with pulsed output.
 HWS plate heat exchanger.
 Control panel with BMS interface.
 HWS and cold water outlets.
 HWS expansion vessel.
 HWS secondary return pump.
 Primary control valves for HWS and heating.
 Casing

 Use heavy gauge steel for casing.
 Provide identification outside and inside unit to enable user to isolate the primary supplies in an
emergency.
 Provide access to all components from the front of the unit, side access panel will not be
acceptable.
 Provide adequate ventilation openings in casing to prevent overheating of pump motor or control
components.
 Standards
 Equipment associated with hot and cold water services to comply with Water Supply Regulations
and have relevant WRAS approvals.
 Pipework connections to be to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1 to suit maximum working pressure.
 Pumps to comply with BS EN 60335-2-51 and relevant parts of BS EN 16297 for calculation of
Energy Efficiency Index (EEI).
 Heat meters to comply with relevant parts of BS EN 1434.
 Duty and details as schedule Y22-Heat interface units
 Duty and details as schedule
 Quantity
 Heat exchangers
 Plate type units pre-insulated at the manufacturer's works.
 Plate to be 316 stainless steel and fouling factor of 10% to be used in sizing.
 Secondary heating circulation pump
 Glandless circulators to be Class A with variable speed control.
 Pump motor to be permanent magnet type, with integral stepless control of pump speed to a
minimum flow in response to closing of two port valves in the secondary system to minimise energy
use.
 Energy Efficiency Index in accordance with EC Regulation 641/2009
 Control requirements
 Provide modulating control valves in primary flow to control DHW and LTHW heating temperature.
 The controls shall ensure that the heat exchanger surfaces do not reach temperatures that could
cause rapid scaling of the heat exchange surfaces.
 Control panel display and control requirements
 BMS interface requirements
 Metering
 Heat meter flow sensor accuracy class as BS EN 1434-1 and Annex MI-004 of the EU Measuring
Instruments Directive (MID) 2004
 Pipework
 Pipework connections to be brazed or welded wherever possible, compression or other mechanical
fittings will only be acceptable where it can be demonstrated that brazing or welding is not possible.
 Wherever practical, internal pipework and heat exchangers to be insulated to minimise heat losses.
 Provide test points for measurement of all primary and secondary temperatures and pressures.
 Provide air vents and drain cocks at all high and low points in the HIU.
 Provide quarter turn ball isolation valves in all incoming and outgoing pipework connections.
 Install flow limiter on mains cold water supply to HWS heat exchanger to suit heat exchanger
capacity.
 Materials
 Copper.
 316 stainless steel.
 Casing finish
 Stove primer and stove enamel paint or powder coating, colour to be manufacturer's standard
unless scheduled otherwise.
 Testing and commissioning
 Units to be type performance tested in the manufacturer's works to prove the design and operation.

 Hydraulic pressure testing at manufacturer's works 1.5 times the maximum working pressure on
primary and secondary side as scheduled.
 Undertake commissioning and proving of capacity accordance with the relevant CIBSE/BSRIA
codes and recommendations of the HIU manufacturer.
 Accessories
 Wall or floor brackets.
400.300 HEAT EMITTERS
400.301 RADIATORS:
 Ensure radiators are manufactured and rated in accordance with BS EN 442.
 Type
 Application
 Supply and install radiators
 As schedule reference T31-Radiators
 As schedule reference
 Location
 At the end of this Work Section.
 As shown on drawing(s) number(s)
 Steel panel radiators
 Welded top type.
 Round top type.
 Convector type.
 Low temperature type.
 Steel tubular radiators.
 Cast iron column radiators.
 Aluminium radiators.
 Finish
 Degrease and protect against rusting before application of high quality primer.
 Stove enamelled, colour
 Accessories
 Feet and top stay.
 Wall brackets.
400.302 NATURAL CONVECTOR HEATERS:

 Type
 Application
 Supply and install convectors
 As schedule reference T31-Natural convectors
 Location
 Natural convector heaters
 Arrangement

 Floor mounted.
 Wall mounted.
 Grilles
 Linear grilles to manufacturers' standard.
 Special grilles
 Control Damper
 Provide a control damper regulated by a knob on outside of casing with damper position clearly
marked.
 Accessories
 Feet to conceal rising pipes when unit fed from below.
 Finish
 Degrease and protect against rusting before application of a high quality stove primer.
400.303 FAN CONVECTOR HEATERS:

 Ensure fan convectors are manufactured and rated in accordance with BS 4856.
 Type
 Application
 Supply and install fan convectors
 As schedule reference T31-Fan convectors
 Location
 Fan convector heaters
 Arrangement
 Trench heater.
 Kick space heater.
 Motor(s) totally enclosed, with sealed sleeve type bearings requiring no lubrication.
 Two speed motor.
 Three speed motor.
 Grilles
 Linear grilles to manufacturer's standard.
 Special grilles
 Thermostatic controls pre-wired and arranged for
 On/off control.
 Speed control.
 Low water temperature cut-out.
400.304 TOWEL RAILS:

 Ensure towel rails are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 442.
 Type
 Application
 Supply and install heated towel rails
 as schedule reference T31-Radiators
 as equipment schedule reference
 as shown on drawing(s) number(s)

 Heated towel rails
 Size
 Height
 Length
 Tube diameter
 Connect towel rails to
 heating circuit.
 domestic hot water primary circuit.
 domestic hot water secondary circuit.
 Arrangement
 Floor mounted.
 Wall mounted.
 Including radiator panel.
 Finish
 Fit chromium plated wheel valve on flow connection and chromium plated regulating valve on return
connection.
400.305 UNDERFLOOR HEATING:

 Type
 Application
 Duty as equipment schedule reference T31-Ufloor htg
 Duty as equipment schedule reference
 Duty
 Output (kW)
 Mean water temperature (°C)
 Room air temperature (°C)
 Water flow rate (l/s )
 Pressure drop (kPa)
 Pipe and fittings
 WRc listed.
 Crosslinked polyethylene (PE-X) BS 7291-3.
 Ends - plain, and finish - natural.
 Polybutylene (PB) BS 7291-2.
 Ends - plain, and finish - grey.
 Steel - BS EN 10255, heavy, with welded joints.
 Insulation
 Encase embedded pipes in insulating sleeve.
 Manifolds
 Controls
 Accessories
400.400 HEAT EMITTER WORKMANSHIP
400.401 INSTALLATION:
 Install heat emitter equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to give a neat
appearance, with supports out of view where possible. Ensure equipment is firmly fixed and level.

400.402 RADIATOR REMOVAL:
 Allow for removing and re-fitting radiators once to permit decorating.
400.403 HEAT EMITTER ISOLATION:

 Fit a wheel head valve on flow and a lockshield valve on return unless otherwise indicated.
400.404 UNDERFLOOR HEATING INSTALLATION:

 For pipe coils embedded in screed, comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation.
 Lay insulation and pipework on floor slab and test prior to screeding. Protect against damage to
pipework before screeding is carried out.
 For pipe coils installed in timber/suspended flooring, comply with the manufacturer's instructions for
installation.
 Lay insulation and pipework within the timber/suspended floor and test prior to covering. Protect
against damage to pipework before sub-floor/finished timber flooring is installed.
 Install panels at depth and in position shown on drawings.
 Fix or secure pipework in accordance with manufacturer's fixing arrangements.

600.000 VENTILATION

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Hea 05
 First credit - Achieving minimum ventilation requirements for background, extract and purge
ventilation. Background and purge ventilation in all habitable rooms is compliant with Section 7 of the
Building Regulations Approved Document Part F. Extract ventilation in all wet rooms is compliant with
Section 5 of the Building Regulations Approved Document Part F.
 Second credit - Achieving advanced ventilation requirements in line with Building Regulations Approved
Document Part F. Ventilation meets the requirements of Section 5 of the Building Regulations Approved
Document Part F in full.

 As schedule reference A11-Drawings
600.201 DOMESTIC VENTILATION SPECIALIST:

 Use one of the following specialist companies to design, develop, supply, install and set to work the
following domestic ventilation system(s).
 Ventilation system
 Whole house passive stack ventilation system.
 Passive stack ventilation system.
 Assisted stack ventilation system.
 Whole house ventilation/heat recovery system
 Company/specialists
600.202 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES:

 Schedule reference Y40-ahus
 Schedule reference Y41-fans
 Location
600.203 VENTILATION TO BOILER/CIRCULATOR:

 Type
 Application
 Ensure that ventilation to boiler/circulator complies with the manufacturers installation instructions.
 For equipment with rated output not exceeding 70kW comply with BS 5440-2 for ventilation to gas
burner.

 Ventilate boiler by
 natural means.
 as drawing(s) no(s)
 mechanical means.
 as drawing(s) no(s)
600.204 GENERAL VENTILATION:

 Type
 Application
 Duty as schedule reference Y41-fans
 Standards
 Building Regulations Approved Document F1 (England and Wales)
 Building Standards (Scotland) Regulations Part K
 Building Regulations (Northern Ireland) Part K2
 Performance criteria - BS EN 15665.
 BS EN 13141-1
 BS EN 13141-2
 BS EN 13141-3
 BS EN 13141-4
 BS EN 13141-5
 BS EN 13141-6
 BS EN 13141-7
 BS EN 13141-8
 Kitchen ventilation
 As drawing no.
 Install ventilation unit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
 Toilet ventilation
 As drawing no.
 Bathroom ventilation
 As drawing no.
 Ventilation to
 As drawing no.
 Grilles/diffusers
600.205 TOILET EXTRACT UNIT:

 Type
 Application
 Duty
 Air volume (m3/s)
 Resistance (Pa)
 Sound Power Level
 Operation
 Single fan.
 Twin fan.
 Twin with automatic changeover.
 Location
 Ceiling mounted.
 Duct mounted.
 Rooftop.
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Accessories
 Controls
 Provide speed controller to match fan.
 On/off, auto-changeover.
 Silencers.
 Back-draught dampers.
 Anti-vibration mounts.
 Guards.
 Testing
600.206 WHOLE HOUSE PASSIVE STACK VENTILATION SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 As detailed in schedule reference
 As detailed on drawing number
 Standards
 BS EN 13141-1.
 BS EN 13141-2.
 BS EN 13141-5.
 BS EN 13141-6.
 BS EN 13142.
 BBA Certification.
 Humidity control
 Inlet and extract terminals to control humidity between 40% and 70% relative humidity, and shall
automatically modulate to meet demand.
 Components

 Inlet terminals
 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Extract terminals
 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Discharge terminals
 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Air flow resistance Pa
 Air flow rate m3/hour
 All terminals to provide insect and weather protection.
 All extract terminals to be connected to ridge and/or tile/slate discharge terminals via ductwork.
Ductwork distribution must be designed so as suit pressures/resistances present within the system.
 All ducting in roof spaces and unheated areas to be insulated with minimum 25mm insulation.
 Where ductwork passes through fire compartments, fire dampers may be required. Check with local
authority/fire officer.
 Installation of all equipment to be installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
600.207 PASSIVE STACK VENTILATION SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 Standards
 BS EN 13141-1.
 BS EN 13141-2.
 BS EN 13141-5.
 BS EN 13141-6.
 BS EN 13142.
 Extract terminals to control humidity between 40% and 70% relative humidity, and shall automatically
modulate to meet demand.
 Components
 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Type
 Locations
 Number

 All extract terminals to be connected to ridge and/or tile/slate discharge terminals via ductwork.
Ductwork distribution must be designed so as suit pressures/resistances present within the system.
 Where ductwork passes through fire compartments, fire dampers may be required. Check with local
600.208 ASSISTED STACK VENTILATION SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 Standards
 BRE Digest 398
 BS EN 13141-1.
 BS EN 13141-2.
 BS EN 13141-4.
 BS EN 13141-5.
 BS EN 13141-6.
 BS EN 13142.
 Inlet and extract vents to control humidity between 40% and 70% relative humidity, and shall
automatically modulate to meet demand.
 Components
 Fan unit
 Single low-wattage continually running fan.
 Duty
 Resistance (Pa)
 Power supply
 Single phase
 Inlet terminals
 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Type
 Locations
 Number

 Type
 Locations
 Number
 The system must be designed by the equipment supplier/specialist.
 All extract terminals to be connected to the extract fan unit, and the fan unit to be connected to the ridge
and/or tile/slate discharge terminals via ductwork. Ductwork distribution must be designed so as suit
pressures/resistances present within the system.
 Where ductwork passes through fire compartments, fire dampers may be required. Consult with local
600.209 WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION/HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 Standards
 BRE Digest 398
 BS EN 13141-1.
 BS EN 13141-2.
 BS EN 13141-4.
 BS EN 13142-5.
 BS EN 13141-6.
 BS EN 13141-7.
 BS EN 13142.
 Control
 Single speed
 Three speed
 Heat recovery
 Nominal efficiency %
 Components
 Fan unit
 Single low-wattage continually running fan.
 Duty
 Resistance (Pa)
 Power supply
 Single phase
 Inlet terminals

 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Type
 Locations
 Number
 Ancillaries
 The system must be designed by the equipment supplier/specialist.
 All extract terminals to be connected to the extract fan unit, and the fan unit to be connected to the ridge
and/or tile/slate discharge terminals via ductwork. Ductwork distribution must be designed so as suit
pressures/resistances present within the system.
 Where ductwork passes through fire compartments, fire dampers may be required. Consult with local
600.210 AIR HANDLING UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Duty as schedule reference Y40-ahus
 Duty
 Location
 Configuration
 As drawing no.
 Air volume
 Supply (m3/s)
 External air resistance (Pa)
 Extract (m3/s)
 Single skin unit.
 Double skin unit.
 External air handling units
 Construct air handling units for external use. Provide weatherproof isolators.
 Fan
 Centrifugal, double inlet double width
 Forward curve.
 Backward curve.
 Motor
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Vibration isolation

 Panel filter
 Ensure filter media is retained in frame.
 Filter Media
 Disposable - glass fibre with scrim.
 Disposable - composite fibre materials.
 Filter
 Heating coil
 Duty
 Rating (kW)
 Resistance to water flow (kPa)
 Water temperature
 Flow (°C)
 Return (°C)
 Materials
 Draining and venting
 Provide coil complete with venting and draining devices.
 Pipe connections
 Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN
 Electric coil
 Duty
 Maximum sheath temperature (°C)
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Rating (kW)
 Safety cut-out
 Provide manual reset safety cut-out switch, wired in series or via contactor with heating elements.
 Type
 Heat recovery element
 Duty
 Details
 Accessories
600.211 ATTENUATORS:
 Type
 Application
 Rectangular attenuator.
 Circular attenuator.
 Duty as schedule reference Y45-Silencers
 Duty
 Size
 Insertion loss (dBA)
 Noise reduction spectrum
 63 Hz (dB)
 125 Hz (dB)
 250 Hz (dB)

 500 Hz (dB)
 1 kHz (dB)
 2 kHz (dB)
 4 kHz (dB)
 8 kHz (dB)
 Pressure rating of ductwork system
 Resistance to air flow (Pa)
 Fire properties
 Use non-flammable adhesives. Ensure that all insulating materials and coverings are
 non-combustible material covered with a material that complies with flame spread requirements of BS
476-7, Class 1.
 Class O surface rating of Building Regulations.
 Infill
 Provide infill that is inert, fire proof, inorganic, vermin proof, non-hygroscopic.
 Casing
 Construct casing to DW/144.
600.212 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS:

 Type
 Application
 As schedule reference Y46-Grilles-diffusers
 As indicated on drawings
600.213 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT WORKMANSHIP:

 Install all plant and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

 Application
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 others.
 Requirements
 As 800 clauses Electrical installation.
600.300 CAR PARK VENTILATION
600.301 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS:

 Provide a car park ventilation system designed and installed in accordance with The Building
Regulations Approved Document B, BS 9991, BS 9999, and the CIBSE Guide E.
 Performance objectives
 Design parameters
 System description

 Control requirements
600.302 FANS:
 Type
 Application
 Duty
 Resistance (Pa)
 Sound Power Level
 Operating conditions
 Supply fan to suit environment subject to
 Aggressive atmosphere
 Contaminants
 Risk of impact
 Dust laden atmosphere
 Non-overloading requirement
 condensation
 Configuration
 Series operation
 Installation arrangement
 Free inlet, ducted outlet
 Location
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Construction and handling
 Casings
 Construct rigid casing free from drumming under operating conditions. Supply in sections as required
for access or handling. Flange dimensions in accordance with BS 848-4.
 Safety standards - to BS EN 60335-2-80.
 Rotating assemblies
 Balance in accordance with BS ISO 1940-1, BS ISO 11342 or BS 7854-1, as appropriate.
 Shafts and hubs
 Machine impeller bosses and shafts to BS 4500 and key in accordance with BS 4235-1. Hold impeller
to shaft with set screw or taper lock fitting.
 Shaft bearings - Sealed for life.
 Drives and guards
 Provide guards over shaft, couplings and rope in accordance with BS EN ISO 12100 and Factory
Inspectorate requirements.
 Material - galvanized or sheet steel.
 Lifting
 Provide lifting eyebolts or similar facilities on fans or sections heavier than 20kg.
 Accessories
 Controls
 Silencers.
 Back-draught dampers.
 Anti-vibration mounts.

 Guards.
 Testing
 Provide results of aerodynamic performance tests in accordance with BS ISO 14695.
 Materials
 Galvanised sheet steel - construct casing from galvanised sheet steel in accordance with BS EN
10326.
 Coated mild steel - construct case from mild steel coated with epoxy polyester finish.
 Axial flow fan
 Operation
 Motor and drive
 Variable speed, direct drive
 Suitable for inverter control
 Impellers
 Fixed pitch
600.303 LOUVRES:
 Type
 Application
 Duty as schedule reference Y46-Grilles-diffusers
 Duty
 Resistance (Pa)
 Quality assurance
 Ensure manufacturers are a firm of Assessed Capability to BS EN ISO 9001 and produce louvers
relevant to Quality Assurance schedule.
 Electrical bonding terminal
 Ensure an electrical bonding terminal suitable for connection of 6mm2 maximum conductor is
provided on metal grilles, diffusers and louvers where indicated.
 External supply/extract type
 Performance - Ensure louvre withstands specified wind loads and prevent ingress of rain.
 Construction - Construct louvre frame and aerodynamically profiled louvre blades from galvanized
mild steel or aluminium as indicated.
 Provide integral drainage channels.
 Retain infill on louvre blades by perforated sheet of galvanized mild steel or aluminium as indicated.
 Screen - Fit a bird-screen using mesh no coarser than 12mm, across inside face of louvres.
 Fit an insect-screen using mesh no coarser than 3mm, across inside face of louvres.
 Quality assurance - Ensure manufacturers are a firm of Assessed Capability to BS EN ISO 9001 and
produce louvre to relevant Quality Assessment schedule.
 Louvres/screen walling
 Supply louvres/screens designed to withstand design wind loads and minimise rain penetration.
Construct with mullions into which blades are fitted and provide blades with aerodynamic profiles and
integral drainage channels. Mount assembly within frame. Ensure louvre system is integrated with
weather louvres and incorporates doors with concealed hinges and frames where indicated. Where
necessary provide mitred corners and slope louvres.
 Ensure adequate space for access and maintenance of louvres and associated equipment is
provided.

 Where indicated ensure manufacturers are a firm of Assessed Capability to BS EN ISO 9001 and
produce louvre to relevant Quality Assessment schedule.
 Materials
 Galvanised steel - galvanised steel in accordance with BS EN 10326.
 Finish
 To match building facade.

 Ensure wiring is suitable for high temperatures to provide a maintained supply.
600.400 CONTROLS
600.401 CONTROL COMPONENTS:

 Type
 Application
 Control specialist
 Provide and fix control components to meet the requirements specified in clause 600.130.
 Components
 Provide wiring to the control system to meet the requirements of BS 7671 (the IET Wiring Regulations).

700.000 AIR CONDITIONING

700.200 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - DX CHILLERS
700.201 DX CHILLER AND REMOTE AIR COOLED CONDENSER:

 Type
 Application
 Duty as schedule reference T60-Chillers
 Duty
 Chiller
 Number required
 Cooling capacity (kW)
 Electrical power input (kW)
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Refrigerant
 Sound power level
 125 Hz
 250 Hz
 500 Hz
 1 kHz
 2 kHz
 4 kHz
 8 kHz
 Sound pressure level
 at distance from machine
 Condenser
 Number required
 Cooling capacity (kW)
 Air on dry bulb temperature (°C)
 Air on wet bulb temperature (°C)
 Electrical power input (kW)

 Single phase
 Three phase
 Maximum fab speed (r/s)
 Number of circuits
 Refrigerant
 125 Hz
 250 Hz
 500 Hz
 1 kHz
 2 kHz
 4 kHz
 8 kHz
 Sound pressure level
 at distance from machine (m)
 Supply DX chiller complete with motor, compressor, evaporator, remote air cooled condenser, starting
and control equipment and all auxiliary and ancillary items to complete refrigeration cycle.
 Safety devices
 Comply with BS EN 378 and BS EN 12693. Provide protection against
 high pressure
 over and under voltage
 phase reversal
 frequent starting
 power interruption
 Ancillaries
 Accessories
 Details
700.202 CHILLER WORKMANSHIP:

 Install equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturer's requirements. Comply with statutory
and local authority requirements and bye-laws.
 Connections
 Observe manufacturer's requirements and instructions.
 Access
 Ensure plant is located to allow access for operation and maintenance as required by manufacturer.
 Cleansing
Observe manufacturer's requirements and instructions. Provide valved flushing connections adjacent to
plant.

 Application
 Incoming power supply to BS EN 60038
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 others.
 Requirements

700.300 AIR HANDLING PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
700.301 AIR HANDLING PLANT AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES:

 Supply air handling plant as
 Schedule reference
 Schedule reference Y40-ahus
 Schedule reference Y41-fans
 Schedule reference Y45-Silencers
 Location
 At end of this work section.
700.302 AIR HANDLING UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Duty as schedule reference Y40-ahus
 Duty
 Location
 Configuration
 As drawing no.
 Air volume
 Supply (m3/s)
 Extract (m3/s)
 Single skin unit.
 Double skin unit.
 External air handling units
 Construct air handling units for external use. Provide weatherproof isolators.
 Fan
 Centrifugal, double inlet double width
 Forward curve.
 Backward curve.
 Motor
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Vibration isolation
 Panel filter
 Filter Media
 Disposable - glass fibre with scrim.
 Disposable - composite fibre materials.
 Filter
 Frost coil
 Water coil

 Flow (°C)
 Return (°C)
 Duty
 Rating (kW)
 Materials
 Threaded to BS 21.
 Flanged to BS EN 1092-3, PN
 Electric coil
 Duty
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Rating (kW)
 Safety cut-out
 Provide manual reset safety cut-out switch, wired in series or via contactor with heating
elements.
 Pre-heat coil
 Water coil
 Flow (°C)
 Return (°C)
 Duty
 Rating (kW)
 Materials
 Electric coil
 Duty
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Rating (kW)
 Safety cut-out
 Provide manual reset safety cut-out switch, wired in series or via contactor with heating
elements.
 Heating coil
 Water coil
 Flow (°C)
 Return (°C)
 Duty
 Rating (kW)
 Materials

 Electric coil
 Duty
 Maximum sheath temperature (OC)
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Rating (kW)
 Safety cut-out
 Provide manual reset safety cut-out switch, wired in series or via contactor with heating elements.

 Cooling coil
 Duty
 Refrigerant coil
 Refrigerant evaporation temperature (°C)
 Rating (kW)
 Air flow rate (m3/s)
 Air velocity (m/s)
 Maximum air velocity
 Air condition on coil - dry bulb (°C)
 Air condition on coil - wet bulb (°C)
 Air condition off coil - dry bulb (°C)
 Air condition off coil - wet bulb (°C)
 Materials
 Humidifier
 Duty
 Air inlet temperature - dry bulb (°C)
 Air inlet temperature - wet bulb (°C)
 Air outlet temperature - dry bulb (°C)
 Air outlet temperature - wet bulb (°C)
 Humidifier description
 Steam with electrical steam generation
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Electrical safety standards
 BS EN 60335-2-88 and BS EN 60335-2-98.
 Heat recovery unit
 Duty
 Supply air flow (m3/s)
 Exhaust air flow (m3/s)
 Supply air temperature (°C)
 Exhaust air temperature (°C)
 Minimum efficiency (%)
 Maximum static pressure (Pa)
 Number of rows, supply

 Number of rows, extract
 Size
 Method
 Cross flow heat exchanger.
 Materials
 Details
700.303 AIR COOLED CONDENSER:

 Type
 Application
 Location
 Duty
 Cooling capacity(kW)
 Electrical power input(kW)
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Refrigerant
 Refrigerant pipework
 Provide and install insulated refrigerant pipework between condensing unit and cooling coil(s).
 Material
 Seamless, round tubes to BS EN 12449.
 Seamless, round copper capillary tubes to BS EN 12450.
700.304 HEAT RECOVERY UNIT:

 Type
 Application
 Duty
 Number required
 Supply air flow (m3/s)
 Exhaust air flow (m3/s)
 Supply air temperature (°C)
 Exhaust air temperature (°C)
 Minimum efficiency (%)
 Maximum static pressure (Pa)
 Size
 Method
 Cross flow heat exchanger.
 Materials
 Details
700.305 ATTENUATORS:
 Type

 Application
 Rectangular attenuator
 Circular attenuator
 Duty as schedule reference Y45-Silencers
 Duty
 Size
 Insertion loss (dBA)
 Noise reduction spectrum
 63 Hz (dB)
 125 Hz (dB)
 250 Hz (dB)
 500 Hz (dB)
 1 kHz (dB)
 2 kHz (dB)
 4 kHz (dB)
 8 kHz (dB)
 Pressure rating of ductwork system
 Fire properties
 Use non-flammable adhesives. Ensure that all insulating materials and coverings are
 non-combustible material covered with a material that complies with flame spread requirements of BS
476-7, Class 1.
 Class O surface rating of Building Regulations.
 Infill
 Provide infill that is inert, fire proof, inorganic, vermin proof, non-hygroscopic.
 Casing
 Construct casing to DW/144.
700.306 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS:

 Type
 Application
 As schedule reference Y46-Grilles-diffusers
700.400 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT - AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
700.401 AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULES:

 Supply air conditioning units
 as schedule reference T70-Split ac units
 as schedule reference
 Location
 At end of this work section.

700.402 WINDOW/WALL MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT:
 Type
 Application
 Provide packaged air conditioning unit complete with integral condenser.
 Mounting
 Window
 Wall
 Duty
 Number off
 Refrigerant
 R407C.
 HCFC22.
 Refrigerant acceptable under Montreal Convention.
 Air volume (l/s)
 Room air on condition
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Room air off condition
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Cooling load
 Sensible (kW)
 Latent (kW)
 Total (kW)
 Heating load (kW)
 Electric heater stages
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Standard
 BS EN 16147.
 BS EN 378.
 BS EN 810.
 BS EN 12693.
 BS EN 14511-1.
 BS EN 14511-2.
 BS EN 14511-3.
 BS EN 14511-4.
 BS EN 60335-2-40.
 Mounting
 Access - Provide access to filter, fan and motor.
 Roomside fan
 Centrifugal with direct coupled motor.
 Filter
 Disposable.

 Washable.
 Insulation
 Provide thermal and acoustic insulation.
 Controls
 On/off switch.
 Temperature control.
700.403 ROOF MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT:

 Type
 Application
 Provide packaged roof mounted air conditioning unit complete with integral condenser.
 Duty as schedule reference T70-Split ac units
 Duty
 Number off
 Refrigerant
 R407C.
 HCFC22.
 No. of circuits
 Resistance (Pa)
 Air on condition
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Air off condition
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 External ambient
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Cooling load
 Sensible (kW)
 Latent (kW)
 Total (kW)
 Heater battery
 Load (kW)
 Reverse cycle
 Electric - stages
 Low temperature hot water
 Flow temperature (°C)
 Return temperature (°C)
 Noise level
 Room noise level NR
 External noise level dBA

 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Humidification
 Standard
 BS EN 16147.
 BS EN 378.
 BS EN 810.
 BS EN 12693.
 BS EN 14511-1.
 BS EN 14511-2.
 BS EN 14511-3.
 BS EN 14511-4.
 Casing
 Finish
 Stoved primer.
 Special weather protection
 Roomside fan
 Filter indoor
 Disposable.
 Washable.
 Filter outdoor
 Disposable.
 Washable.
 Heater battery
 Provide 3-way modulating control valve.
 Grille type
 Double deflection.
 Adjustable.
 Provide for ductwork connection for
 Treated air supply
 Recirculated air
 Insulation - provide thermal and acoustic insulation.
 Controls
 On/off switch.
 Remote checking and adjusting.
 Variable speed setting.
 Variable temperature.
 Remote control of
 Diagnostic software
 Automatic defrost
700.404 SPLIT COIL ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT:

 Type
 Application

 Provide room unit as part of split coil air conditioning system.
 Mounting
 Ceiling mounted cassette double flow.
 Ceiling mounted cassette multi flow.
 Concealed horizontal.
 Concealed vertical.
 Cased vertical low level.
 Cased vertical high level (down flow).
 Duty as schedule reference T70-Split ac units
 Duty
 Number off
 Refrigerant
 R407C.
 HCFC22.
 Resistance (Pa)
 Air on condition summer
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Air on condition winter
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Air off condition summer
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Air off condition winter
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Cooling load
 Sensible (kW)
 Latent (kW)
 Total (kW)
 Heater battery - load (kW)
 Room noise level NR
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Humidification
 Standard
 BS EN 16147.
 BS EN 810.
 BS EN 14511-1.
 BS EN 14511-2.
 BS EN 14511-3.
 BS EN 14511-4.
 BS EN 60335-2-40.

 Roomside fan
 Tangential with direct coupled motor.
 Filter
 Disposable.
 Washable.
 Grille type
 Adjustable.
 Motorised paddle in exit air stream.
 Insulation - Provide thermal and acoustic insulation.
 Controls
 Display
 Operating.
 Program dry function.
 Defrost/hot start.
 Filter dirty.
 Temperature setting.
 Timer.
 Air flow.
 Fault.
 Auxiliary contacts to wire to external source
 Normally open contacts.
 Momentary open contactor.
 Alarm/fault.
 Start/stop.
 Temperature monitoring.
 Monitor all unit functions.
 Controls type
 Fixed recessed mounting.
 Fixed surface mounting.
 Portable controller
 Number
 One per unit plus additional
 Timer settings (units of 1 hr to 72 hr).
 Air flow setting.
 Air flow direction adjustment.
 Forcibly stop indoor unit by command from external source.
 Send command to external source.
 Condensate drainage
 Natural.
 Condensate pump within unit.
700.405 REMOTE AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT:

 Type
 Application

 Provide an air cooled condensing unit incorporating hermetic compressor, condenser coil and fan.
 Provide compressor complete with crankcase heater, suction and delivery valves, service connections
and high and low pressure safety switches.
 Duty
 Matched to cooling unit.
 Serve split coil units specified
 In above clause(s) reference
 In schedule reference
 External noise level (dBA)
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Arrangement
 One unit serves a single indoor unit.
 One unit serves multiple indoor units
 Condenser location
 Roof mounted.
 Wall mounted.
 Ground level.
 Indoor
 With duct connections.
700.406 VRF INTERNAL UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Provide indoor units suitable for connection to a single external unit and operating under the variable
refrigeration flow system.
 Cooling only.
 Heating and cooling group. All units connected to a single external unit would cool or heat in unison.
 Heating and cooling independent. Units connected to the same external unit must be capable of heating
or cooling irrespective of whether other units were heating or cooling.
 Mounting
 Ceiling mounted cassette downflow.
 Ceiling mounted cassette multiflow.
 Concealed horizontal.
 Concealed vertical.
 Cased horizontal.
 Cased vertical low level.
 Cased vertical high level (down flow).
 Duty
 Number off
 Refrigerant
 R407C.
 HCFC22.
 Refrigerant acceptable under the Montreal Convention.
 Air on condition

 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Cooling load
 Sensible (kW)
 Latent (kW)
 Total (kW)
 Air on condition summer
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Air on condition winter
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Air off condition summer
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Air off condition winter
 Wet bulb (°C)
 Dry bulb (°C)
 RH (%)
 Cooling load
 Sensible (kW)
 Latent (kW)
 Total (kW)
 Heating load (kW)
 Room NR
 Single phase.
 3 phase.
 Standard
 BS EN 16147.
 BS EN 14511-1.
 BS EN 14511-2.
 BS EN 14511-3.
 BS EN 14511-4.
 BS EN 60335-2-40.
 Casing
 Roomside fan
 Tangential with direct coupled motor.
 Filter
 Disposable.
 Washable.
 Grille type

 Adjustable.
 Motorised paddle in exit air stream.
 Insulation - Provide thermal and acoustic insulation.
 Controls
 Display
 Operating.
 Program dry function.
 Defrost/hot start.
 Filter dirty.
 Timer.
 Air flow.
 Fault.
 Auxiliary contacts to wire to external source
 Normally open contacts.
 Momentary open contactor.
 Alarm/fault.
 Start/stop.
 Temperature monitoring.
 Monitor all unit functions.
 Condensate drainage
 Natural.
 Condensate pump within unit.
 Controls
 Fixed recessed mounting.
 Fixed surface mounting.
 Portable controller.
 Number
 One per unit plus additional
 One per unit plus percent extra
 Function
 Start/stop.
 Timer settings (units of 1 hr to 72 hr).
 Air flow setting.
 Air flow direction adjustment.
 Forcibly stop indoor unit by command from external source.
 Send command to external source.
700.407 VRF DISTRIBUTOR CONTROLLERS:

 Type
 Application
 Provide distribution controllers to link between external unit and internal units
 Provide spare connections for future units
700.408 VRF EXTERNAL UNIT:

 Type
 Application
 Provide external unit with scroll compressor, coil and fan. Provide compressor complete with heater,
suction and delivery valves, service connection and high and low safety switches. Incorporate receiver.
 Duty
 Matched to indoor units specified in above clause(s) reference
 In schedule reference
 Ratio of output of internal units to external units
 Ambient operating range
 Highest °C db
 Highest °C wb
 Lowest °C db
 Lowest °C wb
 External Noise
 Select unit to meet external noise criteria
 dBA
 distance m
 Electricity supply
 Single phase.
 3 phase.
 Location
 Roof mounted.
 Wall mounted.
 Ground level.
 Take account of any duty reduction due to proximity of structures or other equipment
 Internal pipework
 Seamless, round copper tube to BS EN 12449.
 Seamless, round copper capillary tube to BS EN 12450.
 Pipework insulation
700.409 HEAT PUMPS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 16147.
 BS EN 14511-1.
 BS EN 14511-2.
 BS EN 14511-3.
 BS EN 14511-4.
 Supply heat pump complete with inside and outside refrigerant coils, condensate drain, compressor,
crank case heater, reversing valve, expansion valves, check valves and accumulator.
 Air to air.
 Single package
 Through window.
 Through wall.
 Roof top mounted.

 Roof top mounted, ducted.
 Split package
 On wall inside.
 On ceiling inside.
 On wall outside.
 On roof outside.
 Air to water.
 Self contained heat pump.
 Split heat pump.
 Water to water
 Supply heat pump complete with evaporator and drain pan, compressor, condenser and expansion
valve.
 Duty
 Number required
 Source air volume(m3/s)
 Source air temperature onto coil (°C)
 Source air temperature leaving coil (°C)
 Sink air volume (m3/s)
 Sink air temperature onto coil (°C)
 Source water flow rate (l/s)
 Source water temperature drop (°C)
 Sink water flow rate (l/s)
 Sink water temperature rise (°C)
 Accessories
 Outdoor air duct connection.
 Electric heating coil.
 LPHW heating coil.
 Controls
 Make provision for remote control.
 Thermostat.
 Variable fan speed.
 Timeswitch.
 Installation
 Install heat pump in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
700.500 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT GENERAL
700.501 VIBRATION ISOLATION:

 Type
 Application
 Provide additional vibration isolation to manufacturer's standard vibration isolation.
 Flexible material in unit support
 Static deflection (mm)
 Reduce transmitted vibration to ensure CIBSE rating is achieved.
 Imperceptible.
 Hardly perceptible.
 Include heavy base for unit support.

 Incorporate specialist vibration isolation mounts.
700.502 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT WORKMANSHIP:

 Install all plant and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

 Application
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 others.
 Requirements
700.600 CONTROLS
700.601 CONTROL COMPONENTS:

 Type
 Application
 Control specialist
 Provide and fix control components to meet the requirements specified in clause 700.130.
 Components
 Provide wiring to the control system to meet the requirements of BS 7671 (the IET Wiring Regulations).
700.602 CONTROL AND ALARM SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 Supply a control panel to house all contactors, overloads, relays and circuit breakers or fuses.
 Functions
 Electronic controller for cooling and heating stages.
 Automatic compressor sequencing.
 Condenser head pressure control.
 Facilities
 Connections for remote checking and adjusting.
 Standby control system capacity.
 Remote monitoring system.
 Battery back-up.
 Report printer.
 Security access codes.
 Panel lamps
 Supply on.
 Fan running.
 Fan trip.
 Cooling on.
 Cooling stages.

 Heating on.
 Heating stages.
 Humidifier on.
 Humidification stages.
 Panel Switches
 Unit off/on.
 Manual/off/auto.
 Lamp test button/switch.
 Controls
 Thermostat
 Heating.
 Cooling.
 Humidistat.
 Three way motorised valve for heating coil.
 Three way diverting valve for chilled water cooling coil.
 Electric heater step controller.
 Compressor control.
 Humidification modulating control.
 Alarms
 Audible alarm.
 LED displayed alarm.
 Remote alarm.
 Alarm sensors
 High temperature
 Low temperature
 High humidity
 Low humidity
 Loss of airflow

800.000 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

800.200 GENERAL LIGHTING AND POWER
800.201 REGULATIONS:
 Comply with BS 7671 Requirements for electrical installations (the IET Wiring Regulations).
 Requirements of the electricity supply company.
 Requirements of the electricity distribution company.
 Requirements of the regional electricity company.
 Requirements of the electricity metering company.
800.202 ELECTRICITY SUPPLY:

 Liaise with the electricity distribution company, as necessary, to confirm or determine
 the maximum demand of the installation.
 the nature of the supply, its suitability for the installation and the type of earthing arrangement.
 the location of the incoming supply.
 space requirements for the distribution company's switches, fuses and meters.
 A provisional sum for connection of a supply and earthing by the electricity distribution company is
included elsewhere. Make all necessary arrangements at the earliest opportunity to ensure connection
when required.
 Pay the costs of:
 the electricity supply company.
 the electricity distribution company.
 the electricity metering company.
800.203 ARRANGEMENT OF CIRCUITS:

 Divide the installation into separately controlled circuits as described below, further subdividing where
necessary to ensure compliance with BS 7671 (the IET Wiring Regulations).
800.204 SAMPLES:
 Submit samples of proposed materials and equipment for approval before work is started. Label each
sample with name, catalogue number and services in connection with item.

800.205 INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURE:
 Comply with BS 7671 (IET Wiring Regulations) 610.2.
 Carry out site testing and inspection and provide test certificates for specialist installations. Record all
results and readings. Provide copies of any test and inspection result.
 Check correct operation of devices. Confirm interlocks and sequences operate correctly. Provide test
equipment and consumables to complete tests and retest any failed installations following corrective
measures. Check and confirm correct sequence in multiphase circuits.
800.206 IDENTIFICATION - GENERAL:

 Apply identification notices in accordance with the BS 7671 (IET Wiring Regulations) Clause 514 and
Appendix 7 to all electrical cables plant and equipment.
 Fix using materials compatible with the notices and fixing surface.
 Obtain approval prior to manufacture of all notices.
 Provide sample for approval.
Apply identification markers in accordance with the BS 7671 (IET Wiring Regulations), Clause 514 to all
conductor termination points.
800.207 LABELS:
 Label all electrical plant and equipment using safety signs in BS ISO 3864-1.
 Fit labels and notices as shown on
 Schedules
 Drawings
 Materials
 Engraved thermosetting plastic laminate.
 Stainless steel, engraved.
 Signwritten, or stencil in paint compatible with surface.
 Colour
 Background
 Lettering
 Fixing
 Screwed into tapped hole size
 Bolted through complete with washer nut and locking device, size
 Adhesive
 Position safety signs in accordance with BS 5499-10.
800.208 ENGRAVED ACCESSORY PLATES:

 Engrave accessory plates and specialist items as shown in the Schedules or on the Drawings.
 Use 6mm high letters with engraving coloured red.
800.209 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS:

 Provide a purpose made schematic diagram permanently fixed showing the connections of the
equipment and plant.
800.210 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS IDENTIFICATION:

 Identify every outgoing way with a renewable circuit chart in a transparent plastic envelope permanently
fitted inside distribution board cover. Clearly indicate in typed script, circuit identification number, cable
size, fuse or circuit breaker rating and a description of item supplied and area supplied by circuit.

800.211 CABLE IDENTIFICATION:
 Provide all cables, other than final sub-circuit wiring with labels fixed at each end of cable, either side of
wall and floor penetrations and at approximately 10m intervals. Ensure labels show reference number of
cable.
800.212 UNDERGROUND CABLE IDENTIFICATION:

 Identify external underground cable routes by means of approved markers along their length at
distances not exceeding 50m and where a change of direction occurs.
 Provide cable markers to clearly indicate the following-
 reference of group of cables.
 reference number of cable.
 points of termination.
 size and number of conductors.
 type of cable and date installed.
 operating voltage of cable.
 Provide key to any reference system used at
 switchgear.
 Mark and protect direct buried cables with
 concrete cable covers
 recovered plastic cable tiles
 recovered plastic cable tiles with integral yellow printed black warning tape
 plastic tape yellow printed black
800.213 CABLE SHEATH IDENTIFICATION - EXTERNAL:

 Identify cable sheaths for various services in accordance with NJUG7.
800.214 OFF-SITE PAINTING AND ANTI-CORROSION TREATMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

 Protect all equipment and ancillaries against corrosion. Protect ferrous metals with coatings at works.
Provide all items for decorative finishing primed to suit base material and finish.
800.215 PAINT MATERIALS:

 Type
 Application
 Apply paints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to BS 6150.
 Use paint materials
800.216 SPECIAL PROTECTIVE FINISHES:

 Type
 Application
 Provide special protective finishes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
800.217 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES:

 Schedule reference V90-Electrical equipment
 Schedule reference Y61-Cables
 Schedule reference Y71-Distboards

 Schedule reference Y73-Luminaires
 Schedule reference
 Location
800.218 LIGHTING CONTROL & DAYLIGHTING:

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Hea 01
 First Credit - Maintaining good daylighting levels. The refurbishment results in a neutral impact on the
dwelling lighting levels in the kitchen, living room, dining room and study. Extensions must achieve
minimum daylighting standards and not reduce daylighting levels in kitchen, living room, dining room, or
study of neighbouring properties.
 Second Credit - Achieving minimum daylighting standards which are; minimum average daylight factors
of 2% in kitchens and 1.5% in living rooms, dining rooms and studies; 80% of the working plan in each of
these spaces receive direct light from the sky.
800.300 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING, LV CABLES AND WIRING - MATERIALS
800.301 STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 61386-21.
 Ends
 Threaded.
 Plain threadable.
 Size in accordance with BS 7671 (IEE regulations).
 Fittings
 Use adaptable boxes of 100mm x 100mm x 38 mm minimum size.
 Use adaptable boxes of 100mm x 100mm x 50mm minimum size.
 Use couplers and externally screwed brass bushes to connect conduit to loop-in circular conduit
boxes.
 Use washers with flanged couplers.
 Protection class/finish
 Class 2 black enamel finish.
 Class 4 hot dipped galvanized.
 Mounting/support
 Installation
 Use maximum practical lengths to minimise number of joints. Form bends by machine and remove
burrs from cut ends.
 Use bends and/or junction boxes at changes of direction. Do not use elbows or tees of any sort
without approval.
 Fix securely with boxes fixed independently of conduit.
 Tightly screw all joints to ensure electrical continuity, with no thread showing. Use expansion
couplings where conduit crosses movement joints in structure.
800.302 THERMOPLASTIC (PVC) CONDUIT AND FITTINGS:

 Type
 Application

 Standard - BS EN 61386-21.
 Strength
 Light duty
 Heavy duty.
 High impact.
 Shape
 Round.
 Oval.
 Colour
 Black.
 White.
 Jointing
 Push fit.
 Solvent welded.
 Push fit and solvent welded.
 Screwed.
 Fittings
 Provide boxes with earthing terminal.
 Provide weatherproof boxes.
 Installation
 Use maximum practical straight lengths to minimise number of joints.
 Use proprietary bends and/or junction boxes at changes of direction. Do not use elbows, tees or site
formed bends without approval.
 Form secure joints, using expansion couplings where recommended by manufacturer, and connectors
at equipment, terminal fittings, etc.
800.303 STEEL SURFACE TRUNKING:

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Standard cable trunking.
 Skirting trunking.
 Wall/dado trunking.
 Cornice trunking.
 Bench trunking.
 Lighting trunking.
 Standard
 BS EN 50085
 Fittings
 Thermoplastic (PVC) covers.
 Hanger brackets.
 Fire barriers.
 Socket plates.

 Protection class
 Class 1.
 Class 2.
 Class 3.
 Finish
 Stove enamel.
 Zinc coated to BS EN 10326.
 Colour
 Multi-compartmental trunking
 Provide multi-compartmental trunking with separate compartments for wiring of:-
 Extra low voltage circuits.
 Communications.
 Fire alarm circuits.
 Installation
 Use proprietary units to form junctions and changes of direction wherever possible.
 Use mechanical fastenings/fixings; do not weld.
 Fit a copper link at each joint to ensure electrical continuity.
 Fit grommets, bushes or liners to holes through which cables pass.
800.304 THERMOPLASTIC (PVC) SURFACE TRUNKING:

 Type
 Application
 Standard - BS 4678-4.
 Type
 Fittings
 Socket outlet boxes.
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Strength
 Very light duty
 Light duty.
 Medium duty.
 Heavy duty.
 Very heavy.
 Colour
 Black
 White
 Brown

 Communications.
 Installation
800.305 ALUMINIUM SURFACE TRUNKING:

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Material - Extruded aluminium.
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Profile
 Communications.
 Installation
800.306 FLEXIBLE CORDS:

 Type
 Application
 BASEC certified.
 Standard
 Sheathed 300/500V 90°C to BS EN 50525.
 Thermoplastic (PVC) insulated cord 450/750V to BS EN 50525.
 Glass Fibre insulated 450/750V to BS EN 50525.
800.307 INSULATED CABLES:

 Type
 Application

 Type
 Copper conductors.
 Single core.
 Multi-core
 Armoured.
 Unarmoured.
 Sheathed.
 LSF.
 HOFR.
 Unsheathed.
 Standard
 General purpose 450/750V to BS EN 50525-2-31.
 Internal wiring 300/500V to BS EN 50525-2-31.
 Flat twin and earth to BS 6004 and BS EN 50525.
 600/1000V to BS 5467.
 600/1000V to BS 6724.
 600/1000V to BS 8573.
 450/750V to BS 7211.
 Flat twin and earth to BS 7211.
 Cable glands
 BS EN 62680-1.
 Type
 Sealed outer sheath.
 Sealed inner sheath.
 Sealed inner and outer sheath.
 Complete with earthing lug.
 Electrical bond for metallic sheath.
800.308 MINERAL INSULATED LV CABLES:

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bare.
 Sheathed
 Standard
 500V light duty to BS EN 60702-1 Section 14.
 750V heavy duty to BS EN 60702-1 Section 15.
 Cable glands
 Use seals and glands to BS EN 60702-2.
 Type
 Externally threaded.
 Internally threaded.
 Earth continuity conductor.
 Seal temperature rating
 105°C.
 150°C.
 250°C.

800.309 POLYETHYLENE INSULATED TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLES:
 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Size 0.4mm
 Size 0.5mm
 Size 0.63mm
 Size 0.9mm
800.310 COAXIAL CABLES:

 Type
 Application
 URM Number
 Connectors
 BS 3041-12.
 Connect in accordance with BS 7587.
 UHF to BS 3041-12.
 BNC.
800.311 CABLE JOINTING SUNDRIES:

 Use terminations conforming to BS EN 61238-1. Use tapes to BS EN 60454.
 Use twist on connectors to BS EN 60998-2-4.
800.312 CABLE DUCTS - THERMOPLASTIC (PVC):

 Application
 Use underground cable duct and fittings to BS EN 1401-1.
800.313 CABLE DUCTS - CLAY:

 Application
 Use underground cable duct and fittings to
 BS 65, DN90.
 BS EN 295-1,
800.314 PERFORATED CABLE TRAY:

 Type
 Application
 Support all cables throughout their length using cable tray, firmly fixed to building fabric.

 Ensure cable tray allows for spacing in accordance with BS 7671 for the design current of the cable.
 Standard BS EN 61537
Classification
Type
 Flanged.
 Return flanged.
 Perforations and thickness
 Manufacturer's standard pattern and thickness.
 Fittings
 Use factory made fittings throughout of same material, type, pattern, finish and thickness as cable
tray.
800.400 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING, LV CABLES AND WIRING - WORKMANSHIP
800.401 INSTALLING CONDUIT IN CONCRETE:

 Fix securely to reinforcement and fix boxes to formwork to prevent displacement. Depth of concrete
cover not less than indicated for reinforcement.
800.402 INSTALLING TRUNKING:

Remove burrs from cut trunking ends.
800.403 DRAINAGE OF CONDUIT:

 Provide drainage outlets at lowest points in conduit installed externally and in locations where
condensation may occur.
800.404 APPEARANCE:
 Arrange conduit and trunking, plumb where vertical, neatly parallel with other service runs and the
structure.
800.405 EXPANSION AND SETTLEMENT JOINTS:

 Make provision at expansion and settlement joints for movement. Use manufactured expansion
couplings.
800.406 SPACING:
 Install conduit, trunking and equipment clear of other services with minimum spacings:-
 to steam - 300mm, other services - 150mm and above radiators - 1000mm.
 Ensure trunking and conduit is independently supported from building fabric. Obtain approval for
supports.
800.407 CABLE ROUTES:

 Ensure cable routes are
 Straight, vertical or horizontal and parallel to walls.
 In approved locations where exposed to view. Conceal cables wherever possible.
 Positioned at least 150 mm clear of other services. Locate cables running parallel and adjacent to
heating pipes below pipes.
 Install

 concealed horizontal runs in walls within 150 mm of ceiling or between 150 and 300 mm of floor.
 concealed vertical cable runs to wall switches and outlets in line with accessory.
800.408 CABLE INSTALLATION - GENERAL:

 Do not commence internal cabling until the building is enclosed and weatherproof.
 Install cables neatly and securely, adequately protected against accidental damage, adverse
environmental conditions, mechanical stress and deleterious substances.
 Install cables without joints other than at equipment and terminal fittings. Do not use junction boxes
without approval.
 Sleeve cables passing through masonry walls with conduit bushed at both ends.
 Do not run cables in spaces where they will be surrounded or covered by insulation.
800.409 PROTECTIVE CONDUCTORS:

 Use cable conductors throughout; do not use conduit or trunking as protective conductors.
800.410 CABLE INSTALLATION - ARMOURED CABLE:

 Handle and install carefully to prevent damage to sheath and armouring.
 Do not install if cable and ambient temperature are, or have been for the last 24 hours, below 0°C.
 Fit galvanized steel guards where cables are liable to mechanical damage.
 Bond armour to equipment and main earthing system.
 Make moisture proof connections to apparatus using sealed glands and thermoplastic (PVC) shrouds.
800.411 CABLE INSTALLATION - THERMOPLASTIC (PVC) SHEATHED CABLES:

 Do not install cables when temperature is near or below freezing.
 Do not install in cavities of external walls.
 Fit insulating cable glands at entries to equipment.
 Terminate cable sheaths within boxes.
800.412 CABLE INSTALLATION - MICC CABLE:

 Neatly and carefully dress cable into position using tools recommended by cable manufacturer. Avoid
corrugating sheath when bending.
 Connect to equipment and boxes with shrouded glands.
 Fix cables with clips recommended by manufacturer ensuring that cable is fixed within 150 mm of bends
and connections.
 As soon as a length of cable has been installed, fit permanent seals and immediately carry out an
insulation test between conductors or between any conductor and cable sheath. Repeat test between 24
and 48 hours later. Only infinity readings will be accepted. Replace any cable which fails and repeat tests.
800.413 CABLES LAID DIRECTLY IN THE GROUND:

 Before laying cables, ensure that bottom of trench is even and free from sharp stones, roots, etc.
 Lay cables on a 75 mm bed of sand.
 Where two or more cables are laid in the same trench, space as BS 7671 (IEE regulations) and ERA
reports.
 Cover each cable with 150 mm of sand overlaid with cable marker tape to BS EN 12613.
 Mark each change in direction of cables with a precast concrete slab, size 300 x 300 x 150 mm thick,
impressed with 'LV CABLE' and laid level with finished ground level.

800.414 CABLES ENTERING BUILDING(S) FROM BELOW GROUND:
 Seal both ends of pipe duct, to a depth of not less than 150mm, with
 an approved non-hardening, non-cracking, water resistant compound.
 a proprietary moulded duct sleeve seal.
800.415 CABLES IN PLASTER:

 Cover with galvanized steel channel nailed to background.
800.416 CABLES IN VERTICAL TRUNKING/DUCTS:

 Support with pin racks or cleats at each floor level or at 5m vertical centres, whichever is less.
 Provide and fix heat barriers at not more than 5m centres where fire resisting barriers are not indicated.
800.417 CABLES IN ACCESSIBLE ROOF SPACES:

 Cables running across ceiling joists to be fixed to timber battens nailed to joists.
800.418 TESTING BURIED CABLES:

 Test continuity and insulation of buried cables immediately before and after back-filling. Test continuity
and insulation of buried cables prior to handover.
800.500 LIGHTING AND POWER - PRODUCTS/MATERIALS
800.501 LIGHTING AND POWER SCHEDULES:

 Supply lamps and luminaires as
 schedule reference Y73-Luminaires
 schedule reference
 drawing reference
 Supply consumer units/distribution boards as
 schedule reference Y71-Distboards
 Supply electrical accessories as
800.502 CONSUMER CONTROL UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Main control
 Switch disconnector.
 Residual current circuit breaker.
 Number of ways.
 One per circuit plus 2 spares.

 Permanently label each way to identify circuit and rating.
 Circuit protection
 Miniature circuit breakers to BS EN 60898.
 Type
 Rating (A)
 RCCBs additional protection for circuits
 To BS EN 61008 and BS IEC 1008.
 Tripping current
 Tripping time
 Breaking capacity
 Overcurrent protection
 RCBO to BS EN 61009
 Tripping time
 Enclosure
 Degree of protection to BS EN 60529
800.503 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard BS EN 60439-3.
 Main control
 Switch disconnector.
 Residual current circuit breaker.
 Miniature circuit breaker.
 Moulded case circuit breaker.
 Metering
 Number of ways.
 One per circuit plus 2 spares.
 Permanently label each way to identify circuit and rating.
 Circuit protection
 Miniature circuit breakers to BS EN 60898.
 Type
 Short circuit capacity kA
 Rating (A)
 RCCBs additional protection for circuits
 To BS EN 61008 and BS IEC 1008.
 Tripping time
 Enclosure
 Degree of protection to BS EN 60529

800.504 FUSES:
 Supply fuses including fuse carrier, bases and associated components to BS EN 60269-1 and BS 88.
800.505 ISOLATING SWITCHES:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Utilisation category and making capacity to BS EN 60669-2-4, with earth terminal in enclosure.
 HBES systems, utilization category and marking capacity to BS EN 50428, with earth terminal in
enclosure.
 Switch type
 Rocker bar.
 Toggle.
 Rating
 15A.
 20A.
 30A.
 45A.
 Pole configuration
 SP.
 DP.
 Ancillaries
 Neon indicator with red lens.
 Cord outlet with cord grip.
800.506 LUMINAIRES:
 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS 4533
 Part
 BS EN 13032-1.
 BS EN 60598.
 Part
 Provide exit signs to BS 5499-4.
 BS EN 62301.
 Classification
 BS EN 60598, Part
 Ensure luminaires of same types have same photometric performance.
 Accessories
 Provide secondary support for all components so they are retained when their primary fixing is
released.
 Incorporate integral photo-cell on luminaires
800.507 LAMPHOLDERS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS 7895
 BS EN 61184, B22.
 BS EN 60400.
 BS EN 60238, E27.
 Fixing
 Bracket
 Suspension.
 Finish
 Material
 Heat resistant moulded plastic.
 Brass casing/porcelain interior.
 Ancillaries
 Cord grip.
 Lampshade ring.
 Protective lampshade ring.
 Use lampholder suitable for conduit box when mounted directly to conduit system backplate.
 Installation
 Ensure phase conductor is connected to centre contact of Edison screw lampholders.
 Ensure metal lampholders incorporate an earthing terminal.
 Securely mount lampholder in luminaire.
800.508 CONTROL GEAR AND COMPONENTS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Provide fluorescent lamp ballasts to
 BS EN 61347-2-8 and BS EN 60921.
 BS EN 61347-2-3, BS EN 61347-2-7 and BS EN 60929 for d.c.supplied electronic ballasts.
 BS EN 61347-2-3 and BS EN 60929.
 Supply thermal protectors for ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps to BS EN 60730-2-3.
 Provide discharge lamp ballasts to BS EN 61347- 2-9 and BS EN 60923.
 Provide starters to BS EN 61347-2-1 and BS EN 60927.
 Provide capacitors to BS EN 61048 and BS EN 61049.
 Control gears for LED modules, BS EN 61347-2-13.
 Terminals
 Use screw terminals for supply cables and circuit protective conductors, sized to terminate up to three
2.5mm diameter conductors. Provide separate terminal blocks for each incoming circuit.
 Ensure control gear and components are suitable for lamp type, wattage and starting characteristics.
 Comply with BS EN 55015 for interference.
 Remote control gear
 Locate remote control gear in separate lockable cabinet of sheet steel with same degree of protection
and finish specified for luminaire.
 Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for maximum cable length between gear and lamp.

800.509 LAMPS:
 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Tungsten filament lamps
 BS EN 60064.
 BS EN 60432-1.
 Tungsten halogen lamps, BS EN 60432-2.
 Fluorescent lamps, BS EN 60081.
 High pressure mercury vapour lamps, BS EN 60188 and BS EN 62035.
 High pressure sodium vapour lamps, BS EN 62035.
 Low pressure sodium vapour lamps, BS EN 60192 and BS EN 62035.
 Metal halide lamps, BS EN 62035.
 LED lamps
 Ensure that lamps of each type are from the same manufacturer.
800.510 LUMINAIRE CONNECTORS:

 Type
 Application
 Rating
 2A.
 5A.
 Connector type
 Ceiling rose to BS 67.
 3 pin plug/socket to BS 546.
 Captive cord grip type plug/socket (3 or 4 pin), to BS 5733.
 Load carrying capacity
800.511 SUPPORT SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 Minimum 20mm conduit as main conduit.
 10mm diameter threaded rod.
 Chain
 Flexible cord
 Wall brackets
800.512 COLUMNS AND BOLLARDS:

 Type
 Application

 Provide compartment for cut-out to BS 7654, all control and supply gear. Ensure cabling between
control gear and lamps complies with lamp manufacturer's recommendations. Include earth terminal in
gear compartment.
 Standard, BS EN 40.
 Material
 Bracket
 Bracket type
 Bracket length
 Base
 Installation
 Confirm location of columns and bollards before excavation. Mount on base as recommended by
manufacturer.
 Install bases.
 Bases installed by others.
 Ensure columns and bollards are vertical unless otherwise indicated.
 Install circuit protective conductor to connect luminaire to earth terminal. Size circuit protective
conductor as live conductors. Bond accessible metal parts of column or bollard to earthing terminal.
800.513 TRACK LIGHTING:

 Type
 Application
 Details
800.514 ENCLOSURES FOR ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES:

 Type
 Application
 Standard - BS 4662, BS EN 60670-23 , BS EN 60670-24 or BS 5733
 Pattern
 Flush.
 Surface.
 Floor.
 Panel.
 Mounting
 Adjustable steel grid.
 Direct to enclosure.
 Material and finish
 Cast iron with finish as conduit system.
 Pressed steel.
 White moulded plastic.
 Impact resistant moulded plastic.
 Coverplate finish
 Brass with matt chrome surface.
 Brass
 Moulded plastic colour
 Coverplate pattern
 Overlapping.

 Surface type.
 Architrave.
 Engraving
800.515 LIGHTING SWITCHES:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 60669-1, with earth terminal in enclosure.
 HBES systems BS EN 50428, with earth terminals in enclosure.
 Switch type
 Gang
 Rocker bar
 Dolly
 Cylinder lock.
 Secret key.
 Pull cord.
 Dimmer.
 Press on, press off.
 Rotary operated through sealing gland.
 Rating
 6A.
 10A.
 15A.
 20A.
 Ancillaries
 Red indicator, illuminated when 'ON'.
 White indicator illuminated when 'OFF'.
 Protective shrouds to rocker bars.
 Operating keys.
 Blank inserts.
 Switch mechanism
 Snap action microgap.
 Two position.
 Return to centre.
 Biased in one direction.
 Timed off.
 Pole configurations
 Single pole.
 Double pole.
 2 way.
 Intermediate.
800.516 SWITCHED FUSE CONNECTION UNITS:

 Type
 Application

 Standard
 BS 1363-4.
 Double pole switching.
 Unit type
 Rocker bar
 Dolly.
 Ancillaries
 Red indicator lamp.
 Fuses to BS 1362, sized
 Cord outlet and cord grip.
800.517 COOKER CONTROL UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard - Cooker control unit to BS 4177.
800.518 SOCKET OUTLETS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS 1363-2.
 BS EN 60669.
 HBES systems, BS EN 50428.
 Type
 Socket outlet.
 Connection unit.
 Switched.
 Rocker bar
 Dolly.
 DP switch.
 1 gang.
 2 gang.
 Ancillaries
 RCD.
 Sensitivity
 30mA.
 10mA.
 Fuse
 Cord grip.
 Cord outlet.
 Neon indicator.
 Spring loaded dust flap.
 Plug tops.
 Screw type weathering cap and chain.

800.519 CORD OUTLETS:
 Type
 Application
 Rating
 Pole configuration
 DP.
 TPN.
 Ancillaries
 Cord grip.
800.520 TELEPHONE OUTLET SOCKETS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard - to the requirements of the telephone service provider
 Size
 Standard.
 Miniature.
 Circuit configurations
 Master.
 Dual master.
 Twin master.
 Dual secondary.
 Twin secondary.
 Secondary.
 Connections
 Insulation displacement type.
800.521 AERIAL SOCKETS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50083 and BS EN 60728.
 Circuit configurations
 Twin UHF.
 Single UHF.
 Twin VHF.
 Single VHF.
 Single DAB.
 Dual UHF and DAB.
 Dual VHF and FM.
 Satellite IF.
 Combined with telephone socket.
 Characteristics

 Insertion loss.
 Isolation.
 Ancillaries
 Safety isolation to CAI recommendations for communal aerial systems.
800.522 LOW VOLTAGE ISOLATING TRANSFORMER UNITS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 61558-1 and BS EN 61558-2-23.
 BS EN 61558
 Rating
 Input
 Output
 Ancillaries
 Plug and socket.
 DP switch primary supply.
 Centre tapped secondaries.
 Secondary side fusing.
800.523 SHAVER POINTS:

 Type
 Application
 Provide shaver points, internally switched by plug insertion.
 Standard
 BS 4573.
 BS EN 61558
 BS EN 61558-1 and BS EN 61558-2-23.
 Rating
 0.2A.
 20VA.
800.524 INDICATOR LAMPS:

 Type
 Application
 Lamp
 Moulded plastic lens cover, colour
 Lens retaining rings.
 Chrome plated brass.
 Moulded plastic.
800.600 LIGHTING AND POWER - WORKMANSHIP

800.601 LAMPS AND LUMINAIRES INSTALLATION:
 Install luminaires in horizontal plane unless otherwise shown.
 Ensure luminaires are clean.
 Ensure classification of luminaires is appropriate.
 Install recessed and semi-recessed luminaires as manufacturer's details.
 Install wall mounted luminaires at height
 Support and fixing
 Where luminaire is supported from conduit, provide a conduit box forming an integral part of conduit
system at each point of suspension. Where conduit enters luminaire, use back nuts and washers to
secure luminaire to conduit.
 Where luminaire is supported from trunking, use appropriate clamps or brackets.
 Use washers, nut and lock-nut at top and bottom of rod for rod suspensions.
 Use hook cover for suspension of chain from circular conduit box.
 Use manufacturer's recommended chain hook for connection to luminaires .
 Suspend flexible cord from ceiling rose.
 Support luminaires directly from building fabric
 Support luminaires
 Do not support luminaires directly from any flammable non-metal or heat sensitive materials.
 Ensure suspensions are vertical unless otherwise shown.
 First credit - Energy efficient external space (including communal areas) and security lighting to be
provided.
 Lighting in lobbies, main external entrances, internal entrance porches, external steps and pathways
are controlled by time clock or daylight sensors.
 Lighting in communal hallways, landings, stairwells, internal corridors and garages are controlled by
push button time switches, PIR sensors or equivalent.
 Burglar security lighting has a maximum wattage of 150W and is controlled by movement detection
devices (PIR) and daylight cut-off sensors.
 Other security lighting is controlled with daylight cut-off sensors or timers.
 Second credit - Internal lighting that does not exceed the maximum average wattage across the total
area of the dwelling - 9 watts/m2.
800.602 CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES:

 Connect circuit wiring to luminaires. Use grommet where cables enter luminaire body.
 Connect the earthing terminal of Class 1 luminaires to the circuit protective conductor of the supply
circuit.
 Clip loose wiring within luminaire, at 300mm intervals.
 Conduit, rod or chain suspension.
 Application
 Terminate in terminal block within supporting conduit box. Use flexible cord from terminal block to
luminaire, installed within tube of conduit suspension. Secure cord to rod or chain without weaving cord
through chain.
 Terminate at supply terminals of luminaire.
 Direct to trunking
 Application
 Terminate in terminal block in an adaptable box located on side of trunking. Use flexible cord from
terminal block to luminaire.
 Terminate circuit wiring at supply terminals of luminaire.
 Suspended from trunking

 Application
 Fit plug and socket to BS 546, adjacent to, or on side of, trunking. Terminate circuit wiring at socket.
Take flexible cord from plug to supply terminals of luminaire.
 Recessed
 Application
 Terminate at plug and socket to BS 546, located not more than 500mm from the access through the
ceiling. Use flexible cord from plug to supply terminals of luminaire.
 Terminate in terminal block within conduit box. Install flexible wiring to luminaire.
 MICS Cable
 Application
 Fix cable gland to luminaire and continue conductors to supply terminals of luminaire.
 Direct fixing
800.603 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORY INSTALLATION:

 Provide CPC between earth lug on metal box and accessory except for plastic accessories.
 Ensure there is no damage to accessories during installation.
 Protect surface mounted accessories from painting. Install front plates of flush mounted accessories
after painting.
 Align accessories to building finishes. Mount grouped accessories in line, parallel and equidistant.
800.700 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
800.701 ELECTRIC HEATERS:

 Type
 Application
 Supply electric heaters as shown on
 schedule reference V51-Elec htrs
 schedule number
 drawing number
 System in accordance with BS EN 14337
 Design
 Installation
 Heater type
 Storage heater, BS EN 60335-2-61.
 Fan assisted BS EN 60335-2-61.
 Night storage water heater.
 Panel heater to BS EN 60335-2-30.
 Panel oil filled radiator to BS EN 60335-2-30.
 Column oil filled radiator to BS EN 60335-2-30.
 Tubular to BS EN 60335-2-30.
 Cast iron air warmer to BS EN 60335-2-30.
 Convector to BS EN 60335-2-30.
 Fan heater, to BS EN 60335-2-30.
 Air curtain.
 Electric towel rail, BS EN 60335-2-43.
 Heat lamp to BS EN 60335-2-30.

 Mounting
 Floor.
 Wall.
 Ceiling.
 Concealed.
 Construction
 Manufacturer's standard
 Materials
 Finish
 Controls
 Proportional control
 Thermostat
 Thermostat setting selector
 Frost protection thermostat setting.
 Thermal cut-out.
 On/off switch.
 Indicator lamps
 Timer
 Programmer
 Characteristics
 General
 Input rating (kW)
 Output rating (kW)
 Output steps
 Dimensions
 Supply connection
 Storage heaters
 7 hour charge acceptance, (kW hours)
 Maximum output, (W)
 Minimum output, (W)
 Half life, (hrs)
 Maximum case temperature, (°C)
 Case emission, (W)
 Weight, (kg)
 Grille
 Heat storage bricks, type and number
 Heater elements
 Sheath power density, (W/cm2)
 Thermal insulation
 Water capacity, (l)
 Maximum water temperature, (°C)
 Charge controller
 Day rate charge top-up controller
 Damper/boost controller
 Separate room temperature sensor.
 Remote controller
 Non Radiant heaters
 Integral with storage heater.

 Integral with radiant heater.
 Heater elements
 Radiant heaters
 Radiant element type
 Infra-red.
 To BS EN 60240.
 Fire effect.
 Quartz halogen radiant.
 Secondary illumination
 Reflector type
 Beam angle
 Lens type
 Filter type
 Fan and Air circuit
 Fan duty, (m3/sec)
 Fan duty steps
 Fan type
 Output air flow direction
 Fan only selector.
 Return air filter
 Return air damper
 Fresh air damper
 Air mixing
 Non-active air flow through heater.
 Integral grilles
 Accessories
 Castors.
 Top plate.
 Flue.
800.702 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER(S):

 Type
 Application
 Electric instantaneous water heater.
 Electric instantaneous water heater to BS EN 60335-2-35.
 Electric instantaneous shower heater to BS 6340.
 Duty - Rated output (kW)
 Service
 Single point.
 Multipoint.
 Water supply
 Mains.
 Cistern located
 Casing finish
 Heating element
 3kW element.
 6kW element.

 7kW element.
 9kW element.
 12kW element.
 18kW element - 3 phase.
 24kW element - 3 phase.
 Incorporating
 Controls
 Accessories
800.703 STORAGE WATER HEATER(S):

 Type
 Application
 Electric storage water heater to BS EN 60335-2-21.
 Electric immersion heater to BS EN 60335-2-73.
 Duty
 Capacity (litres)
 Water capacity (l)
 Maximum water temperature (°C)
 Service
 Single point.
 Multipoint.
 Unit type
 Night storage water heater.
 Water supply
 Mains.
 Cistern located
 Casing finish
 Heating element
 Supply immersion heater complete with thermostat and
 1kW element.
 2kW element.
 3kW element.
 Incorporating
 Controls
 Accessories
800.704 HAND WASHERS:

 Type
 Application
 Duty
 Heater rating
 Temperature of heated water
 Minimum working pressure

 Type
 Instantaneous water heater.
 Water supply
 Mains.
 Cistern located
 Casing
 Material
 Finish
 Vandal proofed
 Control
 Push button operated.
 Rotating flow and heater control
 Water flow regulator
 Manual temperature adjustment
 Temperature cut-out
 Characteristics
 Cycle time
 Inner container size
 Inner container maximum working pressure
 Water inlet
 Outlet type
 Swivel spray outlet length
 Spray outlet finish
 Power supply
 Accessories
 Drain plug.
 Integral spray nozzle.
800.705 HAND DRIERS:

 Type
 Application
 Duty
 Fan duty
 Heating element rating
 Air temperature rise above ambient
 Noise level at 1m
 Style
 Hand drier.
 Hand and face drier.
 Casing
 Material
 Vandal proofed.
 Heating element
 Element mounting at inlet side of fan.
 Element mounting at outlet side of fan.
 Controls
 Operation by push button.
 Operation by infra-red detector.
 Timed cut-out.

 Safety cut-out.
 Mounting
 Recessed into wall.
 Surface mounted.
 Method of removal for maintenance
 Fan motor
 Motor speed
 Motor rating
 Motor type
 Motor thermal overload.
 Characteristics
 Safety to BS EN 60335-2-23.
 Cycle time
 Electric protection class
 Power supply
 Weight
 Size
 Accessories
800.706 TIME SWITCHES AND PROGRAMMERS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard - BS EN 60730-2-7.
 Style
 Display
 Movement
 Input
 Accuracy
 Enclosure protected to BS EN 60529
 Adjustment
 Automatic change-over summer time winter time.
 Perpetual calendar
 Manual correction and reset.
 Programme options
 Outputs
800.707 HEATING CONTROLS:

 Application
 Details
800.800 SPECIALIST SYSTEMS
800.801 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM:

 Application

 Specialist
 Standards
 BS EN 60598-2-22.
 BS 5266-1.
 BS EN 50171.
 BS EN 50172.
 CIBSE TM12.
 the requirements of the Local Authority.
 manufacturer's instructions.
 Mode of operation
 Self contained luminaire.
 Battery powered.
 Maintained floating system.
 Maintained changeover system.
 Non-maintained operation.
 Maintained.
 Sustained.
 Combined.
 Type
 Luminaire.
 Illuminated sign
 Conversion unit.
 Projector units.
 Lamps
 Incandescent
 Fluorescent
 Illumination of signs
 Illuminate exit, emergency exit and escape route signs so that they are legible at all times, with
lamps:-
 External to sign.
 Contained within sign.
800.802 TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROVIDER:

 Liaise with and attend upon the Public Telecommunications Operator for provision of the
telecommunications service and ensure the installation meets the PTO requirements.
 Pay the PTO costs.
 Payment of PTO costs by others
800.803 EXISTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM:

 Liaise with and attend upon the operation and maintenance organisation of the existing
telecommunication system and ensure the installation meets all the requirements of that organisation.
800.804 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM:

 Application
 Specialist

 Provide telecommunications system in accordance with BS 6701. Attend to the telephone service
provider's requirements during their connection of the private system to the public network.
 Publicly available telephone service provider
 BT.
 Incoming system
 PSTN
 Analogue
 Digital
 Cable layout
 Source to FDP's
 FDP's to apparatus
 FDP's style and capacity
 Jack plug
 PBX or key system
 Exchange lines
 Extensions
 Private lines
 Features and Facilities
 Extension numbering
 Telephones
 BABT approved.
 Jack plug
 Cordless
 REN
 PSTN direct connection.
 Key system
 Features and facilities
 Pay phone
 Intercommunications system
 Master stations
 Substations
 Features and Facilities
800.826 EXISTING INSTALLATIONS EARTHING AND BONDING:

 Check earth continuity conductors and loop impedance values of existing installation. Report defects
and elements not in accordance with BS 7671 before connecting new or modified installations to existing
supply.
800.827 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION METALWORK:

 Bond together all exposed conducting parts with joints of negligible impedance. Carry out work in
accordance with BS 7430, BS EN 50522, Electricity Supply Regulations, and DNO Requirements.
800.828 EXTERNAL SOCKETS AND EQUIPMENT:

 Provide each circuit serving external socket outlets and sockets for external use of equipment with high
sensitivity residual current device, earth leakage tripping current not exceeding 30mA.

 Application

 Provide protective and equipotential bonding conductors. Size in accordance with the BS 7671 (IEE
Wiring Regulations).
 Material
 Copper PVC to BS 6004.
 Copper LSF to BS 7211 and BS EN 50525.
 Bare copper.
 Copper tape insulated PVC.
 Copper tape insulated
 Metallic screwed conduits.
 Metallic trunking.
 Armouring or sheathing of cables.
 Protective conductor of multi-core cable.
800.830 EARTH ELECTRODES:

 Application
 Provide earth electrodes to BS 7430 and BS EN 50522. Ensure rods meet in centres of coupling. Use
high tensile steel driving studs. Protect each electrode head with purpose made concrete housing fitted
with removable inspection cover. Connect tape to electrode head using heavy duty purpose made clamps.
 Rods material
 Hard drawn copper rods
 Molecularly bonded copper clad steel
 Plates
 Rod diameter 15mm - nominal.
 Rod length
 Plate dimensions
 Electrodes interconnection
 25 x 3mm bare copper tape.
 Tape
800.831 INSPECTION PITS:

 Provide enclosure for each connection between earth conductor and each associated earth electrode
system. Install so that top is flush with finished ground level. Ensure enclosure provides adequate access
for testing purposes. Inscribe cover with legend `Lightning Protection Earth'.
 Material
 Concrete.
Galvanized steel embedded in concrete.
800.832 INSTALLATION OF EARTHING SYSTEM:

 Carry out installation of earthing system in accordance with BS 7430 and BS EN 50522. Secure bare
copper tape to structure with fixing devices which avoid piercing tape and ensure 3mm (minimum)
clearance of tape from structure, at 450mm maximum centres.
 Locate electrodes not less than 2m distant from structure and away from all cables and metallic fences.
 Drive rods vertically. Locate electrode heads just below ground level. Install interconnecting tape
750mm below finished ground level, rising vertically at each electrode.
 Ensure where electrodes are installed in a group, minimum distance between electrodes is twice depth
of rods.
 Provide earth bar at incoming electrical service position. Mount on insulated supports. Drill holes, one
for each cable plus 30% spare holes (two minimum) at 50mm minimum centres through bar for connection
of cable lugs. Ensure holes are minimum size to maintain adequate contact. Connect main earth
conductors and main equipotential bonding conductors to earth bar.

 Terminate protective conductors on switchboard earthing bar.
 Extend protective conductor from incoming main cable gland direct to earth bar.
 Extend separate protective conductor from earth bar to switch panel served by incoming main cable.
 Extend when main cable is provided by the local DNO, separate protective conductor from main cable
armouring gland (or direct earth terminals or PME earth installed by the local DNO) to earth bar.
800.833 BUILDING INCOMING SERVICES:

 Bond incoming services at building entry point to main earth terminal.
 Water.
 Gas.
 Fuel Oil.
 Heating pipework.
 Metallic cladding.
 Cable Sheaths of TV and Radio cables.
 Sheaths of LV and ELV cables.
 Sheaths of communications cables
 Others
800.834 BUILDING SERVICES:

 Bond to protective conductor system, all metallic building services in:-
 Kitchens, bathrooms and shower rooms.
 Boiler houses.
 Plantrooms.
 Wet and damp process areas.
800.835 EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING AND MAIN PROTECTIVE BONDING:

 Provide main and supplementary equipotential bonding conductors in accordance with BS 7671 (the
IEE Wiring Regulations).

810.000 FIRE ALARMS/SMOKE CONTROL PANELS

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Hea 6
 One credit - Implementation of appropriate fire and carbon monoxide detection and alarm systems for
dwellings using main gas or other forms of fossil fuel.
 Fire detection and alarm systems are in accordance with BS 5839-6 to at least Grade D Category LD3
standard.
 Dwellings of more than one storey and any floor exceeding 200m 2 are fitted with a fire detection
system of Grade B category LD3 as in BS 5839-6.
 Dwellings of three or more storeys are fitted with fire detection systems of Grade A category LD2 as in
BS 5839-6.
 Carbon monoxide detector and alarm systems are in accordance with BS EN 50291-1 and BS EN
50292.
 Combined smoke and carbon monoxide detectors also comply with LPS 1282.

810.015 FIRE ALARM/SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM:

 Application
 Specialist
 Develop design, supply and install fire alarm system to
 BS 5839-1.
 BS 5839-6.
 Building Regulations document B
 Fire Authority requirements.
 Provide fire alarm system to
 Enhance safety of occupants.
 Reduce loss of property.
810.020 CONNECTION TO LOCAL AUTHORITY FIRE BRIGADE:

 Provide connection to local authority fire brigade:-
 Direct to fire brigade.
 Via commercial central fire alarm.
810.030 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - ZONES:

 Application
 Install system with zones as drawing number
 Indicate the location of zones by

 A numbered list.
 Specially prepared plan of building.
810.040 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - STANDBY POWER SUPPLIES:

 Application
 Standard
 BS 5839-1.
 BS EN 54-4.
 Standby
 Secondary batteries and battery charger.
 Mains operated with standby primary battery.
810.050 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - MANUAL CALL POINTS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 54-11
 Mode of operation
 Type A.
 Type B.
 Mounting
 Flush
 Surface.
 Protection against accidental operation
 Switch contact
 Make.
 Break.
810.060 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - HEAT DETECTORS, POINT TYPE:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 54-5.
 BS EN 62080.
 Heat sensitive element
 Fixed temperature (static) element.
 Rate-of-rise of temperature and fixed temperature element.
 Temperature setting
 43°C.
810.070 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - SMOKE DETECTORS:

 Type

 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 54-7.
 BS EN 14604.
 BS EN 62080.
 Type
 Point.
 Sampling.
 Class
 Ionisation chamber smoke detectors.
 Optical detectors.
 Power supply
 Internal.
 External
 Interconnection with other devices
 Alarm silencing
810.080 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - SOUNDERS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 54-3
 BS EN 62080.
 Type
 Bell.
 Colour
 Fire red.
 Finish
 Weather proof.
 Internal.
810.085 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - VISIBLE ALARMS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 54-2.
 Audiovisual alarm unit
 Flashing.
 High power LED.
 Xenon.
 Power supply
 Loop powered
 Analogue addressable.
 Combined

810.090 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL:
 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS 5839-1.
 BS EN 54.
 Functional requirements
 Standard functions.
 Mounting
 Enclosure Finish
 Colour
 Power supply
 Integral.
 Zone indication
 Integral with CIE.
 General
 Microprocessor based.
 Modular software
 Real time clock
 System fault protection
 Maximum addressable points controlled by a single processor
 Remote inputs to CIE
 System configuration
 Capable of operating
 Conventional detectors.
 Analogue addressable detectors.
 Interfacing
 Alarm output functions
 Alarm transmission and fault wiring routing equipment
 System Management System, available at levels as required by BS EN 54.
810.100 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:

 Provide instructions on use of installation to person responsible for use of premises. Supply the user
with a logbook certificate of installation and commissioning and record drawings in accordance with BS
5839.
 Circuit diagrams of fire alarm system.
810.105 CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Type and characteristics
 Carbon monoxide fire detectors using an electro-chemical cell in combination with a heat sensor to
BS ISO 7240-8.

 Carbon monoxide fire detectors for the detection of carbon monoxide in domestic premises to BS EN
50292.
810.110 SMOKE CONTROL PANELS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 14604.
 Type
 Ionisation.
 Optical.
 Location
810.120 AUTOMATIC OPENING VENTS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 The Building Regulations, Approved Document B.
 Type
 Operation
 Location

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 61386-21.
 Ends
 Threaded.
 Fittings
boxes.

 Installation
without approval.

 Type
 Application
 Strength
 Light duty
 Heavy duty.
 High impact.
 Shape
 Round.
 Oval.
 Colour
 Black.
 White.
 Jointing
 Push fit.
 Solvent welded.
 Screwed.
 Fittings
 Installation

 Type
 Application

 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Standard
 BS EN 50085
 Fittings
 Fire barriers.
 Socket plates.
 Class 1.
 Class 2.
 Class 3.
 Finish
 Stove enamel.
 Colour
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Fittings
 Bends.

 Stop ends.
 Strength
 Very light duty
 Light duty.
 Medium duty.
 Heavy duty.
 Very heavy.
 Colour
 Black
 White
 Brown
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Profile
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type

 Application
 Standard
 Sheathed 300/500V 90OC to BS EN 50525.
 Glass Fibre insulated 450/750V to BS EN 50525

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Single core.
 Multi-core
 Armoured.
 Unarmoured.
 Sheathed.
 LSF.
 HOFR.
 Unsheathed.
 Standard
 600/1000V to BS 5467.
 600/1000V to BS 6724.
 600/1000V to BS 8573.
 450/750V to BS 7211.
 Cable glands
 BS EN 62680-1.
 Type

 Type
 Application
 Type

 Bare.
 Sheathed
 Standard
 Cable glands
 Type
 105°C.
 150°C.
 250°C.

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Size 0.4mm.
 Size 0.5mm.
 Size 0.63mm.
 Size 0.9mm.

 Type
 Application
 URM Number
 Connectors
 BS 3041-12.
 UHF to BS 3041-12.
 BNC.


 Application

 Application
 BS 65, DN90.
 BS EN 295-1,

 Classification
 Type
 Flanged.
 Return flanged.
 Fittings
tray.
810.145 SENSOR CABLE:

 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50131
 Cable type
 Screened
 Unscreened
 Cores
 4 core
 6 core
 8 core


 Remove burrs from cut trunking ends.

810.154 APPEARANCE:
structure.

couplings.
810.156 SPACING:
supports.

 Install

without approval.




and connections.

reports.






820.000 SECURITY ALARMS

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Man 04 - All retained external doors and accessible windows
comply with the minimum security standards in the BREEAM technical manual. All new external door sets
are certified to PAS 24:2007 or LPS 1175 Issue 7 security rating 1, and windows certified to BS 7950 or
LPS 1175 Issue 7 security rating 1.
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Man 04 - A suitably qualified security consultant such as the
Police architectural liaison officer or crime prevention design advisor will be consulted at the design stage
and recommendations incorporated into the refurbishment specification.
 The principles and guidance of Secured by Design Section 2 - Physical security will be complied with.

820.015 SECURITY ALARMS:

 Application
 Specialist
 Use a specialist for design development, supply installation and commissioning of the security alarm
system.
820.016 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS:

 Select security detection components and equipment, suitable to meet system objectives requirements.
820.017 INTRUDER ALARM SPECIALIST:

 Use a security detection specialist for design development, supply, installation and testing and
commissioning of complete security installation.
 Security detection specialist
820.020 RECOGNISED FIRM:

 Engage a firm recognised by the National Security Inspectorate to carry out the specified work on the
security detection and alarm system to the appropriate NSI and the SSAIB standards.
 Recognised Firm
 Class of Recognition
 Category of Recognition
 Certificated.
 Approved.

820.021 SOCIAL ALARM SYSTEM SPECIALIST:
 Engage a social alarm system specialist for design development, supply, installation, commissioning
and setting to work of the complete social alarm system.
 Social alarm system specialist
820.022 SURVEY:
Carry out survey of site and risks as required in
 BS EN 50131.
 Report on findings of survey to
820.025 SECURITY ALARM EQUIPMENT:

 Application
 Standard
 BS 4737.
 BS EN 50131.
 BS EN 50134-1.
 BS EN 62080.
 ACOP compliant.
 Detectors
 Passive infra-red movement
 Ultrasonic movement
 Combined movement
 Infra beam interruption
 Break glass
 Acoustic
 Capacitive proximity
 Sensor cable
 Seismic
 Protective switches
 Pressure mats
 Door contacts
 Window contacts
 Deliberately operated devices
 Alarm monitoring system
 Microprocessor
 VDU
 Input keyboard
 Tamperproof lockable steel container.
 Standby power
 Secondary batteries and charger.
 Mains operated and standby primary batteries.
 Alarm indicators
 Lamps
 Sounders
 Connection to master alarm system
 Auto dialler
 Control panel
 Allow for connection to remote commercial manned station.

 Central station
 BT RedCare
820.026 SOCIAL ALARM SYSTEM:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50134-1.
 BS EN 50134-2.
 BS EN 50134-3.
 ETSI EN 300 220-1.
 BS EN 62080.
 System type
 Sheltered dwelling.
 Grouped dwellings.
 Dispersed.
 Individual.
 System facilities
 Signal transmission
 Alarm.
 Reassurance.
 Cancellation.
 Disablement.
 Re-setting.
 Interlinking of alarm receiving stations
 Part-time supervision.
 Re-routing of alarms
 Re-routing of fault indications
 Common data-base
 Speech facilities
 None.
 On alarm.
 Unrestricted
 One way.
 Two way.
 Listening channel.
 Audible indication
 Visible indication
 Manual alarm acknowledgement
 Self-checking.
 Single fault system disablement limitation
 Alternative signal paths
 Continuation of alarm until acknowledged.
 Repetition of alarm until acknowledged.
 Re-routing unacknowledged alarm.
 Alarm receiving station
 Fixed.
 Mobile
 Alarm triggered indication

 Alarm origin identifying
 Alarm presentation
 Acknowledge signal
 Logging of alarms.
 Logging of cancellations
 Alarm type indication
 Alarm priority indication
 Action recording
 Mains failure indicator
 Station fault signalling
 System test facilities
 Speech remote alarm re-set
 Signalling of triggering system faults
 Signalling of local unit faults
 Signalling of transmission faults
 Case list
 Electronic database
 Hard copy
 Lock-up protection
 Lightning protection
 Power supply
 Mains.
 Standby
 Recharge battery
 Primary battery
 Long-range transmission
 Dedicated lines.
 Public network
 Private network
 PSTN
 BS 8521.
 Auto-dialler
 Call spacing
 Ringing duration
 Number call attempts
 Call precedence arrangements
 Outband signalling
 Public network
 Private network
 Radio
 Signalling protocol
 Watch-dog timer
820.027 SOCIAL ALARM LOCAL UNIT:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50134-3.
 MPT 1337

 ETSI EN 300 220-1.
 BS EN 62080.
 User disability
 System arrangement
 One per dwelling.
 Shared
 Single alarm receiver station.
 Multiple alarm receiver stations
 Long range transmission
 Signalling protocols.
 Integral fixed trigger
 Non latching.
 Direct operated.
 Knob
 Handle
 Button
 Shape
 Colour
 Dimensions
 Extension operated
 Cord
 Displays and indications
 Alarm triggered
 Reassurance
 Cancelled
 Disabled
 Monitor deactivation
 Alarm re-set.
 Local
 From alarm receiver station
 Unit fault
 System fault
 Test
 Mains failure.
 Battery state.
 Pre-alarms
 Inactivity
 Environment
 Signal transmission with alarm receiver station
 Alarm trigger
 Fault
 Test
 Mains failure.
 Battery state.
 Disconnection.
 Pre-alarm
 Cancellation.
 Re-setting
 Environment monitors
 Speech
 Two way.
 Listening channel.

 Audible signal.
 Visual signal.
 Unit facilities excluding non-optional integral fixed trigger.
 Local re-setting
 Cancellation
 Disablement
 Door release
 On reassurance signal.
 On helper arrival
 Operating instructions
 Power supply
 Mains
 Rechargeable battery
 Primary battery
 Backup power
 Lightning protection
 Lock-up prevention
 Self checking
 Continuation of alarm until acknowledged.
 Repetition of alarm until acknowledged
 Re-routing of alarm if not acknowledged
 Alarms from detectors to BS 4737
 Short-range transmission
 Wire free.
 Radio
 Magnetic induction
 Infra-red
 Ultrasonic
 Audio
 Line
 With intelligent equipment.
 Without intelligent equipment.
 Speech facility
820.028 SOCIAL ALARM TRIGGER:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50134-2.
 MPT 1337.
 ETSI EN 300 220-1.
 Initiator disability
 Trigger type
 Main.
 Fixed
 Wall.
 Pull cord operated.
 Pull cord restraint.

 Direct operated.
 Operating device
 Colour
 Shape
 Dimensions.
 Wire free.
 Body worn/Portable
 Radio
 Magnetic induction loop
 Activation delay time
 Wrist band
 Neck cord
 Waist belt hook
 Wheelchair mounting
 Ownership label
 Dimension
 Weight
 Power supply
 Primary batteries.
 Rechargeable batteries.
 Hard wired
 Displays and indicators.
 Main.
 Additional.
 Alarm triggered
 Reassurance
 Fault
 Short range transmission
 Power supply
 Signalling protocol
 Protection from inadvertent operation
 Contacts.
 Normal closed.
 Non-latching.
820.029 SOCIAL ALARM MONITORS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50134-1.
 User disability
 Inactivity monitor
 Door opening/closing.
 Cistern flush.
 Light switch operating.
 Water tap using.
 Audio.
 Environmental monitor
 Abnormal temperatures

 Smoke
 Fire
 Escape of gas
 Monitor facilities
 Pre-alarm indicator
 Alarm time delay
 Alarm trigger indicator
 De-activation device
 Indicator
 Monitor characteristics
 Short-range transmission
 Power supply

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 61386-21.
 Ends
 Threaded.
 Fittings
boxes.
 Installation
without approval.

 Type
 Application

 Strength
 Light duty
 Heavy duty.
 High impact.
 Shape
 Round.
 Oval.
 Colour
 Black.
 White.
 Jointing
 Push fit.
 Solvent welded.
 Screwed.
 Fittings
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Standard
 BS EN 50085
 Fittings
 Fire barriers.
 Socket plates.

 Class 1.
 Class 2.
 Class 3.
 Finish
 Stove enamel.
 Colour
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Strength
 Very light duty
 Light duty.
 Medium duty.
 Heavy duty.
 Very heavy.
 Colour
 Black
 White
 Brown
 Communications.

 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Profile
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Sheathed 300/500V 90OC to BS EN 50525.

 Type
 Application

 Type
 Single core.
 Multi-core
 Armoured.
 Unarmoured.
 Sheathed.
 LSF.
 HOFR.
 Unsheathed.
 Standard
 600/1000V to BS 5467.
 600/1000V to BS 6724.
 450/750V to BS 7211.
 Cable glands
 BS EN 62680-1.
 Type

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bare.
 Sheathed
 Standard
 Cable glands
 Type
 105°C.
 150°C.
 250°C.

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Size 0.4mm.
 Size 0.5mm.
 Size 0.63mm.
 Size 0.9mm.

 Type
 Application
 URM Number
 Connectors
 BS 3041-12.
 UHF to BS 3041-12.
 BNC.


 Application

 Application
 BS 65, DN90.
 BS EN 295-1,

 Classification
 Type
 Flanged.
 Return flanged.

 Fittings
tray.

 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50131
 Cable type
 Screened
 Unscreened
 Cores
 4 core
 6 core
 8 core



820.054 APPEARANCE:
structure.

couplings.
820.056 SPACING:
supports.

 Install

without approval.




and connections.

reports.





820.070 WORKMANSHIP
 Install, commission and set to work equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
 BS EN 50131-1.
 BS EN 50134-1.
 BS EN 50134-2.
 BS EN 50134-3.
 HTM 08-03.
820.072 WORK ON-SITE:

 Ensure that all building works are completed and service connections are proved,
 By others.
820.073 QUALITY CONTROL:

 Handle, store and install equipment and components of the security detection and alarm systems in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Obtain all equipment and components from a
single source unless otherwise instructed.

 Inspect all equipment and components on delivery, before fixing and after installation and reject and
replace any which are defective.
 Record all commissioning measurements and tests.
820.074 DOCUMENTATION:
 Provide full documentation to comply with
 BS EN 50131-1.
 BS EN 50134-1.
 BS EN 50134-2.
 BS EN 50134-3.
820.075 MAINTENANCE:
 Prepare maintenance agreement and
 Submit for user acceptance.
 Implement for defects liability period.
 Implement until Final Certificate issued.
 Standard
 BS EN 50131-1.
 Emergency maintenance response to time
 4 hours.
 Resetting after alarm
 From remote control centre.
 4 hours.
820.076 CABLE INSTALLATION:

 Install cables as required. Protect cables from mechanical damage.
 Standard
 BS EN 50131-1.
 Jointing - no joints permitted.
 Terminations
 Wrapped
 Crimped.
 Soldered.
 Clamped.
 IDC.
 Plug and sockets
 Support intermediate wiring in,
 Conduit.
 Steel trunking.
820.077 PARTIAL OPERATION:

 Commission and set to work before handover of the complete system those parts and areas of the
system defined in:
 Schedule
820.078 INSTALLATION SUPERVISOR:

 Nominate the individual to be completely responsible for the installation, commissioning and setting to
work. Provide such details on this individual as required.

830.000 ACCESS CONTROL

830.015 ACCESS CONTROL SPECIALIST:

 Application
 Specialist
 Use a specialist for design development, supply, installation and commissioning of access control
installation.
830.020 DOOR ENTRY PHONE ACCESS SYSTEM:

 Application
 Provide and install door entry phone access system to manufacturer's instructions.
 Type
 Audio
 Audio/visual
 Areas covered
 Entrance panels
 Location
 Number
 Flats/areas served/panel
 Monitor
 Monochrome
 Colour
 Two-way camera
 Mounting
 Flush
 Surface
 Finish
 Flat/area handsets
 Location
 Number
 Monitor
 Monochrome
 Colour

 Two-way camera
 Mounting
 Flush
 Surface
 Finish
 Locks
 Electric strikes
 Magnalocks
 Break glass
 Firemans override
 Electric strikes
830.030 ELECTRIC GATES/GARAGE DOORS:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS 7036.
 Electrical supply
 Single phase
 Three phase
 Operation
 Automatic Hands Free.
 Manual activation.
 Gate/Door
 Single leaf.
 Two leaves.
 Sliding.
 Swing.
 Up and over.
 Dimensions
 Weight
 Activators
 Manual
 Push button
 Touch pad
 Hands free
 Remote control.
 Motion detector.
 Infra red
 Ultrasonic.
 Photoelectric
 Pressure mat
 Safeties
 Motion detector.
 Infra red
 Ultrasonic.
 Photoelectric
 Pressure mat
 Arc of swing detectors

 Hold open beam
 Obstruction switch
 Resistance force
 Operator characteristics
 Concealed
 Surface.
 Controller mounting
 Sequential
 Open delay (hold time) (sec)
 Power fail
 Gate/Door open.
 Gate/Door closed.
 Opening/Closing cycle (sec)
 Time delay (sec)
 Double acting.
 Physical safety

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 61386-21.
 Ends
 Threaded.
 Fittings
boxes.
 Installation
without approval.

 Type
 Application
 Strength
 Light duty
 Heavy duty.
 High impact.
 Shape
 Round.
 Oval.
 Colour
 Black.
 White.
 Jointing
 Push fit.
 Solvent welded.
 Screwed.
 Fittings
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Standard
 BS EN 50085
 Fittings

 Fire barriers.
 Socket plates.
 Class 1.
 Class 2.
 Class 3.
 Finish
 Stove enamel.
 Colour
 Communications.
 Installation
830.044 THERMOPLASTIC PVC SURFACE TRUNKING:

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Strength
 Very light duty
 Light duty.
 Medium duty.
 Heavy duty.
 Very heavy.
 Colour
 Black
 White
 Brown

 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Profile
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Standard

 Type

 Application
 Type
 Single core.
 Multi-core
 Armoured.
 Unarmoured.
 Sheathed.
 LSF.
 HOFR.
 Unsheathed.
 Standard
 600/1000V to BS 5467.
 600/1000V to BS 6724.
 600/1000V to BS 8573.
 450/750V to BS 7211.
 Cable glands
 BS EN 62680-1.
 Type

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bare.
 Sheathed
 Standard
 Cable glands
 Type

 105°C.
 150°C.
 250°C.

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Size 0.4mm.
 Size 0.5mm.
 Size 0.63mm.
 Size 0.9mm.

 Type
 Application
 URM Number
 Connectors
 BS 3041-12.
 UHF to BS 3041-12.
 BNC.

830.052 CABLE DUCTS - THERMOPLASTIC PVC:

 Application

 Application
 BS 65, DN90.
 BS EN 295-1,


 Classification
 Type
 Flanged.
 Return flanged.
 Fittings
tray.

 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50131
 Cable type
 Screened
 Unscreened
 Cores
 4 core
 6 core
 8 core



830.064 APPEARANCE:
structure.

couplings.

830.066 SPACING:
supports.

 Install

without approval.


 Make moisture proof connections to apparatus using sealed glands and thermoplastic PVC shrouds.


and connections.


reports.






840.000 CCTV

840.015 CCTV SYSTEM:

 Application
 Specialist
 Provide closed circuit television system, providing adequate viewing of areas shown.
 Areas covered
 CCTV cameras.
 Location
 As shown on drawings .
 Camera type
 Colour.
 Monochrome.
 Colour day/monochrome night.
 Fixed lens.
 Zoom lens.
 Resolution
 Video output
 Lens and mount
 Control and telemetry
 Mounts and supports
 Housings
 Pan and tilt
 Camera control equipment.
 Control facilities
 Video switching facilities
 Mounting
 Monitors
 Picture tube size
 Input video
 Looped through video.
 Controls
 Performance
 Mounting

 Video cassette recorders
 Recording equipment
 Devices
 Format
 Controls
 Performance

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 61386-21.
 Ends
 Threaded.
 Fittings
boxes.
 Installation
without approval.

 Type
 Application
 Strength
 Light duty
 Heavy duty.
 High impact.

 Shape
 Round.
 Oval.
 Colour
 Black.
 White.
 Jointing
 Push fit.
 Solvent welded.
 Screwed.
 Fittings
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Standard
 BS EN 50085
 Fittings
 Fire barriers.
 Socket plates.
 Class 1.
 Class 2.
 Class 3.
 Finish
 Stove enamel.

 Colour
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Strength
 Very light duty
 Light duty.
 Medium duty.
 Heavy duty.
 Very heavy.
 Colour
 Black
 White
 Brown
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Profile
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Thermoplastic (PVC) insulated cord 450/750V to BS EN 50525

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Single core.
 Multi-core
 Armoured.
 Unarmoured.

 Sheathed.
 LSF.
 HOFR.
 Unsheathed.
 Standard
 600/1000V to BS 5467.
 600/1000V to BS 6724.
 600/1000V to BS 8573.
 450/750V to BS 7211.
 Cable glands
 BS EN 62680-1.
 Type

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bare.
 Sheathed
 Standard
 Cable glands
 Type
 105°C.
 150°C.
 250°C.

 Type
 Application

 Standard
 Size 0.4mm.
 Size 0.5mm.
 Size 0.63mm.
 Size 0.9mm.

 Type
 Application
 URM Number
 Connectors
 BS 3041-12.
 UHF to BS 3041-12.
 BNC.


 Application

 Application
 BS 65, DN90.
 BS EN 295-1,

 Classification
 Type
 Flanged.
 Return flanged.
 Fittings
tray.

 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50131
 Cable type
 Screened
 Unscreened
 Cores
 4 core
 6 core
 8 core



840.044 APPEARANCE:
structure.

couplings.
840.046 SPACING:
supports.


 Install

without approval.




and connections.

reports.







850.000 TELEVISION/SATELLITE/FM DAB
850.015 RADIO AND TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM:

 Application
 Specialist
 Provide radio and television distribution system in accordance with BS EN 60728-11.
 Channels to be received and distributed
 Band II, channels
 Band IV, channels
 Band V, channels
 Band VI channels
 VCR output, channels
 Aerials to BS 5640
 Band II
 Bands IV and V, Group
 Characteristics
 Mountings to BS EN 50083
 Components and equipment
 Pre-amplifiers
 Attenuators
 Filters
 Head-end amplifiers
 Combiners and splitters
 Power supply units
 Subscriber tap offs
850.020 TELEVISION RECEIVERS:

 Application
 Characteristics
 Stand, receiver mounting height to centre screen
 1.3m.
850.030 MATV OR SMATV DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM:

 Application
 Specialist
 Provide radio and television distribution systems in accordance with BS EN 60728-11.
 Signals to be received and distributed
 Satellite
 Terrestrial TV
 Digital
 Analogue
 Both
 FM radio
 DAB radio
 Master point
 Number of master feeds
 Location/s
 Secondary feeds
 Signals required
 Terrestrial TV
 Radio
 Location/s
 Outlet plates
 White
 Chrome
 Brass
 Aerial/dish array location
 Location
 Access
 Fixing method
 To vertical brick or concrete structure
 To ground stands on flat roof
 Main head-end location
 Location
 Access

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 61386-21.
 Ends
 Threaded.
 Fittings

boxes.
 Installation
without approval.

 Type
 Application
 Strength
 Light duty
 Heavy duty.
 High impact.
 Shape
 Round.
 Oval.
 Colour
 Black.
 White.
 Jointing
 Push fit.
 Solvent welded.
 Screwed.
 Fittings
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Standard
 BS EN 50085
 Fittings
 Fire barriers.
 Socket plates.
 Class 1.
 Class 2.
 Class 3.
 Finish
 Stove enamel.
 Colour
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type

 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Strength
 Very light duty
 Light duty.
 Medium duty.
 Heavy duty.
 Very heavy.
 Colour
 Black
 White
 Brown
 Communications.
 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bench trunking.
 Fittings
 Bends.
 Stop ends.
 Profile
 Communications.

 Installation

 Type
 Application
 Standard

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Single core.
 Multi-core
 Armoured.
 Unarmoured.
 Sheathed.
 LSF.
 HOFR.
 Unsheathed.
 Standard
 600/1000V to BS 5467.
 600/1000V to BS 6724.
 600/1000V to BS 8573.
 450/750V to BS 7211 and BS EN 50525.
 Cable glands
 BS EN 62680-1.
 Type

 Type
 Application
 Type
 Bare.
 Sheathed
 Standard
 Cable glands
 Type
 105°C.
 150°C.
 250°C.

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 Size 0.4mm.
 Size 0.5mm.
 Size 0.63mm.
 Size 0.9mm.

 Type
 Application
 Cable to have CAI bench mark.
 URM Number
 Connectors
 BS 3041-12.
 UHF to BS 3041-12.
 BNC.


 Application

 Application
 BS 65, DN90.
 BS EN 295-1,

 Classification
 Type
 Flanged.
 Return flanged.
 Fittings
tray.

 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50131
 Cable type
 Screened
 Unscreened
 Cores
 4 core
 6 core
 8 core
850.057 CABLES FOR RESIDENTIAL TELECOMMUNICATION:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 50441-1.

 BS EN 50441-2.
 BS EN 50441-3.
 BS EN 50441-4.
 Sheath material
 LSOH - BS EN 50290-2-27.
 BS EN 50290-2-22.



850.064 APPEARANCE:
structure.

couplings.
850.066 SPACING:
supports.

 Install

without approval.




and connections.

reports.






860.000 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
860.010 LIGHTNING PROTECTION:

 Application
 Specialist
 Provide lightning protection system in accordance with BS EN 62305. Ensure that exposed metalwork
of building is bonded to lightning protection. Ensure, if dissimilar metals are used for system, that bonding
connections are electrolytically compatible.
860.020 LIGHTNING PROTECTION - AIR TERMINATION:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Copper.
 Aluminium.
 Galvanized steel.
 Coverings
 None.
 Thermoplastic (PVC), colour
860.030 LIGHTNING PROTECTION - DOWN CONDUCTORS:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Copper.
 Aluminium.
 Galvanised steel.
 Building elements
 Mild steel bar as part of concrete reinforced column.
 Coverings
 None.
Thermoplastic (PVC), colour

870.000 LOW OR ZERO CARBON TECHNOLOGIES
870.100 GENERAL:
 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Ene 04 - One credit available for at least 10% of the dwellings
primary energy demand being met by low or zero carbon technologies. Two credits are available for at
least 15% of the primary energy demand of mid to high rise flats, and 20% of other dwelling types is met
by low or zero carbon technologies.
 Prior to the specification of renewable technologies the Primary Energy Demand of the dwelling should
be a maximum of 250kWh/m2/year for detached, semi-detached, bungalows and end terraces, and
220kWh/m2/year for mid-terraces and flats.
870.200 PHOTOVOLTAICS:
870.300 WIND TURBINES:

870.400 MICRO-CHP:
870.500 HEAT PUMPS:


900.000 LIFTS - PRE-ENGINEERED
900.100 SYSTEM OBJECTIVES
900.110 PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES:

 Details of structural arrangement of liftwell and machine room regarding equipment loadings and
installation of major items.
900.150 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS:
900.200 GENERAL
900.201 LIFT BUILDER'S WORK DETAILS:

 For details of lift well(s), machine room, etc. see drawing number
 Pit height
 Overun
 Lifting beam facilities
 By others.
 Requirements
 Liftwell screening
 By others.
 Requirements
 Pit props
 By others.
 Requirements
 Pit ladders
 By others.
 Requirements
 Machine room notices
 By others.
 Requirements
 Machine room guard rails and access facilities
 By others.
 Requirements
 Machine support
 By others.
 Requirements

 Lift pit buffer supports
 By others.
 Requirements
 Liftwell guide fixings
 By others.
 Requirements
 Liftwell fascia panels
 By others.
 Requirements
900.202 INTERFACE BETWEEN LIFT CONTRACT AND OTHER SERVICES:

 Details in Preliminaries, section
 Liftwell heating
 Lift pit socket
 Lift machine room emergency lighting
 Machine room heating and ventilation
 Ventilation of shaft
 Lift shaft lighting
900.203 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:

 Provide lift equipment in accordance with the Safety requirements of BS 7255.
 Provide service lifts in accordance with BS EN 81-3.
900.204 TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE:

 Carry out the examinations and tests required in BS 8486-1, BS 8486-2 and complete the appropriate
test certificates.
 Include for witness testing by a third party.
900.205 DRAWINGS:
 Within 4 weeks of order
 Provide for individual installations
 general arrangement drawing.
 builder's work drawing.
 details of electrical work associated with lift installation to be provided by others.
900.206 LIFT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:

 Prepare lift maintenance instructions in accordance with BS EN 13015.
900.207 TYPE APPROVALS:

 Provide Type Approved test certificates.
900.208 GUARDING:
 Fit guards to comply with Health and Safety regulations as required.
 State what guards are included.
 Provide screening

900.300 PRODUCTS/MATERIALS
900.301 LIFT INSTALLATION:

 Type
 Application
 Building details
 Number of floors served
 Floor to floor height
 Shortest (m)
 Longest (m)
 Average (m)
 Total travel (m)
 Position of lift motor room
 Duty
 Number of lifts
 Load
 Passenger lifts
 4 person/320 kg
 5 person/400 kg
 6 person/450 kg
 8 person/630 kg
 10 person/800 kg
 13 person/1000 kg
 Speed
 0.4 m/s.
 0.63 m/s.
 1.0 m/s.
 1.6 m/s.
 Door widths
 700 mm.
 800 mm.
 900 mm.
 1100 mm.
 Power supply available to BS EN 60038
 Single phase.
 Three phase.
 Standard
 Supply lift installation complete with all equipment, ancillaries and services in accordance with BS EN
81-2 as appropriate.
 Drive system
 Hydraulic.
 Indirect acting.
 Direct acting.
 Bore hole type.
 Two speed ac.
 Variable speed.
 Car and landing doors
 Provide power operated horizontal sliding doors.

 Opening
 centre.
 side.
 Panels
 Single panel.
 Two panel.
 Door material
 Car door
 Prime painted for on-site finish.
 Landing door
 Prime painted for on-site finish.
 Architraves/trims
 Door fire rating
 Passenger protection
 Provide a non-contact, full height, passenger protection system.
 Control
 Method
 Single automatic pushbutton control.
 Down collective control.
 One car.
 Two car.
 Full collective control.
 One car.
 Two cars or more.
 Fire fighting control to BS 9991 and BS 9999.
 Security key switch.
 Remote monitoring facility
 Car and landing control fixtures
 To match car materials.
 Tactile push buttons.
 Car position indicator
 Integrated in landing control station.
 Side of the door.
 Above the door.
 Car
 Car shape
 Back wall and side wall finish
 Scratch resistant/durable.
 Ceiling finish
 Lighting
 Illuminated ceiling
 Fluorescent tubes.
 Emergency lighting pack.
 Flooring
 Features
 Mirror.

 Back wall.
 Side wall.
 Half height.
 Full height.
 Handrail
 Position indicator
 Visual
 Audio
 Telephone.
 Special features
900.302 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION:

 Carry out electrical installation, from isolator provided by others, in accordance with BS 7671, including
all cables and wiring; conduit and trunking; and appliances.
900.303 DIAGRAMS AND INSTRUCTIONS:

 Provide copies of the schematic circuit diagrams, circuit description and operation data, wiring
schedules and maintenance manual for approval before installation is completed.
 Provide a copy of the schematic circuit diagram mounted permanently in the machine room, protected
from dirt and cleanable.
 Encapsulated.
 In a folder.
900.304 TRAINING:
 Provide training on completion of the installation to ensure client personnel are fully acquainted with the
correct operation and routine daily and general maintenance of the lift. Include all aspects of breakdown
procedure and the release of passengers trapped within the car.
900.400 WORKMANSHIP
 Install lift in accordance with BS EN 81 and manufacturer's recommendations.

1000.000 PIPELINES AND ANCILLARIES
1000.100 MATERIALS
1000.101 PIPELINES AND ANCILLARIES SCHEDULES:

 Supply pipelines as schedule reference Y10-Pipework
 Supply pipeline ancillaries as schedule reference Y11-Valves
1000.102 DRAINAGE PIPEWORK:

 Type
 Application
 Provide condensate drainage pipework from all units to drain
 Copper tube to BS EN 1057
 Fittings solder.
 Fittings compression.
 Provide tees rather than bends to allow cleaning.
 Unplasticised PVC to BS EN ISO 1452.
 Provide tundish and air break at units.
 Provide trap - depth minimum 1.5 times negative pressure on inlet and 0.5 times negative pressure at
discharge.
1000.103 PIPES AND FITTINGS - UNPLASTICIZED PVC TO BS 4514:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material - UPVC to BS 4514
 Finish
 Black
 Grey
 White
 Jointing
 Solvent welded
 Push fit

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material - Plastics to BS 5255
 ABS
 MUPVC
 PP
 PE
 Finish

 Black
 Grey
 White
 Jointing
 Solvent welded
 Push fit
1000.105 PIPES - POLYETHYLENE TO BS 6572:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material - Polyethylene.
 Finish - Blue pigment.
 Jointing - Compression fittings - refer to clause 1000.107.

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 UKWFBS.
 Material
 Polybutylene (PB) BS 7291-2.
 Crosslinked polyethylene (PE-X) BS 7291-3.
 Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (PVC-C) and solvent cement BS 7291-4.
 Classification
 W.
 H.
 S.
 Jointing
 Plastics fittings to BS 7291.
 Method of jointing to BS 5955-8
 Mechanical joints.
 Solvent cement joints.
 Thermal fusion joints.
 Compression fittings to BS EN 1254-3
 Install thermoplastics pipework in accordance with BS 5955-8.
1000.107 COPPER FITTINGS - COMPRESSION, FOR POLYETHYLENE PIPES:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material
 Copper (dezincifiable resistant).
 Copper alloy (dezincifiable resistant).
 Copper/copper alloy (lead- and cadmium-free).
 Standard

 BS EN 1254-3
 Ends - socket.
 Size range - to suit pipes to BS EN 12201.
 Finish - cast.
1000.108 POLYETHYLENE PIPES TO BS EN 1555:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Standard - BS EN 1555-1, BS EN 1555-2 and BS EN 1555-5.
 Dimensions - BS EN 1555-2
 Lengths - straight pipe 6m or 12m.
 Lengths- coiled pipe multiples of 50m.
 Ends - Plain.
 Finish - Yellow.
1000.109 POLYETHYLENE FUSION FITTINGS TO BS EN 1555-3:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Standard - BS EN 1555-3 for pipe to BS EN 1555-1, BS EN 1555-2 and BS EN 1555-5.
 Dimensions - BS EN 1555-3 to suit pipe to BS EN 1555-2.
 Ends - Sockets with heating elements for fusion jointing.
 Finish - Yellow.
1000.110 PIPES AND FITTINGS - CAST GREY OR DUCTILE IRON:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Pipe material
 Cast grey or ductile iron to BS 416-1
 Finish
 Jointing
 Spigot/socket caulked joints
 Cast grey or ductile iron to BS EN 877
 Finish
 Jointing
 Flexible joint couplings to BS EN 877
1000.111 PIPES - PLASTIC SHEATHED COPPER TO BS EN 1057:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material - Copper to BS EN 1057, R220.

 Finish - Plastic sheathed.
 Jointing
 Capillary fittings as clause 1000.115.
 Compression fittings for connections to equipment as clause 1000.114.
 Compression fittings as clause 1000.114.
1000.112 PIPES - COPPER TO BS EN 1057:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material - Copper to BS EN 1057.
 R220 annealed.
 R250 half hard.
 Finish - Uncoated.
 Jointing
 Capillary fittings as clause 1100.114.
 Compression fittings for connections to equipment - as clause 1100.113.
 Compression fittings as clause 1100.113.
1000.113 REFRIGERANT PIPEWORK:

 Type
 Application
 Seamless, round copper tube to BS EN 12449.
 Seamless, round copper capillary tube to BS EN 12450.
 Jointing
 High temperature solder.
 Manipulative compression (flared).
 Manipulative compression (flared) only at connection to equipment.
 Support
 Support all pipework and controls cabling throughout their length using cable tray, firmly fixed to the
building fabric
 Perforated cable tray
 Flanged.
 Return.
 Fittings
 Use factory made fittings throughout of same material type, pattern, finish and thickness as tray.
 Finish
1000.114 COPPER FITTINGS - COMPRESSION, FOR COPPER TUBING:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material

 Standard
 BS EN 1254-2.
 Type
 Type A - non-manipulative.
 Type B - manipulative.
 Finish - cast.
 Ends - Socket.
1000.115 COPPER FITTINGS, CAPILLARY FOR COPPER TUBES:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material
 Standard
 BS EN 1254-1.
 Ends
 Socket - pre-soldered.
 Plain.
 Jointing materials - capillary joints
 Solder
 BS EN ISO 9453.
1000.116 PIPES - CARBON STEEL TO BS EN 10255 - SCREWED:

 Type
 Application
 All pipelines up to and including 50mm nominal diameter.
 Pipes to BS EN 10255 grade
 Medium.
 Heavy.
 Finish - Varnished.
 Fittings
 Malleable cast iron to BS 143 and 1256 or BS EN 10242.
 Finish - Black.
 Jointing: Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1
 Use hemp and jointing compound to BS 6956-5 or BS EN 751-2.
 Use PTFE tape to BS 7786.
 Use union connections with spherical seating
 bronze to bronze, navy pattern.
 bronze to iron, railroad pattern.
1000.117 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES:

 Type
 Application

 Standard
 BS EN 1111
 BS EN 1287 for low pressure
 BS 7942 for use in care establishments.
 Type a, both flow control and user adjustment of mixed water temperature.
 Type b, flow control and pre-set mixed water temperature.
 Type c, without flow control and with pre-set temperature.
1000.118 MECHANICAL MIXING VALVES:

 Type
 Application
 Standard
 BS EN 1286
 Single control for adjusting flow rate and temperature.
 Other mixing valves with separate control devices for adjusting flow rate and temperature.
1000.119 STOP VALVES TO BS 1010-2:

 Type
 Application
 Material -Bronze or DZR copper alloy body.
 Ends
 With connections for capillary fittings to BS EN 1254-1.
1000.120 STOP VALVES TO BS 5433:

 Type
 Application
 Ends - Threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1.
 Material - Bronze or DZR copper alloy body.

1000.121 STOP VALVES - GATE TYPE TO BS 5154:
 Type
 Application
 Series - B.
 Gate valve type - Solid or split wedge.
 Ends
 Compression to BS EN 1254-2.
 Compression to BS EN 1254-3
 Capillary to BS EN 1254-1.
 Trim material - Manufacturer's standard.
 Suitable for potable water supply.
 Operation
 Handwheel.
 Lockshield.
1000.122 ANTI BACK SYPHONAGE VALVES - COMBINED CHECK AND ANTI-VACUUM TYPE:
 Type
 Application
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body assembly.
 Water Research Centre approval.
 Ends - Compression connections to BS EN 1254-2.
 Pattern - In-line pattern.
 Components
 Stainless steel domed air inlet. Non-return valve with plastic body, rubber actuator and stainless steel
to plastic seal.
1000.123 STOP VALVES - BALL TYPE:

 Type
 Application
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body; chrome or nickel plated sphere.
 Ends
 Operation
 Screwdriver operated.
 Key operated.

 Lever operated.
1000.124 FLOAT OPERATED VALVES - BALANCED EQUILIBRIUM TYPE:

 Type
 Application
 WRc approved.
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body.
 Inlet
 Spindle and head effectively guided and arranged with stops to engage with valve body and prevent
over-travel. Linkage fulcrum adjustable relative to vertical plane, and securely locked to body tapping
when set. Screwed plug from access cover. Spun copper float, halves brazed or welded together, with
centre sleeve connecting to lever arm. For feed and expansion application use long arm type arranged to
close when tank contains 150mm depth.
1000.125 FLOAT OPERATED VALVES - DELAYED ACTION TYPE:

 Type
 Application
 Type
 A.
 B.
 C.
 D.
 Incorporating float operated valve; copper canister; gunmetal secondary float; galvanised steel support
bracket.
1000.126 CHECK VALVES - SWING CHECK TYPE TO BS 5154:

 Type
 Application
 Straight lift pattern.
 Material
 Suitable for potable water.
 Ends
1000.127 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES - INTEGRAL SENSOR TYPE:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1.
 Components
 Control spring and handwheel; integral sensor with an alpha/numeric pressure set-point indicator and
locking facility.
1000.128 STOP VALVES - SCREWED/COPPER ENDS:

 Type
 Application
 To BS 5154 series B, straight pattern.
 Materials - Manufacturer's standard.
 Ends
 Capillary fittings to BS EN 1254-1.
 Compression fittings to BS EN 1254-2.
1000.129 STOP VALVES - BALL TYPE:

 Type
 Application
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body; chrome or nickel plated sphere.
Ends
 Operation
 Screwdriver operated.
 Key operated.
 Lever operated.
1000.130 RADIATOR VALVES TO BS 2767:

 Fit wheel valves on flow connections to radiators, and other heat emitters, without thermostatic radiator
valves. Fit lockshield valves on return connections.
 Type
 Application
 Material - bronze or brass body type 4.
 Pattern
 Angle valves.
 Straight valves.

 Angle or straight valves to suit application.
 Ends
 Female, threaded to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1.
 Compression joints to BS EN 1254-2.
 Finish
 Natural.
1000.131 DIRECT ACTING SAFETY VALVES TO BS EN ISO 4126-1:

 Type
 Application
 Material
 Cast iron body.
 Cast steel body.
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body.
 Ends
 Spring Type
 Single spring loaded high lift type.
 Double spring loaded high lift type.
 Protection from unauthorised adjustment
 Fit a ferrule under adjusting screw.
 Fit compression ring under adjusting screw.
 Lock adjusting screw.
1000.132 DRAIN COCKS:

 Type
 Application
 Throughway gland cock type incorporating
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body threaded male to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1. Tapered plug with
square shank for loose lever. Bolted gland. Chain and blank cap screwed on hand tight. Outlet to accept
loose hose union. Hose union.
 Screwdown cock type to BS 2879 Type 1, incorporating
 Bronze or DZR copper alloy body threaded male to BS 21 and BS EN 10226-1. Screw down plug with
square shank for loose lever. Serrated outlet to accept hose pipe, fixed or union pattern.
1000.133 GAS COCKS TO BS 1552:

 Application
 Supply and install gas cocks to BS 1552.

1000.134 WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING MASKING PLATES:
 Type
 Application
 Manufacturer
 Material
 Copper alloy, chromium plated.
 Style
 Heavy, split on the diameter.
 Fixing
 Chrome raised head fixing screws.
1000.135 TRACE HEATING:

 Type
 Application
 Supply electric trace heating complete with fixing tape, shrink sleeves, crimps, junction boxes and
controls.
 Tape
 Constant power heating cable.
 Self regulating heating tape.
 Insulation
 Modified polyolefin electrical insulation.
 Jacket
 Tinned copper braid.
 Modified polyolefin jacket.
 Electrical protection
 Protect circuits with MCB's.
 Provide RCD protection.
 Isolators.
 Installation
 Install electric surface heating in accordance with BS 6351-3 and manufacturer's instructions. Ensure
pipe is cleaned of all abrasive material prior to application.
 Insulation
1000.136 PIPEWORK IDENTIFICATION:

 Colour code and label to BS 1710.
 Apply 300mm wide colour bands to each pipe at intervals of 15 metres maximum.
 Apply 50mm wide colour bands and superimpose a legend identifying circuit and direction of flow.
 Apply legends to colour bands by transfers of an approved type.
1000.200 PIPELINE WORKMANSHIP
1000.201 REFRIGERANT PIPEWORK INSTALLATION:

 Arrange all exposed pipe runs to present neat appearance, parallel with other pipe or service runs and
building structure.
 Ensure all vertical pipes are plumb or follow building line. Provide lifting loops where called for by
system manufacturer.

 Space pipe runs in relation to one another, other services runs and building structure, allow for specified
thickness of thermal insulation and ensure adequate space for access to pipe joints etc.
 Take precautions to prevent the discharge of refrigerant gases to atmosphere.
1000.202 APPEARANCE:
 Arrange all exposed pipe runs to present neat appearance, parallel with other pipe or service runs and
building structure, subject to gradients for draining or venting.
 Ensure all vertical pipes are plumb or follow building line.
1000.203 ISOLATION AND REGULATION:

 Provide valves, cocks and stop taps for isolation and/or regulation
 where shown on drawings.
 on mains to isolate major sections of distribution.
 the base of all risers and drops except in cases where one item of apparatus only is served which has
its own local valve or stop tap.
 at points of pipe connection of all items of apparatus and equipment except where the item could
conveniently be isolated or regulated by valves provided for other adjacent items.
1000.204 SPACING:
 Space pipe runs in relation to one another, other services runs and building structure, allow for thermal
insulation and ensure adequate space for access to pipe joints, etc.
 Minimum clearances to pipe or pipe insulation:-
From Minimum clearance (mm)

Wall 22
Ceiling 50
Floor 150
Other pipes 25
Electrical cables, conduit, switchgear 150

1000.205 GRADIENTS:
 Install pipework with gradients to allow drainage and air release.
 Provide a means of venting the pipe system at all high points.
 Grade pipework to allow system to be drained. Provide a means of draining the system at all low points.
1000.206 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION:

 Arrange supports and fixings to accommodate pipe movement caused by the thermal changes. Isolate
pipes from structure to prevent noise or abrasion due to thermal movement.
1000.207 BENDS, SPRINGS AND OFFSETS:

 Machine bend and ensure that machine guides and formers are smooth and clean, free from any
scores, or other damage. Deformed bends will not be accepted.
1000.208 PIPES THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS:

 Enclose pipes passing through building elements, (walls, floors, partitions, etc.) concentrically within
purpose made sleeves.
1000.209 PIPE SLEEVES:

 Cut sleeves from material same as pipe one or two sizes larger than pipe. Do not use sleeves as pipe
supports. Install sleeves flush with building finish.
1000.210 TEMPORARY PLUGS AND CAPS:

 Seal all open ends as installation proceeds by metal, plastic or wooden plugs or caps, to prevent
ingress of foreign matter.
1000.211 CAPILLARY JOINTS, COPPER PIPES:

 Preparation
 Ensure that plain ends are cut square. Reamer out bore at plain ends to full bore size. Clean plain
ends with fine steel wool.
 Making and sealing
 Use specified flux ensuring no excess material used. Make joint in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. Clean off traces of flux when joint is completed. Protect building fabric from heat when
forming joints.
 Polyethylene sheathed pipe
 Follow manufacturer's recommendations to avoid damage to plastic coating. Make good with
thermoplastic (PVC) tape of matching colour.
1000.212 COMPRESSION JOINTS, COPPER PIPES:

 Preparation
 Ensure that plain ends are cut square. Reamer out bore at plain ends to full bore size. Clean plain
ends with fine steel wool or fine sandpaper. Then if using
 Type 'A' fitting - no further preparation.
 Type 'B' fitting - in accordance with fitting manufacturer's instructions.
 Making and Sealing

 In accordance with fitting manufacturer's instructions.
1000.213 SCREWED JOINTS - STEEL PIPES:

 Preparation
 Ensure that plain ends of pipe are cut square, reamer out bore and cut taper thread.
 Making and Sealing
 Coat male pipe threads with jointing compound and hemp, or PTFE tape on small sizes. Immediately
after applying coating, connect with female end of socket or fitting, and tighten ensuring that coating
does not intrude into pipe. Leave joint clean.
1000.214 PIPE RINGS AND CLIPS:

1000.215 PIPE SUPPORTS:

 Arrange supports and accessories for equipment, appliances or ancillary fitments in pipe runs, so that
no undue strain is imposed upon pipes.
 Ensure that materials used for supports are compatible with pipeline materials.
1000.216 PIPE SUPPORT SPACING - COPPER PIPES:
Pipe bore (mm) Maximum support spacing (mm)

nominal horizontal vertical
15 1200 1800
22 1400 2100
28 1800 2400
35 2400 3000
42 2400 3000
54 2700 3000

1000.217 PIPE SUPPORT SPACING - STEEL PIPES:
Pipe bore (mm) Maximum support spacing (mm)

nominal horizontal vertical
15 1800 2400
20 2400 3000
25 2400 3000
32 2700 3000
40 3000 3600
50 3000 3600
65 3700 4600
80 3700 4600
100 3700 4600
125 3700 5400
150 4500 5400
1000.218 PIPE SUPPORT SPACING PLASTICS PIPE:
PB & PE-X Pipe Maximum support spacing

nominal size (mm) horizontal (mm) vertical (mm)
<16 300 500
18-25 500 800
28 800 1000
32 & 35 900 1200

1000.219 MAINTENANCE AND RENEWAL:
 Arrange pipework, valves, drains, air vents etc., for convenient routine maintenance and renewals.
1000.220 PROTECTION OF PIPES IN SCREEDS:

 Wrap pipework with two protective tapes prior to laying.
 Sheath pipework with thermoplastic (PVC).
1000.221 CLEANING:
 Remove cement and clean off all pipework and brackets.
1000.222 SYSTEM FLUSHING AND CHEMICAL CLEANING:

 Type
 Application
 Carry out flushing of water systems in accordance with BSRIA Guide BG 29/2012 Pre-commission
Cleaning of Pipework Systems.
 System filling
 Temporary connection from mains in compliance with the Water Supply (Water fittings) Regulations
1999.
 Temporary connection from fire hydrant pipework.
 By installation of temporary tank and pump arrangement.
 Carry out chemical cleaning procedure in accordance with BSRIA Guide BG 29/2012 Pre-commission
Cleaning of Pipework Systems.
 Carry out commissioning and flushing of domestic heating water systems in accordance with BS EN
12828, BS EN 12831 and BS EN 14336.
 Use a specialist for analysis and for design, supply, installation and operation of any system cleaning
and chemical treatment process.
 Provide a method statement covering the sequence of events, chemicals to be used etc.
 Statement to be provided at least two months prior to the start of any flushing and/or chemical cleaning
works.

1100.000 DUCTLINES AND ANCILLARIES
1100.100 MATERIALS:
1100.101 DUCTWORK FABRICATION:

 Prepare fabrication drawings and carry out fabrication of ductwork in accordance with DW/144 and
DW/154 as appropriate.
1100.102 DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS:

 Sizes of ductwork are internal dimensions. Where applicable make allowance for any internal lining.
1100.103 INSTALLER SELECTION:

 Use a member of the B&ES specialising in the trade of manufacturing and installing ductwork.
 Use one of the specialist companies listed below.
1100.104 DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS:

 Type
 Application
 Design Information
 Supply ductwork in accordance with classification in DW/144.
 Ductwork Classification and Air Leakage limits
 Low pressure - Class A - Positive.
 Low pressure - Class A - Negative.
 Ductwork air leakage testing
 Carry out ductwork air leakage testing on high pressure ductwork in accordance with DW/144 as
procedures set out in DW/143.
 Test medium pressure ductwork in accordance with DW/144.
 Test low pressure ductwork
 Testing plant items, DW/144.
 Plant connections.
 Make connection between air handling assembly and ductwork system in accordance with DW/144.
 Flanged connections.
 Provide bolted flanged joints for connecting ductwork to flanged items of plant, builder's work frames
and where removable sections of ductwork are required.
1100.105 DUCTWORK TO DW/144:

 Type
 Application
 Material, DW/144.
 Zinc-coated steel.
 Mild steel.
 Protective finishes - DW/144.
 Galvanizing after manufacture.
 Metal spraying.
 Paints
 Protective requirements for ducts made from mild steel

 Construction
 Rectangular ductwork - DW/144.
 Circular ductwork - DW/144.
 Spirally wound.
 Straight seamed.
 Flat oval ductwork - DW/144.
 Spirally wound.
 Straight seamed.
1100.106 FLEXIBLE DUCTS:

 Type
 Application
 Supply and fasten flexible duct connections as DW/144. Use flexible duct connections in applications
listed in DW/144.
 Material
 Metal
 Coated steel.
 Stainless Steel.
 Aluminium.
 Fabric
 P.V.C/Polyester laminate.
 Aluminium/Polyester laminate encapsulating high tensile steel wire helix.
1100.107 PLASTICS DUCTWORK TO DW/154:

 Type
 Application
 Manufacture and install plastic ductwork in accordance with DW/154.
 Material
 PVC-U (Unplasticized polyvinyl chloride).
 PPS (Self extinguishing polypropylene).
 FBPP (Fabric backed polypropylene sheet).
 PVC-U/GRP (Composite laminate of unplasticised polyvinyl chloride and glass reinforced plastic).
 PVC-U/FOAM/GRP (Composite laminate of unplasticised polyvinyl chloride, rigid polyurethane self
extinguishing foam and glass reinforced plastic).
 FBPP/FOAM/GRP (Composite laminate of fabric backed polypropylene sheet, rigid polyurethane self
extinguishing foam and glass reinforced plastic).
 Construction
 Rectangular ducts DW/154 Part 3.
 Provide internal stiffeners.
 Circular ducts DW/154 Part 4.
 Protective finish
 Fire retardant finish
1100.108 PLASTICS DUCTWORK:

 Type
 Application
 Supply and install plastic ductwork in accordance with the manufacturers standards and instructions.

 Material
 Manufacturers standard.
 Construction
 To manufacturers standards.
 Dimensions
 Rectangular
 Square
 Circular
 Protective finish
 Fire retardant finish
 Accessories
 Grilles
 Balancing dampers
 Control dampers
 Fire dampers
1100.109 ACCESSORIES - METAL DUCTWORK:

 Type
 Flexible Joints
 Application
 Supply and install flexible joints as detailed in DW/144.
 Position
 Use flexible joints, as shown on drawings
 On fan inlet/outlets.
 To make connections to air conditioning units.
 To make connections to air diffusers, grilles and air registers.
 Access openings
 Provide access openings in accordance with DW/144.
 Provide access for cleaning in accordance with DW/144.
 Provide hangers and supports throughout in accordance with DW/144.
 Use proprietary system of ductwork supports
 Regulating dampers
 Provide regulating dampers in accordance with DW/144.
 Locations as shown on drawings
 Size as shown on drawings.
 Function
 Balancing damper.
 Control damper.
 Supply and install fire dampers in accordance with DW/144.
 Location as shown on drawings.
 Size as shown on drawings.
 Fusible links
 Supply spare fusible links for fire dampers. Supply links to fuse at (°C)
 Fit bird screens of 13mm square mesh wire on all intake and extract louvres to atmosphere. Wire gauge
to be not less than 1mm.
1100.110 ACCESSORIES - PLASTICS DUCTWORK:

 Type
 Flexible Joints

 Application
 Supply and install flexible joints as detailed in DW/154 Section 18.
 Position
 Use flexible joints, as shown on drawings
 On fan inlet/outlets.
 To make connections to air conditioning units.
 To make connections to air diffusers, grilles and air registers.
 Access openings
 Provide access openings in accordance with DW/154 Part 6 Section 15.
 Provide access for cleaning in accordance with DW/144.
 Provide hangers and supports throughout in accordance with DW/154 Part 5.
 Use proprietary system of ductwork supports
 Regulating dampers
 Provide regulating dampers in accordance with DW/154 Part 6 Section 16. Locations and size as
shown on drawings.
 Function
 Balancing damper.
 Control damper.
 Supply and install fire dampers in accordance with DW/154 Part 6 Section 17, size and location as
shown on the drawings.
 Fusible links
 Supply spare fusible links for fire dampers. Supply links to fuse at (°C)
 Fit bird screens of 13mm square mesh wire on all intake and extract louvres to atmosphere. Wire gauge
to be not less than 1mm.
1100.200 WORKMANSHIP:
1100.201 DUCTWORK WORKMANSHIP:

 Install ductwork in accordance with DW/144, and DW/154 as appropriate. Ensure that there are no
sharp edges or corners on cut edges on ductwork, flanges and supports. Arrange ductwork to drain any
entrained moisture and ensure the lapping of joints minimises moisture leakage.
 Install domestic standard plastic ductwork in accordance with manufacturers instructions and
recommendations.
 Connection to builder's work. Comply with DW/144.
 Space supports in accordance with DW/144 or DW/154 Part 5 as appropriate.
 Internal cleanliness
 Provide the level of protection, delivery and installation (PDI) as defined in B&ES TR/19.
 Level 1.
 Weatherproofing
 Fit ductwork with trimming angle and weather cravat, skirt, flashing plate and cowl where ductwork
passes through or terminates in roof, to ensure a weatherproof seal to building structure
 Enclose ducts passing through building elements, (walls, floors, partitions, etc.) within purpose made
sleeves. Cut sleeves of the same material as the duct and pack with mineral fibre or similar non-
flammable and fire resistant material to form a fire/smoke stop of adequate rating and to prevent air
movement and noise transmission between duct and sleeve.
 Provide test holes in ductwork system to allow complete testing and balancing of system in accordance
with CIBSE Commissioning Code A.
 Site drill test holes on-site in accordance with DW/144.
 Provide holes in metal ductwork, in accordance with DW/144, to acccommodate thermostats,
humidistats and other control sensors in positions and sizes indicated on drawings.

 Install sensors and test points in plastics ductwork to suit specialist control and sensing equipment in
positions and fixing configurations shown on drawings.
 Fit sensors, damper motors and other control equipment as indicated on drawings.
 Provide instrument connections where indicated on drawings.

1200.000 THERMAL INSULATION
1200.100 PIPELINE THERMAL INSULATION
1200.101 THERMAL INSULATION - MATERIALS:

 Type
 Application
 Thermal Insulation Sub-contractor
 Standards and regulations
 Comply in general with BS 5422, BS 5970, BS EN ISO 12241 and either BS EN 14303, BS EN 14304
or BS EN 14314 product standards. Use the description of terms as BS 3533. All insulation products
must have a Declaration of Performance (DoP) certificate and be CE marked in accordance with the
Construction Products Regulations (CPR).
 Supply insulating materials classified in accordance with BS EN 13501-1 Fire Classification of
Construction Materials. Classes acceptable are A1/A1L, A2/A2L or B/BL having smoke emission
classification of s1 and production of flaming droplets/particles classification of d0.
 Test methods BS EN ISO 1182, BS EN ISO 1716, BS EN ISO 11925-2, BS EN 13823 as
appropriate.
 Thermal conductivity
 All thermal conductivity figures are typical values at the mean temperature stated, as declared in
manufacturer's Declaration of Performance (DoP) certificates in accordance with the CPR.
 Fire rating
 Employ materials that comply with BS 476-7.
 When completed ensure surface finish complies with BS 476-7
 Class 1 spread of flame.
 Material
 Closed cell nitrile rubber preformed sections
 Nominal density - 45 - 100 kg/m3.
 Temperature range - -50 to +105°C.
 Thickness
 Sections
 6mm to 32mm for pipe sizes 6mm to 114mm.
 Sheets - 6mm to 50mm.
 Typical value of 0.036 W/mK at a mean temperature of 20°C.
 Adhesives.
 Comply with the recommendations of clause 10.1 of BS 5970 for insulation bonding adhesives,
lagging adhesives, facing and film attachment adhesives.
 Protection
 Application
 Polyisobutylene
 Minimum thickness 0.8mm.
 Aluminium sheeting
 Apply flat or profiled aluminium cladding directly to insulating material, thickness
 as BS 5970 table 5.
 Aluminium-zinc coated steel
 Mild steel continuously hot dipped with 150gm aluminium-zinc coating 0.4mm thick to BS EN 10327,
applied directly to insulating material.
 Finish - ribbed sheet.
 Laminated foil/film
 Reinforcement

 Application
 Aluminium bands at 300mm centres.
 50mm x 19g galvanized wire netting to BS EN 10223.
 50mm x 22g galvanized wire netting to BS EN 10223.
 Valve and flange insulation
 Application
 Use a protected metal split casing fabricated from 0.91mm aluminium sheet fitted with spring clip
fasteners, filled with insulating material with same thermal performance as insulation on adjoining pipe.
 Use a protected metal split casing fabricated from 0.7mm aluminium-zinc sheet fitted with spring clip
fasteners, filled with insulating material with same thermal performance as insulation on adjoining pipe.
 Wrap cold piping valve bodies and flanges with insulating material to maintain vapour barrier.
1200.102 THERMAL INSULATION TO PIPELINES:

 Type
 Application
 Use mineral fibre pipe insulation to BS EN 14303, nominal density 120 kg/m 3 and thermal conductivity
typical value of 0.034 W/mK at a mean temperature of 10°C.
 Finish
 Reinforced aluminium foil with at least 25mm overlap.
 Use closed cell phenolic foam preformed sections to BS EN 14314 with thermal conductivity typical
value of 0.025 W/mK at a mean temperature of 10°C when fully aged in accordance with BS EN 14314.
 Finish
 Reinforced aluminium foil.
 Unfaced.
 Use closed cell nitrile rubber elastomeric preformed flexible sections to BS EN 14304. Thermal
conductivity - Typical vale of 0.036 W/mK at a mean temperature of 20°C.
 Protection
 Ensure that where protection is applied to insulation, the joints fall blind side and that all joints are
made to shed water and sealed with waterproof tape, adhesive or joint sealant where appropriate.
 Polyisobutylene
 Apply flat or profiled aluminium cladding directly to insulating material, thickness
 as BS 5970 table 5.
 Mild steel continuously hot dipped with 150gm aluminium-zinc coating 0.4mm thick to BS EN 10327,
applied directly to insulating material.
 Finish - ribbed sheet.
1200.103 REFRIGERANT PIPEWORK INSULATION:

 Type
 Application
 Ensure the entire length of pipework is insulated for thermal insulation and to avoid contact between
copper and galvanising of tray.
 Closed cell nitrile rubber preformed flexible sections
 CFC free.
 Fire rating (class)
 Install un-split wherever possible.

 Use manufacturer's standard glue for jointing.
 Ensure vapour barrier is maintained on
 all pipework.
 suction pipe only.
 Protection
 Paint
 Manufacturer's standard colour.
 Paint chlorinated rubber colour
 Colour
 Wrap fittings and valves with same insulation as pipework.
 Provide aluminium valve boxes.
 Insulation thickness (mm)
1200.104 THERMAL INSULATION TO FEED AND EXPANSION CISTERN:

 Type
 Application
 Use 25mm thick mineral fibre rigid slabs with nominal density 45 to 48 kg/m 3. Thermal conductivity not
exceeding 0.04 W/mK at a mean temperature of 50°C.
1200.105 THERMAL INSULATION TO CISTERNS:

 Type
 Application
 Use mineral wool rigid slabs with nominal density 48kg/m 3. Thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.04
W/mK and 25mm thick.
 Protection
1200.106 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION ON PIPEWORK:

 Ensure joints are close butted together. Secure overlaps with adhesive or matching class "O" tape, a
minimum of 50mm wide, on both longitudinal and circumferential butt joints. Insulate fittings to same
standard as adjacent pipework and use mitred segments where necessary, taped as above.
 Where fibre containment is required tape exposed insulation membrane and return to pipe surface.
1200.107 THERMAL INSULATION WORKMANSHIP:

 Carry out thermal insulation work using one of the scheduled firms employing skilled craftsmen
conversant with class of work.
 In locations where insulation cannot be installed adequately after pipeline or ductline installation, pre-
insulated sections shall be installed. Insulation to such sections shall be equivalent in thermal and
physical properties to that specified for the remainder of the system including vapour barriers
 Do not apply thermal insulation until installation has been fully tested and all joints proved sound.
 Ensure all materials are kept dry.
 Insulate each unit separately. Do not enclose adjacent units together.
 Apply insulants, facings, coatings and protection strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
 Neatly finish joints, corners, edges and overlaps and, where possible, arrange overlaps to fall on blind
side.
 Ensure overlaps are neat and even and parallel to circumferential and longitudinal joints.
 Vapour barriers

 Ensure the integrity of vapour barriers. Repair immediately any damage to vapour barriers and where
such barriers have been applied off site, repair to manufacturer's instructions. Where aluminium
sheeting is used for protection submit proposals for securing sheeting without impairing the integrity of
the vapour seal for approval.
 Liquid vapour barriers
 Apply vapour seal solution evenly by brush in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; use
solution which dries to a colour distinctive from insulating material.
 Arrange insulation cisterns to allow removal of access covers.
1200.108 INSTALLATION THICKNESS TABLES:

 Unless stated otherwise the thicknesses given in the tables in this specification are the nearest
commercially available material thickness to meet the minimum calculated thickness to BS ISO 12241 and
the product declared performance data for CE marking. Thicknesses have been calculated by
manufacturers for each product and use thermal conductivity values calculated from the mean insulation
temperature based on the fluid and air temperatures listed in the relevant tables.
 Should alternative products be offered that may have different performance data the Contractor shall
ensure the manufacturer undertakes calculations and submits appropriate thickness tables.
1200.111 CALCULATION OF INSULATION THICKNESS - BUILDING REGULATIONS :

 Provide insulation of thickness conforming with the requirements of the Building Regulations (England
and Wales) Part L Approved Documents or the Scottish Technical Handbooks, and the calculation
methods given in BS EN ISO 12241 using the standardised assumptions within BS 5422 .
1200.112 DOMESTIC CENTRAL HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS - ROCK MINERAL WOOL:
 Insulation thickness to achieve the maximum permissible heat loss stated in the Building Regulations
Part L Domestic Building Services Compliance Guide Northern Ireland Technical Booklet F1, and section
6 of the Scottish Domestic Technical Handbook.
Outside diameter of Domestic heating and hot water

copper pipe (mm) Thickness of mineral wool insulation (mm)
Surface emissivity 0.05 0.9
17 - -
22 20 20
28 20 25
35 20 25
42 20 25
54 20 25

 Basis of calculation: Horizontal pipe at 60°C (LTHW) in still air at 15°C. Thermal conductivity calculated
from the mean insulation temperature based on the fluid and air temperatures.
 Mineral wool sections are not available for pipe outside diameters less than 17mm.
 Use this table for insulation thickness for plastic pipework of the nearest equivalent outside diameter.
1200.113 DOMESTIC CENTRAL HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS - PHENOLIC FOAM:
Part L Domestic Building Services Compliance Guide, Northern Ireland Technical Booklet F1 and section
Outside diameter of
copper pipe (mm)
15 15 15
22 15 15
28 15 15
35 15 15
42 15 15
54 15 15
 Basis: Horizontal pipe, water at 60°C in still air at 15°C, aged k value. Thermal conductivity calculated
from the mean insulation temperature based on the fluid and air temperatures.
1200.114 DOMESTIC CENTRAL HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEMS, BUILDING REGULATIONS -
NITRILE RUBBER:
Part L Domestic Building Services Compliance Guide Northern Ireland Technical Booklet F1, and section

8 9 9
10 13 13
12 13 19
15 19 19
22 19 25
28 19 25
35 25 25
42 25 25
54 25 32

 Basis: Horizontal pipe, water at 60°C in still air at 15°C. Thermal conductivity calculated from the mean
insulation temperature based on the fluid and air temperatures.
1200.115 CALCULATION OF INSULATION THICKNESS - ECA ENHANCED:

 The insulation manufacturer selected for a particular project should calculate the minimum required
thicknesses of pipework insulation based on the actual conductivity of the product at the relevant
temperature and the criteria on the ECA web site for an eligible installation using the methodology set out
in BS EN ISO 12241 and the assumptions set out in Table C1 of BS 5422.
1200.200 DUCTLINE THERMAL INSULATION
1200.201 THERMAL INSULATION - MATERIALS:

 Type
 Application
 Standards and regulations
 Comply in general with BS 5422, BS 5970, BS EN ISO 12241 and either BS EN 14303, BS EN 14304
or BS EN 14314 product standards. Use the description of terms as BS 3533. All insulation products
must have a Declaration of Performance (DoP) certificate and be CE marked in accordance with the
Construction Products Regulations (CPR).
 Supply insulating materials classified in accordance with BS EN 13501-1 Fire Classification of
Construction Materials. Classes acceptable are A1/A1L, A2/A2L or B/BL having smoke emission
classification of s1 and production of flaming droplets/particles classification of d0.
 Test methods BS EN ISO 1182, BS EN ISO 1716, BS EN ISO 11925-2 or BS EN 13823 as
appropriate
 All thermal conductivity figures are typical values at the mean temperature stated, as declared in
manufacturer's Declaration of Performance (DoP) certificates in accordance with CPR.
 Fire rating
 Employ materials that comply with BS 476-4, non-combustibility test, or obtain a Class 'O' fire rating to
Building
Regulations.
 When finished, comply with BS 476-7.
 Class 1 spread of flame
 Temperature of fluid in ducts (°C)
 Material
 Mineral fibre duct insulation
 Rigid
 Flexible
 Lamella
 Finish
 Reinforced aluminium foil.
 Adhesives.
 Comply with the recommendations of clause 10.1 of BS 5970 for insulation bonding adhesives,
lagging adhesives, facing and film attachment adhesives.
 Protection
 Application
 Polyisobutylene

 Mild steel sheet continuously hot dipped with aluminium-zinc coating to BS EN 10327, applied directly
to insulating material.
 Finish
 Flat sheet.
 Ribbed sheet.
 Apply flat (embossed) or profiled aluminium cladding directly to insulating material, thickness
0.71mm on ductwork.
 Reinforcement
 Application
 50mm x 19g galvanised wire netting to BS EN 10223.
 50mm x 22g galvanised wire netting to BS EN 10223.
1200.202 THERMAL INSULATION WORKMANSHIP:

 Install insulation in accordance with BS 5970.
 Carry out thermal insulation work using one of the scheduled firms employing skilled craftsmen
conversant with class of work.
 In locations where insulation cannot be installed adequately after pipeline or ductline installation, pre-
insulated sections shall be installed. Insulation to such sections shall be equivalent in thermal and
physical properties to that specified for the remainder of the system including vapour barriers. Do not
apply thermal insulation until installation has been fully tested and all joints proved sound.
 Ensure all materials are kept dry.
 Ensure all pipework surfaces are dry before the installation of thermal insulation.
 Insulate each unit separately. Do not enclose adjacent units together.
 Ensure there is clearance between insulated pipes.
 Application
 Apply insulants, facings, coatings and protection strictly in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
 Finish
 Neatly finish joints, corners, edges and overlaps and, where possible, arrange overlaps to fall on blind
side. Ensure overlaps are neat and even and parallel to circumferential and longitudinal joints.
1200.203 INSTALLATION OF FOIL FACED INSULATION ON DUCTWORK:

 Secure the insulation with adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
 Use insulation hangers spaced at maximum 300mm centres on the underside of ducts.
 Seal joints and pin penetrations using 100mm wide class `O' aluminium foil tape. Where cut outs for test
holes, etc occur tape over insulation membrane and return to the duct surface.
 Foil faced semi-rigid slab
 Cut slabs so that the top and bottom pieces overlap the sides.
 Where insulation abutts duct support inserts that have integral vapour barriers seal using class `O' foil
tape to continue vapour barrier.
1200.204 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION:

 Ensure that where protection is applied to insulation, the joints fall blind side and that all joints are made
to shed water and sealed with waterproof tape, adhesive or joint sealant where appropriate.
 Aluminium-zinc coated steel
 Install aluminium-zinc coated steel protection, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

 Secure lapped joints (at least 40mm) by means of pop rivets at a maximum spacing of 150mm. For
cold piping use matching aluminium straps at maximum spacing of 225mm. On piping operating below
ambient temperature seal all joints against moisture. For external use make joints shed water and use
sheets with treated surface.
 Where 'lockform' seams are used submit proposals for dealing with surfaces curved in three
dimensions.
1200.205 INSULATION THICKNESS ON DUCTWORK, BUILDING REGULATIONS:

 Insulation thickness to limit heat gains and heat losses stated in the Building Regulations Part L Non
Domestic Building Services Compliance Guide, Northern Ireland Technical Booklet F2 and section 6 of the
Scottish Non Domestic Technical Handbook.
Material Thickness of insulation (mm)
Warm air ductwork Chilled air / dual purpose

ductwork
Surface Emissivity Low Med High Low Med High
(0.05) (0.44) (0.9) (0.05) (0.44) (0.9)
Rock Mineral wool 40 40 40 50 60 70
Glass mineral wool 40 40 40 50 60 60
Phenolic foam 20 25 25 35 40 40
Nitrile rubber 32 37 40 51 60 62
 Basis:
 Warm air ductwork - horizontal duct at 35°C, with 600 mm vertical sidewall in still air at 15 °C.
 Chilled air ductwork - horizontal duct at 13°C, with 600 mm vertical sidewall in still air at 25 °C
 Thermal conductivity values calculated from the mean insulation temperature based on the fluid and air
temperatures.
 Thicknesses of mineral wool and phenolic foam are the nearest commercially available thickness to
meet minimum requirements.
 Thicknesses of nitrile rubber are minimum thicknesses.
1200.206 CONDENSATION CONTROL ON CHILLED AIR DUCTWORK - ROCK MINERAL WOOL:

 Insulation thickness for condensation control on ductwork carrying chilled air in ambient conditions:
indoor still air temperature 25°C, relative humidity 80%, dew point temperature 21.3°C.
Minimum air temperature

Thickness of rock mineral wool insulation (mm)
inside duct °C
Surface emissivity Low (0.05) Medium (0.44) High (0.90)
15 30 25 25
10 50 25 25
5 70 40 25
0 90 50 30

 Basis: Table 12 in BS 5422, thermal conductivity values calculated from the mean insulation
temperature based on the fluid and air temperatures.
 All ductwork shall be insulated where were visible (i.e exposed ductwork) when the duct surface
temperature is below the dew point of the air within the space served.
1200.207 CONDENSATION CONTROL ON CHILLED AIR DUCTWORK - PHENOLIC FOAM:

 Minimum insulation thickness for condensation control on ductwork carrying chilled air in ambient
conditions: indoor still air temperature 25°C, relative humidity 80%, dew point temperature 21.3°C.
Minimum air temperature

Thickness of glass mineral wool insulation (mm)
inside duct °C
Surface emissivity Low (0.05) Medium (0.44) High (0.90)
15 25 25 25
10 40 25 25
5 50 40 25
0 50 50 40
 Basis: Table 12 in BS 5422, thermal conductivity values calculated from the mean insulation
temperature based on the fluid and air temperatures.
All ductwork shall be insulated where were visible (i.e exposed ductwork) when the duct surface
temperature is below the dew point of the air within the space served.

1300.000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
1300.100 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING HOT AND COLD WATER
1300.101 PRESSURE TESTING:

 Advise appropriate personnel, at least 3 days in advance, of the time that pressure tests may be
witnessed. Test concealed or buried pipework before any permanent covering is applied. Complete
pressure testing before applying thermal insulation. Thoroughly flush out the whole system, fill system,
vent all air from system and check for leaks, repair any leaks and re-check. Pressure test the system for a
period of one hour, and check for and repair any leaks. Repeat pressure test if leaks have been found.
Test at twice the working pressure. Test and purge gas pipelines in accordance with BS 6891 and
IGE/UP/1A.
1300.102 STERILIZATION - GENERAL:

 After flushing process, carry out sterilization in accordance with BS EN 806-4. Prior to sterilization
ensure each system is flushed, cleaned and drained. Provide temporary connections to system terminal
points suitable for introduction of sterilization chemicals and fluids and 22mm minimum valved drain
connection on incoming main immediately downstream of mains isolating valve. Fill system with clean,
fresh water.
1300.103 STERILIZATION - MAINS WATER SYSTEM:

 Carry out the following operations in accordance with BS EN 806-4. Flush system and introduce
sterilisation chemical, take samples to ensure correct chlorine concentration. Leave system to stand for
Repeatedly flush system with clean water until all traces of chlorine have been removed - leave system
filled. Submit samples to registered laboratory for microbiological analysis and report.
1300.104 STERILIZATION- WATER STORAGE SYSTEMS:

 Carry out the following operations in accordance with BS EN 806-4 and HSE L8 Approved Code of
Practice and Guidance - Legionnaires' disease - control of legionella bacteria in water systems. Carry out
procedures as for mains water systems on potable water storage tanks and cisterns, cold and hot.
Certificate of conformity Immediately prior to handover, retake samples and submit for analysis and report.
Where necessary repeat sterilisation of potable water systems immediately prior to handover.
1300.105 BOILER COMMISSIONING:

 Commission boiler in accordance with the procedures laid down by the boiler manufacturer. With boiler
operating, check and adjust all equipment and controls.
1300.200 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING LOW TEMPERATURE HOT WATER HEATING
1300.201 PRESSURE TESTING:

 Advise appropriate personnel, at least 3 days in advance, of the time that pressure tests may be
witnessed. Test concealed or buried pipework before any permanent covering is applied. Complete
pressure testing before applying thermal insulation. Isolate or remove pump and thoroughly flush out the
whole system. Replace pump, fill system, vent all air from system and check for leaks, repair any leaks
and re-check. Pressure test the system for a period of one hour, and check for and repair any leaks.
Repeat pressure test if leaks have been found. Pressure test to twice the working pressure. Light boiler
and run system to maximum temperature and check for leaks. Repair any leaks and repeat test. Add an
approved corrosion inhibitor. Test and purge gas pipelines in accordance with BS 6891 and IGE/UP/1A.
1300.202 COMMISSIONING:
 Commission boiler in accordance with the procedures laid down by the boiler manufacturer. With boiler
operating check and adjust all equipment and controls. Balance system to give approximately equal return
temperatures from all heat emitters. Carry out commissioning of installations in accordance with the
procedures, checks and tolerances given in the CIBSE Commissioning Codes and BSRIA Application
Guides.
1300.300 COMMISSIONING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
1300.301 COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS- DUCTWORK:

 Type
 Application
1300.302 TESTING OF RESIDENTIAL VENTILATION SYSTEMS:

 Demonstrate the performance of residential ventilation systems through performance testing and
installation checks in accordance with BS EN 14134.
Comply with the best practice requirements of BSRIA BG 46/2013 Domestic Ventilation Systems - A
Guide to Measuring Air Flow Rates, for measurement of air flow rates use the unconditional method.
1300.400 AIRTIGHTNESS TESTING & THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEYS - DOMESTIC REFURBISHMENT:

 BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment Issue Man 06 - Exemplary credit - Airtightness testing and thermo
graphic survey to be carried out both pre and post refurbishment.

1400.000 PRICING SCHEDULE/SUMMARY OF TENDER - MECHANICAL
1400.110 PROJECT TITLE:
1400.120 PROJECT REFERENCE:
1400.200 GENERAL:
 One copy of the Pricing Schedule/Summary of Tender to be detached and returned with the tender
documents. The total shall equate to the tender sum.
1400.300 PRICING SCHEDULE/SUMMARY OF TENDER
1400.310 PRELIMINARIES:
1400.311 200 RAINWATER AND FOUL DRAINAGE ABOVE GROUND:
1400.312 300 HOT AND COLD WATER:
1400.313 400 LOW TEMPERATURE HOT WATER HEATING:
1400.314 600 VENTILATION:
1400.315 700 AIR CONDITIONING:
1400.316 900 LIFTS:
1400.317 PROVISIONAL SUMS:
1400.318 P C SUMS:
1400.319 MISCELLANEOUS:
1400.400 TOTAL CARRIED FORWARD TO FORM OF TENDER
1400.500 COMPLETION PARTICULARS

1400.510 SIGNATORY:
1400.520 FOR AND ON BEHALF OF:

1500.000 PRICING SCHEDULE/SUMMARY OF TENDER - ELECTRICAL
1500.110 PROJECT TITLE:
1500.120 PROJECT REFERENCE:
1500.200 GENERAL
 One copy of the Pricing Schedule/Summary of Tender to be detached and returned with the tender
documents.
 The total shall equate to the tender sum.
1500.300 PRICING SCHEDULE/SUMMARY OF TENDER
1500.310 PRELIMINARIES:
1500.311 GENERAL LIGHTING AND POWER:
1500.312 ELECTRIC HEATING:
1500.313 ELECTRIC WATER HEATING:
1500.314 TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND DATA:
1500.315 RADIO/TELEVISION:
1500.316 ACCESS CONTROL:
1500.317 SECURITY/ALARMS:
1500.318 CCTV:
1500.319 FIRE ALARMS:
1500.320 P C SUMS:
1500.322 MISCELLANEOUS:

1500.400 TOTAL CARRIED FORWARD TO FORM OF TENDER
1500.500 COMPLETION PARTICULARS
1500.510 SIGNATORY:
1500.520 FOR AND ON BEHALF OF:

BS APPENDIX
BS 1212-2:1990
Float operated valves. Part 2 Specification for diaphragm type float operated valves (copper alloy body)
(excluding floats)
BS 1362:1973
Specification for general purpose fuse links for domestic and similar purposes (primarily for use in plugs)
BS 1363-2:1995+A4:2012
13 A plugs, socket-outlets, adaptors and connection units. Part 2 Specification for 13 A switched and
unswitched socket-outlets
BS 1363-4:1995+A4:2012
13 A plugs, socket-outlets, adaptors and connection units. Part 4 Specification for 13A fused connection
units switched and unswitched
BS 1552:1995
Specification for open bottomed taper plug valves for 1st, 2nd and 3rd family gases up to 200mbar
BS 1566-1:2002+A1:2011
Copper indirect cylinders for domestic purposes. Part 1 Open vented copper cylinders. Requirements and
test methods
BS 1566-2:1984
Copper indirect cylinders for domestic purposes. Part 2 Specification for single feed indirect cylinders
BS 1710:1984
Specification for identification of pipelines and services
BS 21:1985
Specification for pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure-tight joints are made on the threads
(metric dimensions).
BS 2456:1990
Specification for floats (plastics) for float operated valves for cold water services
BS 2767:1991
Specification for manually operated copper alloy valves for radiators
BS 2869:2010+A1:2011
Fuel oils for agricultural, domestic and industrial engines and boilers. Specification

BS 2879:1980
Specification for draining taps (screw-down pattern)
BS 3041-12:1981
Radio-frequency connectors. Part 12 Specification for r.f. coaxial connectors with screw coupling,
unmatched (type UHF)
BS 3198:1981
Specification for copper hot water storage combination units for domestic purposes
BS 336:2010
Specification for fire hose couplings and ancillary equipment
BS 3416:1991
Specification for bitumen-based coatings for cold application, suitable for use in contact with potable water
BS 3533:1981
Glossary of thermal insulation terms
BS 3919:1987
Specification for technical tallow and animal grease
BS 41:1973
Specification for cast iron spigot and socket flue or smoke pipes and fittings
BS 416-1:1990
Discharge and ventilating pipes and fittings, sand-cast or spun in cast iron. Part 1 Specification for spigot
and socket systems
BS 417-2:1987
Specification for galvanized low carbon steel cisterns, cistern lids, tanks and cylinders. Part 2 Metric units
BS 4177:1992
Specification for cooker control units
BS 4213:2004
Cisterns for domestic use. Cold water storage and combined feed and expansion (thermoplastic) cisterns
up to 500 l. Specification
BS 4235-1:1972
Specification for metric keys and keyways. Part 1 Parallel and taper keys

BS 4500:2009
Limits and fits. Guidance for system of cone (taper) fits and tolerances for cones from C = 1:3 to 1:500,
lengths from 6 mm to 630 mm and diameters up to 500 mm.
BS 4514:2001
Unplasticized PVC soil and ventilating pipes of 82.4mm minimum mean outside diameter, and fittings and
accessories of 82.4mm and of other sizes. Specification
BS 4573:1970
Specification for 2-pin reversible plugs and shaver socket-outlets
BS 460:2002+A2:2007
Cast iron rainwater goods. Specification
BS 4662:2006+A1:2009
Boxes for flush mounting of electrical accessories. Requirements and test methods and dimensions
BS 4678-4:1982
Cable trunking. Part 4 Specification for cable trunking made of insulating material.
BS 476-24:1987, ISO 6944:1985

Fire tests on building materials and structures. Part 24 Method for determination of the fire resistance of
ventilation ducts
BS 476-4:1970
Fire tests on building materials and structures. Part 4 Non-combustibility test for materials
BS 476-7:1997
Fire tests on building materials and structures. Part 7 Method of test to determine the classification of the
surface spread of flame of products
BS 5041-2:1987
Fire hydrant systems equipment. Part 2 Specification for landing valves for dry risers
BS 5041-3:1975
Fire hydrant systems equipment. Part 3 Specification for inlet breechings for dry riser inlets
BS 5041-4:1975
Fire hydrant systems equipment. Part 4 Specification for boxes for landing valves for dry risers
BS 5041-5:1974
Fire hydrant systems equipment. Part 5 Specification for boxes for foam inlets and dry riser inlets

BS 5154:1991
Specification for copper alloy globe, globe stop and check, check and gate valves.
Partially replaced by BS EN 12288:2003
BS 5255:1989
Specification for thermoplastics waste pipe and fittings.
Partially replaced by BS EN 1329-1:2000, BS EN 1451-1:2000, BS EN 1566-1:2000 but remains
current
BS 5266-1:2011
Emergency lighting. Part 1 Code of practice for the emergency escape lighting of premises
BS 5306-1:2006
Code of practice for fire extinguishing installations and equipment on premises. Part 1 Hose reels and
foam inlets
BS 5410-1:1997
Code of practice for oil firing. Part 1 Installations up to 45 kW output capacity for space heating and hot
water supply purposes
BS 5410-2:2013
Code of practice for oil firing. Part 2 Installations of 45 kW and above output capacity for space heating,
hot water and steam supply services
BS 5422:2009
Method for specifying thermal insulating materials for pipes, tanks, vessels, ductwork and equipment
operating within the temperature range -40°C to +700°C
BS 5433:1976
Specification for underground stopvalves for water services
BS 5440-2:2009
Flueing and ventilation for gas appliances of rated input not exceeding 70 kW net (1st, 2nd and 3rd family
gases). Part 2 Specification for installation and maintenance of ventilation provision for gas appliances
BS 546:1950
Specification. Two-pole and earthing-pin plugs, socket-outlets and socket-outlet adaptors.
If required, see also Supplement No 1:1960 Specification for plugs made of resilient material
BS 5467:1997+A3:2008
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, armoured cables for voltages of 600/1000 V and 1900/3300 V
BS 5499-10:2006

Safety signs, including fire safety signs. Part 10 Code of practice for the use of safety signs, including fire
safety signs
BS 5499-4:2013
Safety signs. Part 4 Code of practice for escape route signing
BS 5546:2010
Specification for installation of hot water supplies for domestic purposes, using gas-fired appliances of
rated input not exceeding 70 kW
BS 5615:1985
Specification for insulating jackets for domestic hot water storage cylinders
BS 5627:1984
Specification for plastics connectors for use with horizontal outlet vitreous china WC pans
BS 5733:2010+A1:2014
General requirements for electrical accessories. Specification
BS 5839-1:2013
Fire detection and fire alarm systems for buildings. Part 1 Code of practice for design, installation,
commissioning and maintenance of systems in non-domestic premises
BS 5839-6:2013
Fire detection and fire alarm systems for buildings. Part 6 Code of practice for the design, installation,
commissioning and maintenance of fire detection and fire alarm systems in domestic premises
BS 5871-1:2005
Specification for installation of gas fires, convector heaters, fire/back boilers and decorative fuel effect gas
appliances. Part 1 Gas fires, convector heaters, fire/back boilers and heating stoves ( 2nd and 3rd family
gases)
BS 5871-2:2005
appliances. Part 2 Inset live fuel effect gas fires of heat input not exceeding 15 kW, and fire/back boilers
(2nd and 3rd family gases)
BS 5871-3:2005
appliances. Part 3 Decorative fuel effect gas appliances of heat input not exceeding 20 kW (2nd and 3rd
family gases)
BS 5955-8:2001

Plastics pipework (thermoplastics materials). Part 8 Specification for the installation of thermoplastic pipes
and associated fittings for use in domestic hot and cold services and heating systems in buildings
BS 5970:2012
Code of practice for thermal insulation of pipework and equipment in the temperature range of -100°C to
+870°C
BS 6004:2012
Electric cables. PVC insulated, non-armoured cables for voltages up to and including 450/750 V, for
electric power, lighting and internal wiring
BS 6150:2006
Painting of buildings. Code of practice
BS 6351-3:1983
Electric surface heating. Part 3 Code of practice for the installation, testing and maintenance of electric
surface heating systems
BS 65:1991
Specification for vitrified clay pipes, fittings and ducts, also flexible mechanical joints for use solely with
surface water pipes and fittings
BS 67:1987
Specification for ceiling roses
BS 6701:2010
Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications cabling. Specification for installation, operation
and maintenance
BS 6724:1997+A3:2008
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, armoured cables for voltages of 600/1000 V and 1900/3300 V,
having low emission of smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire
BS 6798:2014
Specification for selection, installation, inspection, commissioning, servicing and maintenance of gas-fired
boilers of rated input not exceeding 70 kW net
BS 6891:2005+A2:2008
Installation of low pressure gas pipework of up to 35 mm (R1.25) in domestic premises (2nd family gas).
Specification
BS 6956-5:1992
Jointing materials and compounds. Part 5 Specification for jointing compounds for use with water, low
pressure saturated steam, 1st family gases (excluding coal gas) and 2nd family gases

BS 7074-2:1989
Application, selection and installation of expansion vessels and ancillary equipment for sealed water
systems. Part 2 Code of practice for low and medium temperature hot water heating systems
BS 7181:1989
Specification for storage cisterns up to 500 L actual capacity for water supply for domestic purposes
BS 7211:2012
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated and thermoplastic sheathed cables for voltages up to and
including 450/750 V, for electric power and lighting and having low emission of smoke and corrosive
gases when affected by fire
BS 7255:2012
Code of practice for safe working on lifts
BS 7291-2:2010
Thermoplastics pipes and associated fittings for hot and cold water for domestic purposes and heating
installations in buildings. Part 2 specification for polybutylene (PB) pipes and associated fittings
BS 7291-3:2010
installations in buildings. Part 3 specification for cross-linked polyethylene (PE-X) pipes and associated
fittings
BS 7291-4:1990
installations in buildings. Part 4 Specification for chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (PVC-C) pipes and
associated fittings and solvent cement
Current, Obsolescent
BS 7430:2011
Code of practice for protective earthing of electrical installations
BS 7587:1992
Specification for interconnection of radio and TV receivers to feeder system outlets
BS 759-1:1984
Valves, gauges and other safety fittings for application to boilers and to piping installations for and in
connection with boilers. Part 1 Specification for valves, mountings and fittings
BS 7649:1993
Guide to the design and preparation of documentation for users of application software

BS 7654:1997
Specification for single phase street lighting fuses (cut-outs) for low-voltage public electricity distribution
systems. 25 A rating for highway power supplies and street furniture
BS 7671:2008+A2:2013
Requirements for electrical installations. IET Wiring Regulations. Seventeenth edition
BS 7786:2006
Specification for unsintered PTFE tapes for general use.
BS 7838:1996
Specification for corrugated stainless steel semi-rigid pipe and associated fittings for low-pressure gas
pipework of up to 28 mm
Replaced by BS EN 15266:2007 but remains current
BS 7854-1:1996
Mechanical vibration. Evaluation of machine vibration by measurements on non-rotating parts. Part 1
General guidelines
BS 7895:1997
Specification for bayonet lampholders with enhanced safety
BS 7942:2011
Thermostatic mixing valves for use in care establishments. Requirements and test methods
BS 799-2:1991
Oil burning equipment. Part 2 Specification for vaporizing burners
BS 799-3:1981
Oil burning equipment. Part 3 Automatic and semi-automatic atomizing burners up to 36 litres per hour
BS 799-4:1991
Oil burning equipment. Part 4 Specification for atomizing burners (other than monobloc type) together with
associated equipment for single burner and multi burner installations
BS 799-5:1987
Oil burning equipment. Part 5 Specification for oil storage tanks
BS 8000-13:1989
Workmanship on building sites. Part 13 Code of practice for above ground drainage and sanitary
appliances
Partially superseded by BS 8000-0:2014

BS 835:1973
Specification for asbestos-cement flue pipes and fittings, heavy quality
BS 848-4:1997
Fans for general purposes. Part 4 Dimensions
BS 8486-2:2007
Examination and test of new lifts before putting into service. Specification for means of determining
compliance with BS EN 81. Part 2 Hydraulic lifts
BS 8499:2009
Specification for domestic gas meter boxes and meter bracket
BS 8521:2009
Specification for dual-tone multi-frequency (DTMF) signalling protocol for social alarm systems
BS 8558:2011
Guide to the design, installation, testing and maintenance of services supplying water for domestic use
within buildings and their curtilages. Complimentary guidance to BS EN 806
BS 8573:2012
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, non-armoured cables with a voltage of 600/1 000V, for fixed
installations, having low emissions of smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire
BS 9991:2011
Fire safety in the design, management and use of residential buildings. Code of practice
BS 9999:2008
Code of practice for fire safety in the design, management and use of buildings
BS EN 10226-1:2004
Pipe threads where pressure tight joints are made on the threads. Taper external threads and parallel
internal threads. Part 1 dimensions, tolerances and designation
BS EN 10242:1995
Threaded pipe fittings in malleable cast iron
BS EN 10255:2004
Non-alloy steel tubes suitable for welding or threading. Technical delivery conditions
BS EN 10326:2004
Continuously hot-dip coated strip and sheet of structural steels. Technical delivery conditions

BS EN 1057:2006+A1:2010
Copper and copper alloys. Seamless, round copper tubes for water and gas in sanitary and heating
applications
BS EN 1092-1:2007+A1:2013
Flanges and their joints. Circular flanges for pipes, valves, fittings and accessories, PN designated. Part 1
steel flanges
BS EN 1092-2:1997
cast iron flanges
BS EN 1092-3:2003
copper alloy flanges
BS EN 1092-4:2002
aluminium alloy flanges
BS EN 1111:1999
Sanitary tapware. Thermostatic mixing valves (PN 10). General technical specification
BS EN 12067-2:2004
Gas/air ratio controls for gas burners and gas burning appliances. Part 2 Electronic types
BS EN 12170:2002
Heating systems in buildings. Procedure for the preparation of documents for operation, maintenance and
use. Heating systems requiring a trained operator
BS EN 12171:2002
Heating systems in buildings. Procedure for the preparation of documents for operation, maintenance and
use. Heating systems not requiring a trained operator
BS EN 12449:1999
Copper and copper alloys. Seamless, round tubes for general purposes
BS EN 12450:2012 :
Copper and copper alloys. Seamless, round copper capillary tubes
BS EN 1254-1:1998

Copper and copper alloys. Plumbing fittings. Part 1 fittings with ends for capillary soldering or capillary
brazing to copper tubes.
BS EN 1254-2:1998
Copper and copper alloys. Plumbing fittings. Part 2 fittings with compression ends for use with copper
tubes
BS EN 1254-3:1998
Copper and copper alloys. Plumbing fittings. Part 3 Fittings with compression ends for use with plastics
pipes
BS EN 126:2012
Multifunctional controls for gas burning appliances
BS EN 12613:2001
Plastic warning devices for underground cables and pipelines with visual characteristics
BS EN 12693:2008
Refrigerating systems and heat pumps. Safety and environmental requirements. Positive displacement
refrigerant compressors
BS EN 12828:2012+A1:2014
Heating systems in buildings. Design for water-based heating systems
BS EN 12831:2003
Heating systems in buildings. Method for calculation of the design heat load
BS EN 1286:1999
Sanitary tapware. Low pressure mechanical mixing valves. General technical specification
BS EN 1287:1999
Sanitary tapware. Low pressure thermostatic mixing valves. General technical specifications
BS EN 12897:2006
Water supply. Specification for indirectly heated unvented (closed) storage water heaters
BS EN 13015:2001
Maintenance for lifts and escalators - Rules for drafting maintenance instructions
BS EN 13032-1:2004
Light and lighting. Measurement and presentation of photometric data of lamps and luminaires. Part 1
Measurement and file format

BS EN 13141-1:2004
Ventilation for buildings. Performance testing of components/products for residential ventilation. Part 1
Externally and internally mounted air transfer devices
BS EN 13141-2:2010
Exhaust and supply air terminal devices
BS EN 13141-3:2004
Range hoods for residential use
BS EN 13141-4:2011
Fans used in residential ventilation systems
BS EN 13141-5:2004
Cowls and roof outlet terminal devices
BS EN 13141-6:2004
Exhaust ventilation system packages used in a single dwelling
BS EN 13141-7:2010
Performance testing of a mechanical supply and exhaust ventilation units (including heat recovery) for
mechanical ventilation systems intended for single family dwellings
BS EN 13141-8:2006
Performance testing of un-ducted mechanical supply and exhaust ventilation units (including heat
recovery) for mechanical ventilation systems intended for a single room
BS EN 13142:2013
Ventilation for buildings. Components/products for residential ventilation. Required and optional
performance characteristics
BS EN 13203-1:2006
Gas-fired domestic appliances producing hot water. Appliances not exceeding 70 kW heat input and 300 l
water storage capacity. Part 1 Assessment of performance of hot water deliveries
BS EN 13203-2:2006

Gas-fired domestic appliances producing hot water. Appliances not exceeding 70 kW heat input and 300 l
water storage capacity. Part 3 Assessment of energy consumption
BS EN 13280:2001
Specification for glass fibre reinforced cisterns of one-piece and sectional construction, for the storage,
above ground, of cold water
BS EN 13341:2005
Thermoplastics static tanks for above ground storage of domestic heating oils, kerosene and diesel fuels.
Blow moulded polyethylene, rotationally moulded polyethylene and polyamide 6 by anionic polymerization
tanks. Requirements and test methods
BS EN 13501-1:2007+A1:2009
Fire classification of construction products and building elements. Classification using test data from
reaction to fire tests
BS EN 13611:2007+A2:2011
Safety and control devices for gas burners and gas-burning appliances. General requirements
BS EN 13823:2010
Reaction to fire tests for building products. Building products excluding floorings exposed to the thermal
attack by a single burning item
BS EN 13831:2007
Closed expansion vessels with built-in diaphragm for installation in water
BS EN 1401-1:2009
Plastics piping systems for non-pressure underground drainage and sewerage. Unplasticized
poly(vinylchloride) (PVC-U). Part 1 Specifications for pipes, fittings and the system
BS EN 14134:2004
Ventilation for buildings. Performance testing and installation checks of residential ventilation systems
BS EN 14214:2012
Liquid petroleum products. Fatty acid methyl esters (FAME) for use in diesel engines and heating
applications. Requirements and test methods
BS EN 14236:2007
Ultrasonic domestic gas meters
BS EN 14303:2009
Thermal insulation products for building equipment and industrial installations. Factory made mineral wool
products (MW). Specification.

BS EN 14304:2009+A1:2013
Thermal insulation products for building equipment and industrial installations. Factory made flexible
elastomeric foam (FEF) products. Specification.
BS EN 14314:2009+A1:2013
Thermal insulation products for building equipment and industrial installations. Factory made phenolic
foam (PF) products. Specification.
BS EN 14336:2004
Heating systems in buildings. Installation and commissioning of water based heating systems
BS EN 14337:2005
Heating systems in buildings. Design and installation of direct electrical room heating systems
BS EN 1434-1:2007
Heat meters. General requirements
BS EN 14459:2007
Control functions in electronic systems for gas burners and gas burning appliances. Methods for
classification and assessment
BS EN 14511-1:2013
Air conditioners, liquid chilling packages and heat pumps with electrically driven compressors for space
heating and cooling. Part 1 Terms definitions and classification
BS EN 14511-2:2013
heating and cooling. Part 2 Test conditions
BS EN 14511-3:2013
heating and cooling. Part 3 Test methods
BS EN 14511-4:2013
heating and cooling. Part 4 Requirements
BS EN 14597:2012
Temperature control devices and temperature limiters for heat generating systems
BS EN 14604:2005
Smoke alarm devices

BS EN 1462:2004
Brackets for eaves gutters. Requirements and testing
BS EN 14743:2005+A1:2007
Water conditioning equipment inside buildings. Softeners. Requirements for performance, safety and
testing
BS EN 15034:2006
Heating boilers. Condensing heating boilers for fuel oil
BS EN 15069:2008
Safety gas connection valves for metal hose assemblies used for the connection of domestic appliances
using gaseous fuel
BS EN 15161:2006
Water conditioning equipment inside buildings. Installation, operation, maintenance and repair
BS EN 15287-1:2007+A1:2010
Chimneys. Design, installation and commissioning of chimneys. Part 1 Chimneys for non-roomsealed
heating appliances
BS EN 15502-1:2012
Gas fired heating boilers. General requirements and tests
BS EN 15502-2-1:2012
Gas-fired central heating boilers. Specific standard for type C appliances and type B2, B3 and B5
appliances of a nominal heat input not exceeding 1 000 kW
BS EN 1555-1:2010
Plastics piping systems for the supply of gaseous fuels. Polyethylene (PE). Part 1 General
BS EN 1555-2:2010
Plastics piping systems for the supply of gaseous fuels. Polyethylene (PE). Part 2 Pipes.
BS EN 1555-3:2010+A1:2012
Plastics piping systems for the supply of gaseous fuels. Polyethylene (PE). Part 3 Fittings.
BS EN 1555-5:2010
Plastics piping systems for the supply of gaseous fuels. Polyethylene (PE). Part 5 Fitness for purpose of
the system.

BS EN 15665:2009
Ventilation for buildings. Determining performance criteria for residential ventilation systems
BS EN 161:2011+A3:2013
Automatic shut-off valves for gas burners and gas appliances
BS EN 16147:2011
Heat pumps with electrically driven compressors. Testing and requirements for marking of domestic hot
water units
BS EN 16297-1:2012
Pumps. Rotodynamic pumps. Glandless circulators. . General requirements and procedures for testing
and calculation of energy efficiency index (EEI)
BS EN 16297-2:2012
Pumps. Rotodynamic pumps. Glandless circulators. Calculation of energy efficiency index (EEI) for stand-
alone circulators
BS EN 16297-3:2012
Pumps. Rotodynamic pumps. Glandless circulators. Energy efficiency index (EEI) for circulators integrated
in products
BS EN 1775:2007
Gas supply. Gas pipework for buildings. Maximum operating pressure less than or equal to 5 bar.
Functional recommendations
BS EN 1856-1:2009
Chimneys. Requirements for metal chimneys. Part 1 System chimney products
BS EN 1856-2:2009
Chimneys. Requirements for metal chimneys. Part 2 Metal flue liners and connecting flue pipes
BS EN 1859:2009+A1:2013
Chimneys. Metal chimneys. Test methods
BS EN 215:2004
Thermostatic radiator valves. Requirements and test methods
BS EN 26:1998
Gas-fired instantaneous water heaters for the production of domestic hot water, fitted with atmospheric
burners
BS EN 267:2009+A1:2011

Automatic forced draught burners for liquid fuels.
BS EN 274-1:2002
Waste fittings for sanitary appliances. Part 1 Requirements
BS EN 274-2:2002
Waste fittings for sanitary appliances. Part 2 Test methods
BS EN 274-3:2002
Waste fittings for sanitary appliances. Part 3 Quality control
BS EN 295-1:2013 :
Vitrified clay pipes and fittings and pipe joints for drains and sewers. Part 1 Requirements
BS EN 297:1994
Gas-fired central heating boilers. Type B11 and B11BS boilers fitted with atmospheric burners of nominal
heat input not exceeding 70kW
BS EN 298:2012
Automatic burner control systems for burners and appliances burning gaseous or liquid fuels
BS EN 303-2:1999
Heating boilers. Heating boilers with forced draught burners. Part 2 Heating boilers with forced draught
burners. Special requirements for boilers with atomizing oil burners
BS EN 303-4:1999
Heating boilers. Heating boilers with forced draught burners. Part 4 Heating boilers with forced draught
burners. Special requirements for boilers with forced draught oil burners with outputs up to 70 kW and a
maximum operating pressure of 3 bar. Terminology, special requirements, testing and marking.
BS EN 303-6:2000
Heating boilers. Heating boilers with forced draught burners. Part 6 Specific requirements for the domestic
hot water operation of combination boilers with atomizing oil burners of nominal heat input not exceeding
70 kW
BS EN 304:1992
Heating boilers. Test code for heating boilers for atomizing oil burners
BS EN 33:2011
WC. pans and WC suites. Connecting dimensions
BS EN 41003:2009
Particular safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunications networks

BS EN 449:2002+A1:2007
Specification for dedicated liquefied petroleum gas appliances. Domestic flueless space heaters (including
diffusive catalytic combustion heaters)
BS EN 50131-1:2006
Alarm systems. Intrusion and hold-up systems. Part 1 System requirements
BS EN 50134-1:2002
Alarm systems. Social alarm systems. Part 1 System requirements
BS EN 50134-2:2000
Alarm systems. Social alarm systems. Part 2 Trigger devices
BS EN 50134-3:2012
Alarm systems. Social alarm systems. Part 3 Local unit and controller
BS EN 50171:2001
Central power supply systems
BS EN 50172:2004
Emergency escape lighting systems
BS EN 50290-2-22:2002
Communication cables. Part 2-22 Common design rules and construction. PVC sheathing compounds
BS EN 50290-2-27:2002
Communication cables. Part 2-27 Common design rules and construction. Halogen free flame retardant
thermoplastic sheathing compounds
BS EN 50291-1:2010+A1:2012
Electrical apparatus for the detection of carbon monoxide in domestic premises. Part 1 Test methods and
performance requirements
BS EN 50292:2013
Electrical apparatus for the detection of carbon monoxide in domestic premises, caravans and boats.
Guide on the selection, installation, use and maintenance
BS EN 50428:2005+A2:2009
Switches for household and similar fixed electrical installations. Collateral standard. Switches and related
accessories for use in home and building electronic systems (HBES)

BS EN 50441-1:2006
Cables for indoor residential telecommunication installations. Part 1 Unscreened cables. Grade 1
BS EN 50441-2:2012
Cables for indoor residential telecommunication installations. Part 2 Screened cables. Grade 1
BS EN 50441-3:2006
Cables for indoor residential telecommunication installations. Part 3 Screened cables. Grade 3
BS EN 50441-4:2012
Cables for indoor residential telecommunication installations. Part 4 Cables up to 1200 MHz. Grade 3
BS EN 50522:2010
Earthing of power installations exceeding 1 kV a.c.
BS EN 50525-2-31:2011
Electric cables. Low voltage energy cables of rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V (U0/U). Cables
for general applications. Single core non-sheathed cables with thermoplastic PVC insulation
BS EN 54-11:2001
Fire detection and fire alarm systems. Part 11 Manual call points
BS EN 54-2:1997+A1:2006
Fire detection and fire alarm systems. Part 2 Control and indicating equipment
BS EN 54-3:2001
Fire detection and fire alarm systems. Part 3 Fire alarm devices. Sounders
BS EN 54-4:1998
Fire detection and fire alarm systems. Part 4 Power supply equipment
BS EN 54-5:2001
Fire detection and fire alarm systems. Part 5 Heat detectors. Point detectors
BS EN 54-7:2001
Fire detection and fire alarm systems. Part 7 Smoke detectors. Point detectors using scattered light,
transmitted light or ionization
BS EN 55011:2007
Industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) radio-frequency equipment. Electromagnetic disturbance
characteristics. Limits and methods of measurement

BS EN 55013:2001
Sound and television broadcast receivers and associated equipment. Radio disturbance characteristics.
Limits and methods of measurement
BS EN 55014-2:1997+A2:2008
Electromagnetic compatibility. Requirements for household appliances, electric tools and similar
apparatus. Immunity. Part 2 Product family standard
BS EN 55015:2013
Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of electrical lighting and similar
equipment
BS EN 55020:2007
Sound and television broadcast receivers and associated equipment. Immunity characteristics. Limits and
methods of measurement
BS EN 55022:2006+A1:2007
Information technology equipment. Radio disturbance characteristics. Limits and methods of
measurement
BS EN 60038:2011
CENELEC standard voltages
BS EN 60064:1995+A4:2007
Tungsten filament lamps for domestic and similar general lighting purposes. Performance requirements
BS EN 60081:1998+A5:2013
Double-capped fluorescent lamps. Performance specifications
BS EN 60188:2001
High-pressure mercury vapour lamps. Performance specifications
BS EN 60192:2001
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps. Performance specification
BS EN 60238:2004+A1:2009
Edison screw lampholders
BS EN 60269-1:2007+A1:2009
Low-voltage fuses. Part 1 General requirements
BS EN 60335-2-21:2003+A2:2008

Specification for safety of household and similar electrical appliances. Part 2-21 Particular requirements.
Particular requirements for storage water heaters
BS EN 60335-2-23:2003+A11:2010
Specification for safety of household and similar electrical appliances. Part 2-23 Particular requirements
for appliances for skin or hair care
BS EN 60335-2-30:2009+A11:2012
Household and similar electrical appliances. Part 2-30 Particular requirements for room heaters
BS EN 60335-2-35:2002+A2:2011
Particular requirements for instantaneous water heaters
BS EN 60335-2-40:2003+A13:2012
for electrical heat pumps, air-conditioners and dehumidifiers
BS EN 60335-2-43:2003+A2:2008
for clothes dryers and towel rails
BS EN 60335-2-51:2003+A2:2012
for stationary circulation pumps for heating and service water installations
BS EN 60335-2-61:2003+A2:2008
for thermal-storage room heater
BS EN 60335-2-73:2003+A2:2009
Household and similar electrical appliances. Safety Part 2-73 Particular requirements for fixed immersion
heaters
BS EN 60335-2-80:2003+A2:2009
for fans
BS EN 60335-2-88:2002
Particular requirements for humidifiers intended for use with heating, ventilation, or air-conditioning
systems
BS EN 60335-2-98:2003+A2:2008

for humidifiers
BS EN 60400:2008
Lampholders for tubular fluorescent lamps and starterholders
BS EN 60432-1:2000+A2:2012
Safety specification for incandescent lamps. Part 1 Tungsten filament lamps for domestic and similar
general lighting purposes
BS EN 60432-2:2000+A2:2012
Safety specification for incandescent lamps. Part 2 Tungsten halogen lamps for domestic and similar
general lighting purposes
BS EN 60439-3:1991+A2:2001
Specification for low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies. Part 3 Particular requirements for
low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies intended to be installed in places where unskilled
persons have access to their use. Distribution boards
BS EN 60529:1992+A2:2013
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
BS EN 60598-2-22:1998+A2:2008
Luminaires. Part 2-22. Particular requirements. Luminaires for emergency lighting
BS EN 60669-1:2000+A2:2008
Switches for household and similar fixed electrical installations. Part 1 General requirements
BS EN 60669-2-4:2005
Switches for household and similar fixed electrical installations. Part 2-4 Particular requirements. Isolating
switches
BS EN 60670-23:2010
Boxes and enclosures for electrical accessories for household and similar fixed electrical installations. Part
23 Particular requirements for floor boxes and enclosures
BS EN 60670-24:2013
Boxes and enclosures for electrical accessories for household and similar fixed electrical installations.
Particular requirements for enclosures for housing protective devices and other power dissipating
electrical equipment
BS EN 607:2004
Eaves gutters and fittings made of PVC-U. Definitions, requirements and testing

BS EN 60702-1:2002
Mineral insulated cables and their terminations with a rated voltage not exceeding 750 V. Part 1 Cables
BS EN 60702-2:2002
Mineral insulated cables and their terminations with a rated voltage not exceeding 750 V. Part 2
Terminations
BS EN 60728-11:2005
Cable networks for television signals, sound signals and interactive services. Part 11 Safety
BS EN 60730-2-13:2008
Specification for automatic electrical controls for household and similar use. Particular requirements. Part
2-13 Particular requirements for humidity sensing controls
BS EN 60730-2-3:2007
Specification for automatic electrical controls for household and similar use. Part 2-3 Particular
requirements. Thermal protectors for ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps
BS EN 60730-2-5:2002+A2:2010
Specification for automatic electrical controls for household and similar use. Part 2-5 Particular
requirements. Particular requirements for automatic electrical burner control systems
BS EN 60730-2-7:2010
Automatic electrical controls for household and similar use. Part 2-7 Particular requirements for timers and
time switches
BS EN 60730-2-9:2010
Automatic electrical controls for household and similar use. Part 2-9 Particular requirements for
temperature sensing controls
BS EN 60921:2004
Ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps. Performance requirements
BS EN 60923:2005
Auxiliaries for lamps. Ballasts for discharge lamps (excluding tubular fluorescent lamps). Performance
requirements
BS EN 60927:2007+A1:2013
Auxiliaries for lamps. Starting devices (other than glow starters). Performance requirements
BS EN 60929:2011
AC and/or DC-supplied electronic control gear for tubular fluorescent lamps. Performance requirements

BS EN 60998-2-4:2005
Connecting devices for low voltage circuits for household and similar purposes. Part 2-4 Particular
requirements for twist-on connecting devices
BS EN 61000-6-1:2007
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Generic standards. Part 6-1 Immunity for residential, commercial
and light-industrial environments
BS EN 61000-6-2:2005
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Generic standards. Part 6-2 Immunity for industrial environments
BS EN 61000-6-3:2007+A1:2011
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Generic standards. Part 6-3 Emission standard for residential,
commercial and light-industrial environments
BS EN 61000-6-4:2007+A1:2011
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Generic standards. Part 6-4 Emission standard for industrial
environments
BS EN 61048:2006
Auxiliaries for lamps. Capacitors for use in tubular fluorescent and other discharge lamp circuits. General
and safety requirements
BS EN 61049:1993
Specification for capacitors for use in tubular fluorescent and other discharge lamp circuits. Performance
requirements
BS EN 61082-1:2006
Preparation of documents used in electrotechnology. Part 1 Rules
BS EN 61184:2008+A1:2011
Bayonet lampholders
BS EN 61238-1:2003
Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables for rated voltages up to 36 kV (Um = 42 kV).
Part 1 Test methods and requirements
BS EN 61347-2-1:2001+A2:2014
Lamp controlgear. Part 2-1 Particular requirements for starting devices (other than glow starters)
BS EN 61347-2-13:2006
Lamp controlgear. Part 2-13 Particular requirements for d.c. or a.c. supplied electronic controlgear for LED
modules

BS EN 61347-2-3:2011
Lamp control gear. Part 2-3 Particular requirements for A.C. and/or D.C.supplied electronic control gear
for fluorescent lamps
BS EN 61347-2-7:2012
Lamp controlgear. Part 2-7 Particular requirements for D.C. supplied electronic ballasts for emergency
lighting
BS EN 61347-2-8:2001
Lamp controlgear. Part 2-8 Particular requirements for ballasts for fluorescent lamps
BS EN 61386-21:2004+A11:2010
Conduit systems for cable management. Part 21 Particular requirements. Rigid conduit systems
BS EN 61537:2007
Cable management. Cable tray systems and cable ladder systems
BS EN 61558-1:2005
Safety of power transformers, power supplies, reactors and similar products. Part 1 General requirements
and tests
BS EN 61558-2-23:2001
Safety of power transformers, power supply units and similar. Part 2-23 Particular requirements for
transformers for construction sites
BS EN 62035:2000
Discharge lamps (excluding fluorescent lamps). Safety specifications
BS EN 62080:2009
Sound signalling devices for household and similar purposes
BS EN 62301:2008
LED modules for general lighting. Safety specifications
BS EN 676:2003+A2:2008
Automatic forced draught burners for gaseous fuels.
BS EN 681-1:1996
Elastomeric seals. Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and drainage applications. Part
1 Vulcanized rubber

BS EN 681-2:2000
Elastomeric seals. Material requirements for pipe joint seals used in water and drainage applications.
Thermoplastic elastomers
BS EN 751-2:1997
Sealing materials for metallic threaded joints in contact with 1st, 2nd and 3rd family gases and hot water.
Part 2 Non-hardening jointing compounds
BS EN 806-1:2000
Specifications for installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption. Part 1 General
BS EN 806-2:2005
Specifications for installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption. Part 2 Design
BS EN 806-3:2012
Specifications for installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption. Part 3 Pipe
sizing. Simplified method
BS EN 806-4:2010
Specifications for installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption. Part 4 Installation
BS EN 806-5:2012
Specifications for installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption. Part 5 Operation
and maintenance
BS EN 809:1998+A1:2009
Pumps and pump units for liquids. Common safety requirements
BS EN 810:1997
Dehumidifiers with electrically driven compressors. Rating tests, marking, operational requirements and
technical data sheet
BS EN 81-2:1998+A3:2009
Safety rules for the construction and installation of lifts. Part 2 Hydraulic lifts
BS EN 81-3:2000+A1:2008
Safety rules for the construction and installation of lifts. Part 3 Electric and hydraulic service lifts
BS EN 877:1999+A1:2006
Cast iron pipes and fittings, their joints and accessories for the evacuation of water from buildings.
Requirements, test methods and quality assurance
BS EN 89:2000

Gas-fired storage water heaters for the production of domestic hot water
BS EN 997:2012
WC pans and WC suites with integral trap
BS EN ISO 1182:2010
Reaction to fire tests for products. Non-combustibility test
BS EN ISO 11925-2:2010
Reaction to fire tests. Ignitability of products subjected to direct impingement of flame. Single-flame source
test
BS EN ISO 12100:2010
Safety of machinery. General principles for design. Risk assessment and risk reduction
BS EN ISO 12241:2008
Thermal insulation for building equipment and industrial installations. Calculation rules
BS EN ISO 13567-1:2002
Technical product documentation. Organization and naming of layers for CAD. Part 1 Overview and
principles
BS EN ISO 13567-2:2002
Technical product documentation. Organization and naming of layers for CAD. Part 2 Concepts, format
and codes used in construction documentation
BS EN ISO 1716:2010
Reaction to fire tests for products. Determination of the gross heat of combustion (calorific value)
BS EN ISO 4126-1:2013
Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure. Part 1 Safety valves
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Quality management systems. Requirements
BS EN ISO 9453:2006
Soft solder alloys. Chemical compositions and forms
BS ISO 11342:1998
Mechanical vibration. Methods and criteria for the mechanical balancing of flexible rotors
BS ISO 14695:2003, BS 848-6:2003

Fans for general purposes. Method of measurement of fan vibration
BS ISO 1940-1:2003
Mechanical vibration. Balance quality requirements for rotors in a constant (rigid) state. Part 1
Specification and verification of balance tolerances
BS ISO 22967:2010
Forced draught gas burners
BS ISO 3864-1:2011
Graphical symbols. Safety colours and safety signs. Design principles for safety signs and safety markings
BS ISO 5011:2000
Inlet air cleaning equipment for internal combustion engines and compressors. Performance testing
BS ISO 7240-8:2007
Fire detection and alarm systems. Part 8 Carbon monoxide fire detectors using an electro-chemical cell in
combination with a heat sensor.

Equipment Schedules

B20 Residential Project

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

B20 Residential Project

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Residential Project

B20 RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS.............................................................................................................4

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 2 of 300

The content incorporates that of the National Engineering Specification (NES).

Part 1 System objectives:

Part 2 Selection schedules for the reference specifications:

Part 3 Clauses specific to the system:

Reference Specifications (Clauses from the Y Group).

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 3 of 300

100.000 GENERAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS

100.100 PROJECT PARTICULARS

100.101 THE PROJECT:

100.102 THE EMPLOYER:

100.103 THE PURCHASER:

100.104 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR:

100.105 PROJECT MANAGER:

100.106 THE ARCHITECT:

100.107 QUANTITY SURVEYOR:

100.108 BUILDING SERVICES COST CONSULTANT:

100.109 MECHANICAL SERVICES CONSULTING ENGINEER:

100.110 ELECTRICAL SERVICES CONSULTING ENGINEER:

100.111 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER:

100.112 PLANNING SUPERVISOR:

100.113 STATUTORY AUTHORITIES:

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 4 of 300

100.114 UTILITY SERVICE PROVIDERS:

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 5 of 300

100.202 DEFINITIONS OF TECHNICAL TERMS:

100.300 TENDERING INSTRUCTIONS

100.303 TENDER DOCUMENTS:

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 6 of 300

100.304 PRIVACY OF INFORMATION:

100.305 CHECKING DOCUMENTS:

100.306 TENDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

100.307 PERIOD OF VALIDITY:

100.308 TENDER PROCEDURE:

100.309 ACCEPTANCE OF INSTRUCTIONS:

100.310 ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER:

100.311 INSPECTION OF SUPPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS:

100.312 SITE VISIT:

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 7 of 300

100.313 RETURN OF DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS:

100.314 ALTERATIONS TO TENDER DOCUMENTS:

100.315 TENDER ERRORS:

100.316 UNQUALIFIED TENDERS:

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 8 of 300

100.319 INTERPRETATION OF THE TENDER DOCUMENTATION:

100.320 PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS:

100.350 TENDER SUBMISSION

100.352 RETURN OF TENDER:

100.353 TENDER SUBMISSION DELIVERABLES:

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 9 of 300

100.356 MAINTENANCE CONTRACT:

100.357 PROPOSALS FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT:

100.370 PRICING AND COSTS

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 10 of 300

100.372 BASIS OF CONTRACT:

100.373 TENDER PRICING DOCUMENT:

100.374 SUBMISSION OF PRICED CONTRACT SPECIFICATION:

100.375 SCHEDULE OF RATES:

Merits Consulting Engineers Ltd 11 of 300

100.377 PROVISIONAL SUMS:

100.378 PRIME COST SUMS: